~ubuntu-branches/ubuntu/vivid/ubuntu-docs/vivid-proposed
» Revision
102
: ubuntu-help/zh_TW/zh_TW.po
« back to all changes in this revision
Viewing changes to ubuntu-help/zh_TW/zh_TW.po
- browse files at revision 102
- compare with another revision
- download diff
- download tarball
- view history from revision 102
- Committer: Bazaar Package Importer
- Author(s): Matthew East, Jeremy Bicha, Matthew East
- Date: 2011-10-05 21:12:59 UTC
- Revision ID: james.westby@ubuntu.com-20111005211259-etcjtccdxod4oeg9
Tags: 11.10.4
[ Jeremy Bicha ]
* Updated screenshots to current Oneiric
* Don't install unused screenshots
* Added missing desktop-sharing pages
* Fixed lintian error in debian/copyright
[ Matthew East ]
* Add translations for langpacks
* Updated screenshots to current Oneiric
* Don't install unused screenshots
* Added missing desktop-sharing pages
* Fixed lintian error in debian/copyright
[ Matthew East ]
* Add translations for langpacks
- files added:
- ubuntu-help/C/figures/hardware-cardreader.png
- ubuntu-help/cs
- ubuntu-help/da
- ubuntu-help/en_AU
- ubuntu-help/en_GB
- ubuntu-help/id
- ubuntu-help/lv
- ubuntu-help/mg
- ubuntu-help/pt
- ubuntu-help/sk
- ubuntu-help/sq
- ubuntu-help/zh_TW
- files removed:
- ubuntu-help/C/figures/gnome-searchtool.png
- files modified:
- debian/changelog
added
removed
ubuntu-help/zh_TW/zh_TW.po
1
# Chinese (Traditional) translation for ubuntu-docs
2
# Copyright (c) 2011 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2011
3
# This file is distributed under the same license as the ubuntu-docs package.
4
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2011.
5
#
6
msgid ""
7
msgstr ""
8
"Project-Id-Version: ubuntu-docs\n"
9
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
10
"POT-Creation-Date: 2011-09-27 03:22-0400\n"
11
"PO-Revision-Date: 2011-09-19 09:26+0000\n"
12
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
13
"Language-Team: Chinese (Traditional) <zh_TW@li.org>\n"
14
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
15
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
16
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
17
"X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2011-10-05 20:12+0000\n"
18
"X-Generator: Launchpad (build 14085)\n"
19
20
#: C/legal.xml:2(license/p)
21
msgid "Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0"
22
msgstr ""
23
24
#. Put one translator per line, in the form NAME <EMAIL>, YEAR1, YEAR2
25
msgctxt "_"
26
msgid "translator-credits"
27
msgstr ""
28
"Launchpad Contributions:\n"
29
" Roy Chan https://launchpad.net/~roy-chan-linux"
30
31
#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:11(credit/name)
32
#: C/a11y-braille.page:11(credit/name)
33
#: C/a11y-contrast.page:11(credit/name)
34
#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:10(credit/name)
35
#: C/a11y-font-size.page:10(credit/name)
36
#: C/a11y-locate-pointer.page:11(credit/name)
37
#: C/a11y.page:10(credit/name)
38
#: C/a11y-right-click.page:10(credit/name)
39
#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:10(credit/name)
40
#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:11(credit/name)
41
#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:11(credit/name)
42
#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:11(credit/name)
43
#: C/bluetooth.page:10(credit/name)
44
#: C/clock.page:16(credit/name)
45
#: C/disk.page:10(credit/name)
46
#: C/display-dimscreen.page:21(credit/name)
47
#: C/display-lock.page:14(credit/name)
48
#: C/files-browse.page:16(credit/name)
49
#: C/files-delete.page:16(credit/name)
50
#: C/files-lost.page:17(credit/name)
51
#: C/files-open.page:16(credit/name)
52
#: C/files.page:11(credit/name)
53
#: C/files-removedrive.page:9(credit/name)
54
#: C/files-rename.page:14(credit/name)
55
#: C/files-search.page:17(credit/name)
56
#: C/files-select.page:9(credit/name)
57
#: C/files-share.page:14(credit/name)
58
#: C/hardware.page:10(credit/name)
59
#: C/keyboard.page:17(credit/name)
60
#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:11(credit/name)
61
#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:10(credit/name)
62
#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:10(credit/name)
63
#: C/look-background.page:25(credit/name)
64
#: C/media.page:10(credit/name)
65
#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:13(credit/name)
66
#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:18(credit/name)
67
#: C/mouse-drag-threshold.page:10(credit/name)
68
#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:15(credit/name)
69
#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:18(credit/name)
70
#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:19(credit/name)
71
#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:22(credit/name)
72
#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:11(credit/name)
73
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:17(credit/name)
74
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:12(credit/name)
75
#: C/nautilus-display.page:13(credit/name)
76
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:17(credit/name)
77
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:17(credit/name)
78
#: C/nautilus-prefs.page:10(credit/name)
79
#: C/nautilus-preview.page:12(credit/name)
80
#: C/nautilus-views.page:17(credit/name)
81
#: C/net-editcon.page:10(credit/name)
82
#: C/net-findip.page:10(credit/name)
83
#: C/net-macaddress.page:9(credit/name)
84
#: C/net-nonm.page:9(credit/name)
85
#: C/net.page:11(credit/name)
86
#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:10(credit/name)
87
#: C/prefs.page:11(credit/name)
88
#: C/prefs-language.page:10(credit/name)
89
#: C/prefs-display.page:10(credit/name)
90
#: C/printing-setup.page:24(credit/name)
91
#: C/session-language.page:15(credit/name)
92
#: C/shell-exit.page:15(credit/name)
93
#: C/sound-alert.page:9(credit/name)
94
#: C/sound-usemic.page:9(credit/name)
95
#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:10(credit/name)
96
#: C/tips.page:9(credit/name)
97
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:11(credit/name)
98
#: C/unity-introduction.page:13(credit/name)
99
#: C/user-add.page:15(credit/name)
100
#: C/user-changepicture.page:14(credit/name)
101
#: C/user-delete.page:18(credit/name)
102
msgid "Shaun McCance"
103
msgstr ""
104
105
#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:16(credit/name)
106
#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:15(credit/name)
107
#: C/a11y-icon.page:11(credit/name)
108
#: C/a11y-right-click.page:15(credit/name)
109
#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:16(credit/name)
110
#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:16(credit/name)
111
#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:14(credit/name)
112
#: C/files-hidden.page:10(credit/name)
113
#: C/files-sort.page:11(credit/name)
114
#: C/files-tilde.page:11(credit/name)
115
#: C/hardware-problems-bluetooth.page:11(credit/name)
116
#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:10(credit/name)
117
#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:19(credit/name)
118
#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:14(credit/name)
119
#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:11(credit/name)
120
#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:15(credit/name)
121
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:13(credit/name)
122
#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:14(credit/name)
123
#: C/nautilus-list.page:11(credit/name)
124
#: C/net-adhoc.page:9(credit/name)
125
#: C/net-default-browser.page:10(credit/name)
126
#: C/net-default-email.page:10(credit/name)
127
#: C/net-editcon.page:15(credit/name)
128
#: C/net-email-virus.page:12(credit/name)
129
#: C/net-install-flash.page:10(credit/name)
130
#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:10(credit/name)
131
#: C/net-manual.page:9(credit/name)
132
#: C/net-othersconnect.page:11(credit/name)
133
#: C/net-otherscontrol.page:9(credit/name)
134
#: C/net-passwordok-noconnect.page:9(credit/name)
135
#: C/net-proxy.page:10(credit/name)
136
#: C/net-slow.page:9(credit/name)
137
#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:14(credit/name)
138
#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:15(credit/name)
139
#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:17(credit/name)
140
#: C/power-batterylife.page:17(credit/name)
141
#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:17(credit/name)
142
#: C/power-batterywindows.page:14(credit/name)
143
#: C/power-othercountry.page:15(credit/name)
144
#: C/printing.page:10(credit/name)
145
#: C/printing-2sided.page:12(credit/name)
146
#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:12(credit/name)
147
#: C/printing-differentsize.page:11(credit/name)
148
#: C/printing-envelopes.page:12(credit/name)
149
#: C/printing-order.page:12(credit/name)
150
#: C/printing-select.page:11(credit/name)
151
#: C/printing-setup.page:12(credit/name)
152
#: C/sound-volume.page:9(credit/name)
153
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:15(credit/name)
154
msgid "Phil Bull"
155
msgstr ""
156
157
#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:20(info/desc)
158
msgid "Ignore quickly-repeated keypresses of the same key."
159
msgstr ""
160
161
#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:24(page/title)
162
msgid "Turn on Bounce Keys"
163
msgstr ""
164
165
#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:33(page/p)
166
msgid ""
167
"Turn on <em>bounce keys</em> to ignore keypresses that are rapidly repeated. "
168
"For example, if you have hand tremors which cause you to press a key "
169
"multiple times when you only want to press it once, you should turn on "
170
"bounce keys."
171
msgstr ""
172
173
#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:36(item/p)
174
#: C/a11y-font-size.page:24(item/p)
175
#: C/a11y-locate-pointer.page:25(item/p)
176
#: C/a11y-right-click.page:28(item/p)
177
#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:36(item/p)
178
#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:38(item/p)
179
#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:32(item/p)
180
#: C/display-dimscreen.page:36(item/p)
181
#: C/display-lock.page:31(item/p)
182
#: C/session-screenlocks.page:26(item/p)
183
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:57(item/p)
184
msgid ""
185
"Click the icon at the very right of the <gui>top bar</gui> and select "
186
"<gui>System Settings</gui>."
187
msgstr ""
188
189
#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:37(item/p)
190
#: C/a11y-icon.page:31(item/p)
191
#: C/a11y-right-click.page:29(item/p)
192
#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:37(item/p)
193
#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:39(item/p)
194
#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:33(item/p)
195
#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:33(item/p)
196
msgid "Click <gui>Universal Access</gui>."
197
msgstr ""
198
199
#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:38(item/p)
200
#: C/a11y-icon.page:32(item/p)
201
#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:38(item/p)
202
#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:40(item/p)
203
msgid "Select the <gui>Typing</gui> tab."
204
msgstr ""
205
206
#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:39(item/p)
207
#: C/a11y-icon.page:33(item/p)
208
#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:39(item/p)
209
#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:41(item/p)
210
msgid "Select <gui>Turn on accessibility features from the keyboard</gui>."
211
msgstr ""
212
213
#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:40(item/p)
214
msgid "Switch <gui>Bounce Keys</gui> on."
215
msgstr ""
216
217
#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:43(page/p)
218
msgid ""
219
"Use the <gui>Acceptance delay</gui> slider to change how long bounce keys "
220
"waits before it registers another key press after you pressed the key for "
221
"the first time. Select <gui>Beep when a key is rejected</gui> if you want "
222
"the computer to make a sound each time it ignores a key press because it "
223
"happened too soon after the previous key press."
224
msgstr ""
225
226
#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:46(note/p)
227
#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:43(note/p)
228
#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:45(note/p)
229
#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44(note/p)
230
msgid ""
231
"You can quickly turn this feature on and off from the <link xref=\"a11y-"
232
"icon\">universal access menu</link>."
233
msgstr ""
234
235
#: C/a11y-braille.page:15(info/desc)
236
msgid ""
237
"Use the <app>Orca</app> screen reader with a refreshable Braille display."
238
msgstr ""
239
240
#: C/a11y-braille.page:19(page/title)
241
msgid "Read screen in Braille"
242
msgstr ""
243
244
#: C/a11y-braille.page:21(page/p)
245
msgid ""
246
"GNOME provides the <app>Orca</app> screen reader to display the user "
247
"interface on a refreshable Braille display. Refer to the <link "
248
"href=\"ghelp:orca\">Orca Help</link> for more information."
249
msgstr ""
250
251
#: C/a11y-contrast.page:15(info/desc)
252
msgid ""
253
"Make windows and buttons on the screen more (or less) vivid, so they're "
254
"easier to see."
255
msgstr ""
256
257
#: C/a11y-contrast.page:19(page/title)
258
msgid "Adjust the contrast"
259
msgstr ""
260
261
#: C/a11y-contrast.page:21(page/p)
262
msgid ""
263
"You can adjust the contrast of windows and buttons so that they're easier to "
264
"see. This is not the same as <link xref=\"power-brighter\">changing the "
265
"brightness of the whole screen</link>; only parts of the <em>user "
266
"interface</em> will change."
267
msgstr ""
268
269
#: C/a11y-contrast.page:24(item/p)
270
msgid "Click your name on the top bar and select <gui>System Settings</gui>."
271
msgstr ""
272
273
#: C/a11y-contrast.page:25(item/p)
274
msgid "Open <gui>Universal Access</gui>."
275
msgstr ""
276
277
#: C/a11y-contrast.page:26(item/p)
278
msgid ""
279
"Under <gui>Display</gui> select the <gui>Contrast</gui> that best suits your "
280
"needs. <gui>Low</gui> will make things less vivid, for example."
281
msgstr ""
282
283
#: C/a11y-contrast.page:30(note/p)
284
msgid ""
285
"You can quickly change the contrast by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-"
286
"icon\">universal access menu</link> on the top bar and selecting "
287
"<gui>Enhance contrast in colors</gui>."
288
msgstr ""
289
290
#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:19(info/desc)
291
msgid ""
292
"The Hover Click (Dwell Click) feature allows you to click by holding the "
293
"mouse still."
294
msgstr ""
295
296
#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:23(page/title)
297
msgid "Simulate clicking by hovering"
298
msgstr ""
299
300
#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:25(page/p)
301
msgid ""
302
"You can make it so that buttons are clicked when you hover the mouse pointer "
303
"over them (hover click). This is useful if you find it difficult to move the "
304
"mouse and click the mouse button at the same time. When hover click is "
305
"turned on you can move your mouse pointer over a button, let go of the mouse "
306
"and then wait for a while before the button will be clicked for you."
307
msgstr ""
308
309
#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:28(item/p)
310
msgid ""
311
"Click the icon at the far right of the top bar and select <gui>System "
312
"Settings</gui>."
313
msgstr ""
314
315
#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:29(item/p)
316
msgid ""
317
"Open <gui>Universal Access</gui> and select the <gui>Pointing and "
318
"Clicking</gui> tab."
319
msgstr ""
320
321
#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:30(item/p)
322
msgid "Switch <gui>Hover Click</gui> on."
323
msgstr ""
324
325
#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:33(page/p)
326
msgid ""
327
"The <gui>Hover Click</gui> window will open, and will stay above all of your "
328
"other windows. You can use this to choose what sort of click should happen "
329
"when you hover over a button. For example, if you select <gui>Secondary "
330
"Click</gui>, the mouse will right-click when you hover over a button for a "
331
"few seconds."
332
msgstr ""
333
334
#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:35(page/p)
335
msgid ""
336
"When you hover your mouse pointer over a button and don't move it, it will "
337
"gradually change color. When it has fully changed color, the button will be "
338
"clicked."
339
msgstr ""
340
341
#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:37(page/p)
342
msgid ""
343
"Hover click will click anywhere that your mouse pointer is hovering over, "
344
"not just on buttons."
345
msgstr ""
346
347
#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:40(section/title)
348
msgid "Change how long to wait before the button is clicked"
349
msgstr ""
350
351
#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:41(section/p)
352
msgid ""
353
"You can change how long the delay should be between hovering the mouse "
354
"pointer over a button and that button being pressed. To do this, go to the "
355
"<gui>Pointing and Clicking</gui> tab (see above) and change the "
356
"<gui>Delay</gui> in the <gui>Hover Click</gui> section."
357
msgstr ""
358
359
#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:45(section/title)
360
msgid "Change how much the mouse is allowed to move/wiggle when hovering"
361
msgstr ""
362
363
#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:46(section/p)
364
msgid ""
365
"You don't need to hold the mouse perfectly still when hovering over a button "
366
"to click it - the pointer is allowed to move a little bit and will still "
367
"click after a while. If it moves too much, however, the click will not "
368
"happen."
369
msgstr ""
370
371
#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:47(section/p)
372
msgid ""
373
"You can change how much the pointer is allowed to move but still be "
374
"considered \"still enough\" to click the button. Go to the <gui>Pointing and "
375
"Clicking</gui> tab (see above) and change the <gui>Motion threshold</gui> in "
376
"the <gui>Hover Click</gui> section; a large motion threshold will allow the "
377
"pointer to move quite a lot but will still register the click."
378
msgstr ""
379
380
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
381
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
382
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
383
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
384
#: C/a11y-icon.page:26(media)
385
msgctxt "_"
386
msgid ""
387
"external ref='/usr/share/icons/gnome/22x22/apps/preferences-desktop-"
388
"accessibility.png' md5='633f61ae9f7f16b1fe2a09947d930427'"
389
msgstr ""
390
391
#: C/a11y-icon.page:15(info/desc)
392
msgid ""
393
"The universal access menu is the icon on the top bar that looks like a "
394
"person."
395
msgstr ""
396
397
#: C/a11y-icon.page:19(page/title)
398
msgid "Show the universal access menu"
399
msgstr ""
400
401
#: C/a11y-icon.page:21(page/p)
402
msgid ""
403
"The <em>universal access menu</em> allows quick access to turn on or off "
404
"various accessibility settings."
405
msgstr ""
406
407
#: C/a11y-icon.page:25(figure/desc)
408
msgid "The universal access menu can be added to the top panel."
409
msgstr ""
410
411
#: C/a11y-icon.page:30(item/p)
412
msgid ""
413
"Click the icon at the very right of the <gui>panel</gui> and select "
414
"<gui>System Settings</gui>."
415
msgstr ""
416
417
#: C/a11y-font-size.page:14(info/desc)
418
msgid "Use larger fonts to make text easier to read."
419
msgstr ""
420
421
#: C/a11y-font-size.page:18(page/title)
422
msgid "Change text size on the screen"
423
msgstr ""
424
425
#: C/a11y-font-size.page:20(page/p)
426
msgid ""
427
"If you have difficulty reading the text on your screen, you can change the "
428
"size of the font."
429
msgstr ""
430
431
#: C/a11y-font-size.page:25(item/p)
432
msgid "Click on <gui>Universal Access</gui>."
433
msgstr ""
434
435
#: C/a11y-font-size.page:26(item/p)
436
msgid "Select the <gui>Seeing</gui> tab."
437
msgstr ""
438
439
#: C/a11y-font-size.page:27(item/p)
440
msgid ""
441
"Under <gui>Display</gui> select the <gui>Text size</gui> that is big enough "
442
"for you. It will adjust immediately."
443
msgstr ""
444
445
#: C/a11y-font-size.page:32(note/p)
446
msgid ""
447
"In many apps, you can increase the text size at any time by pressing "
448
"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>+</key></keyseq>. To reduce the text size, press "
449
"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>-</key></keyseq>."
450
msgstr ""
451
452
#: C/a11y-locate-pointer.page:15(info/desc)
453
msgid "Pressing <key>Ctrl</key> can find your mouse pointer."
454
msgstr ""
455
456
#: C/a11y-locate-pointer.page:19(page/title)
457
msgid "Quickly locate the pointer"
458
msgstr ""
459
460
#: C/a11y-locate-pointer.page:22(page/p)
461
msgid ""
462
"If you have trouble seeing where the mouse pointer is on your screen, you "
463
"can make it so that simply pressing the <key>Ctrl</key> key will locate your "
464
"pointer. Once this is set up, pressing <key>Ctrl</key> will cause an "
465
"animation to appear briefly at the location of your pointer."
466
msgstr ""
467
468
#: C/a11y-locate-pointer.page:26(item/p)
469
msgid ""
470
"Open <gui>Mouse and Touchpad</gui> and select the <gui>Mouse</gui> tab."
471
msgstr ""
472
473
#: C/a11y-locate-pointer.page:27(item/p)
474
msgid ""
475
"Check <gui>Show position of pointer when the Control key is pressed</gui>."
476
msgstr ""
477
478
#: C/a11y-locate-pointer.page:30(page/p)
479
msgid "Your <key>Ctrl</key> keys will now locate the pointer when pressed."
480
msgstr ""
481
482
#: C/a11y.page:14(info/desc)
483
msgid ""
484
"<link xref=\"a11y#vision\">Seeing</link>, <link "
485
"xref=\"a11y#sound\">hearing</link>, <link "
486
"xref=\"a11y#mobility\">mobility</link>, <link xref=\"a11y-"
487
"braille\">braille</link>..."
488
msgstr ""
489
490
#: C/a11y.page:24(page/title)
491
msgid "Universal access"
492
msgstr ""
493
494
#: C/a11y.page:26(page/p)
495
msgid ""
496
"The Ubuntu desktop includes assistive technologies to support users with "
497
"various impairments and special needs, and to interact with common assistive "
498
"devices. Many accessibility features can be accessed from the <gui>Universal "
499
"Access</gui> section of <gui>System Settings</gui>."
500
msgstr ""
501
502
#: C/a11y.page:32(section/title)
503
msgid "Visual impairments"
504
msgstr ""
505
506
#: C/a11y.page:35(links/title)
507
msgid "Blindness"
508
msgstr ""
509
510
#: C/a11y.page:38(links/title)
511
msgid "Low vision"
512
msgstr ""
513
514
#: C/a11y.page:41(links/title)
515
msgid "Color-blindness"
516
msgstr ""
517
518
#: C/a11y.page:44(links/title)
519
#: C/a11y.page:66(links/title)
520
msgid "Other topics"
521
msgstr ""
522
523
#: C/a11y.page:49(section/title)
524
msgid "Hearing impairments"
525
msgstr ""
526
527
#: C/a11y.page:54(section/title)
528
msgid "Mobility impairments"
529
msgstr ""
530
531
#: C/a11y.page:57(links/title)
532
msgid "Mouse movement"
533
msgstr ""
534
535
#: C/a11y.page:60(links/title)
536
msgid "Clicking and dragging"
537
msgstr ""
538
539
#: C/a11y.page:63(links/title)
540
msgid "Keyboard use"
541
msgstr ""
542
543
#: C/a11y-right-click.page:19(info/desc)
544
msgid "Press and hold the left mouse button to right-click."
545
msgstr ""
546
547
#: C/a11y-right-click.page:23(page/title)
548
msgid "Simulate a right mouse click"
549
msgstr ""
550
551
#: C/a11y-right-click.page:25(page/p)
552
msgid ""
553
"You can make it so that, instead of clicking the right mouse button, you can "
554
"just hold-down the left mouse button for a while to do the same thing. This "
555
"is useful if you find it difficult to move your fingers individually on one "
556
"hand, or if you have a specialized mouse."
557
msgstr ""
558
559
#: C/a11y-right-click.page:30(item/p)
560
#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:34(item/p)
561
msgid "Select the <gui>Pointing and Clicking</gui> tab."
562
msgstr ""
563
564
#: C/a11y-right-click.page:31(item/p)
565
msgid "Switch <gui>Simulated Secondary Click</gui> on."
566
msgstr ""
567
568
#: C/a11y-right-click.page:34(page/p)
569
msgid ""
570
"You can change how long you must hold down the left mouse button for before "
571
"it is registered as a right click. In the <gui>Pointing and Clicking</gui> "
572
"tab, change the <gui>acceptance delay</gui> under <gui>Simulated Secondary "
573
"Click</gui>."
574
msgstr ""
575
576
#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:14(info/desc)
577
msgid "Use the <app>Orca</app> screen reader to speak the user interface."
578
msgstr ""
579
580
#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:18(page/title)
581
msgid "Read screen aloud"
582
msgstr ""
583
584
#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:20(page/p)
585
msgid ""
586
"GNOME provides the <app>Orca</app> screen reader to speak the user "
587
"interface. Refer to the <link href=\"ghelp:orca\">Orca Help</link> for more "
588
"information."
589
msgstr ""
590
591
#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:20(info/desc)
592
msgid ""
593
"Have a delay between a key being pressed and that letter appearing on the "
594
"screen."
595
msgstr ""
596
597
#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:24(page/title)
598
msgid "Turn on Slow Keys"
599
msgstr ""
600
601
#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:33(page/p)
602
msgid ""
603
"Turn on <em>Slow Keys</em> if you would like there to be a delay between "
604
"pressing a key and that letter being displayed on the screen. This means "
605
"that you have to hold down each key you want to type for a little while "
606
"before it appears. Use slow keys if you accidentally press several keys at a "
607
"time when you type, or if you find it difficult to press the right key on "
608
"the keyboard the first time."
609
msgstr ""
610
611
#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:40(item/p)
612
msgid "Switch <gui>Slow Keys</gui> on."
613
msgstr ""
614
615
#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:46(page/p)
616
msgid ""
617
"Use the <gui>Acceptance delay</gui> slider to control how long you have to "
618
"hold a key down for it to register."
619
msgstr ""
620
621
#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:49(page/p)
622
msgid ""
623
"You can have your computer make a sound when you press a key, when a key "
624
"press is accepted, or when a key press is rejected because you didn't hold "
625
"the key down long enough."
626
msgstr ""
627
628
#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:20(info/desc)
629
msgid ""
630
"Type keyboard shortcuts one key at a time rather than having to hold down "
631
"all of the keys at once."
632
msgstr ""
633
634
#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:24(page/title)
635
msgid "Turn on Sticky Keys"
636
msgstr ""
637
638
#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:33(page/p)
639
msgid ""
640
"<em>Sticky Keys</em> allows you to type keyboard shortcuts one key at a time "
641
"rather than having to hold down all of the keys at once. For example, the "
642
"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> shortcut switches between "
643
"windows. Without sticky keys turned on, you would have to hold down both "
644
"keys at the same time; with sticky keys turned on, you would press "
645
"<key>Alt</key> and then <key>Tab</key> to do the same."
646
msgstr ""
647
648
#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:35(page/p)
649
msgid ""
650
"You might want to turn on sticky keys if you find it difficult to hold down "
651
"several keys at once."
652
msgstr ""
653
654
#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:42(item/p)
655
msgid "Switch <gui>Sticky Keys</gui> on."
656
msgstr ""
657
658
#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:49(page/p)
659
msgid ""
660
"If you press two keys at once, you can have sticky keys turn itself off "
661
"temporarily to let you enter a keyboard shortcut in the \"standard\" way."
662
msgstr ""
663
664
#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:50(page/p)
665
msgid ""
666
"For example, if you have sticky keys turned on but press <key>Alt</key> and "
667
"<key>Tab</key> simultaneously, sticky keys would not wait for you to press "
668
"another key if you had this option turned on. It <em>would</em> wait if you "
669
"only pressed one key, however. This is useful if you are able to press some "
670
"keyboard shortcuts simultaneously (for example, keys that are close "
671
"together), but not others."
672
msgstr ""
673
674
#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:51(page/p)
675
msgid ""
676
"Select <gui>Disable if two keys are pressed together</gui> to enable this."
677
msgstr ""
678
679
#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:53(page/p)
680
msgid ""
681
"You can have the computer make a \"beep\" sound when you start typing a "
682
"keyboard shortcut with sticky keys turned on. This is useful if you want to "
683
"know that sticky keys is expecting a keyboard shortcut to be typed, so the "
684
"next key press will be interpreted as part of a shortcut. Select <gui>Beep "
685
"when a modifier key is pressed</gui> to enable this."
686
msgstr ""
687
688
#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:15(info/desc)
689
msgid ""
690
"Enable visual alerts to flash the screen or window when an alert sound is "
691
"played."
692
msgstr ""
693
694
#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:20(page/title)
695
msgid "Flash the screen for alert sounds"
696
msgstr ""
697
698
#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:22(page/p)
699
msgid ""
700
"Your computer will play a simple alert sound for certain types of messages "
701
"and events. If you have a hard time hearing these sounds, you can have "
702
"either the entire screen or your current window visually flash whenever the "
703
"alert sound is played."
704
msgstr ""
705
706
#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:27(page/p)
707
msgid ""
708
"This can also be useful if you're in an environment where you need your "
709
"computer to be silent, such as in a library. See <link xref=\"sound-"
710
"alert\"/> to learn how to mute the alert sound, then enable visual alerts."
711
msgstr ""
712
713
#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:34(item/p)
714
msgid ""
715
"On the <gui>Hearing</gui> tab, switch on <gui>Visual Alerts</gui>. Select "
716
"whether you want the entire screen or just your current window to flash."
717
msgstr ""
718
719
#: C/about-this-guide.page:9(info/desc)
720
msgid "A few tips about using the Ubuntu Desktop Guide."
721
msgstr ""
722
723
#: C/about-this-guide.page:13(credit/name)
724
#: C/backup-check.page:12(credit/name)
725
#: C/backup-frequency.page:16(credit/name)
726
#: C/backup-how.page:14(credit/name)
727
#: C/backup-restore.page:13(credit/name)
728
#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:14(credit/name)
729
#: C/backup-what.page:9(credit/name)
730
#: C/backup-where.page:10(credit/name)
731
#: C/backup-why.page:18(credit/name)
732
#: C/clock-calendar.page:13(credit/name)
733
#: C/clock-set.page:11(credit/name)
734
#: C/clock-timezone.page:10(credit/name)
735
#: C/display-dimscreen.page:13(credit/name)
736
#: C/fallback-mode.page:12(credit/name)
737
#: C/files-autorun.page:15(credit/name)
738
#: C/files-lost.page:13(credit/name)
739
#: C/files-recover.page:12(credit/name)
740
#: C/files-rename.page:10(credit/name)
741
#: C/files-search.page:13(credit/name)
742
#: C/hardware-driver.page:12(credit/name)
743
#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:13(credit/name)
744
#: C/look-background.page:13(credit/name)
745
#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:11(credit/name)
746
#: C/look-resolution.page:13(credit/name)
747
#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:10(credit/name)
748
#: C/net-antivirus.page:12(credit/name)
749
#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:10(credit/name)
750
#: C/net-wired-connect.page:10(credit/name)
751
#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:11(credit/name)
752
#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:12(credit/name)
753
#: C/net-wireless-find.page:11(credit/name)
754
#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:11(credit/name)
755
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:17(credit/name)
756
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:15(credit/name)
757
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:15(credit/name)
758
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:16(credit/name)
759
#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:10(credit/name)
760
#: C/power-batterybroken.page:14(credit/name)
761
#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:13(credit/name)
762
#: C/power-batterylife.page:13(credit/name)
763
#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:13(credit/name)
764
#: C/power-batteryslow.page:12(credit/name)
765
#: C/power-batterywindows.page:10(credit/name)
766
#: C/power-brighter.page:14(credit/name)
767
#: C/power-closelid.page:12(credit/name)
768
#: C/power-constantfan.page:12(credit/name)
769
#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:11(credit/name)
770
#: C/power-lowpower.page:10(credit/name)
771
#: C/power-nowireless.page:14(credit/name)
772
#: C/power-othercountry.page:11(credit/name)
773
#: C/power-suspendfail.page:13(credit/name)
774
#: C/power-suspendhibernate.page:12(credit/name)
775
#: C/power-turnoffbutton.page:10(credit/name)
776
#: C/power-whydim.page:12(credit/name)
777
#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:12(credit/name)
778
#: C/session-language.page:11(credit/name)
779
#: C/session-loginsound.page:13(credit/name)
780
#: C/session-screenlocks.page:12(credit/name)
781
#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:14(credit/name)
782
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:14(credit/name)
783
#: C/shell-overview.page:14(credit/name)
784
#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:14(credit/name)
785
#: C/shell-windows.page:14(credit/name)
786
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:13(credit/name)
787
#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:13(credit/name)
788
#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:15(credit/name)
789
#: C/shell-workspaces.page:13(credit/name)
790
#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:15(credit/name)
791
#: C/sound-broken.page:13(credit/name)
792
#: C/sound-crackle.page:12(credit/name)
793
#: C/sound-nosound.page:12(credit/name)
794
#: C/user-accounts.page:16(credit/name)
795
#: C/user-add.page:11(credit/name)
796
#: C/user-admin-change.page:13(credit/name)
797
#: C/user-admin-explain.page:12(credit/name)
798
#: C/user-admin-problems.page:12(credit/name)
799
#: C/user-changepassword.page:14(credit/name)
800
#: C/user-changepicture.page:10(credit/name)
801
#: C/user-delete.page:14(credit/name)
802
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:10(credit/name)
803
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:11(credit/name)
804
#: C/video-dvd.page:12(credit/name)
805
#: C/video-sending.page:12(credit/name)
806
#: C/windows-key.page:9(credit/name)
807
msgid "GNOME Documentation Project"
808
msgstr ""
809
810
#: C/about-this-guide.page:18(credit/name)
811
#: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:10(credit/name)
812
#: C/addremove-install.page:10(credit/name)
813
#: C/addremove-ppa.page:10(credit/name)
814
#: C/addremove-remove.page:10(credit/name)
815
#: C/addremove-sources.page:10(credit/name)
816
#: C/app-cheese.page:10(credit/name)
817
#: C/fallback-mode.page:16(credit/name)
818
#: C/net-antivirus.page:17(credit/name)
819
#: C/net-chat-empathy.page:11(credit/name)
820
#: C/net-chat-skype.page:11(credit/name)
821
#: C/net-chat-social.page:10(credit/name)
822
#: C/net-chat-video.page:10(credit/name)
823
#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:10(credit/name)
824
#: C/net-mobile.page:10(credit/name)
825
#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:16(credit/name)
826
#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:10(credit/name)
827
#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:16(credit/name)
828
#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:11(credit/name)
829
#: C/unity-appmenu-intro.page:9(credit/name)
830
#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:9(credit/name)
831
#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:11(credit/name)
832
#: C/unity-launcher-intro.page:9(credit/name)
833
msgid "Ubuntu Documentation Team"
834
msgstr ""
835
836
#: C/about-this-guide.page:24(page/title)
837
msgid "About this guide"
838
msgstr "關於此手冊"
839
840
#: C/about-this-guide.page:25(page/p)
841
msgid ""
842
"This guide is designed to give you a tour of the features of your desktop, "
843
"answer your computer-related questions, and provide tips on using your "
844
"computer more effectively.We've tried to make this guide as easy to use as "
845
"possible:"
846
msgstr ""
847
848
#: C/about-this-guide.page:28(item/p)
849
msgid ""
850
"The guide is sorted into small, task-oriented topics--not chapters. This "
851
"means that you don't need to skim through an entire manual to find the "
852
"answer to your questions."
853
msgstr ""
854
855
#: C/about-this-guide.page:29(item/p)
856
msgid ""
857
"Related items are linked together. \"See Also\" links at the bottom of some "
858
"pages will direct you to related topics. This makes it easy to find similar "
859
"topics that might help you perform a certain task."
860
msgstr ""
861
862
#: C/about-this-guide.page:30(item/p)
863
msgid ""
864
"It includes built-in search. The bar at the top of the help browser is a "
865
"<em>search bar</em>, and relevant results will start appearing as soon as "
866
"you start typing."
867
msgstr ""
868
869
#: C/about-this-guide.page:31(item/p)
870
msgid ""
871
"The guide is constantly being improved. Although we attempt to provide you "
872
"with a comprehensive set of helpful information, we know we won't answer all "
873
"of your questions here. We will keep adding more information to make things "
874
"more helpful, though."
875
msgstr ""
876
877
#: C/about-this-guide.page:34(page/p)
878
msgid ""
879
"Thank you for taking the time to read the <em>Ubuntu Desktop Guide</em>. We "
880
"sincerely hope that you will never have to use it."
881
msgstr ""
882
883
#: C/about-this-guide.page:36(page/p)
884
msgid "-- The Ubuntu documentation team"
885
msgstr ""
886
887
#: C/addremove.page:11(credit/name)
888
#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:11(credit/name)
889
#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:11(credit/name)
890
#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:11(credit/name)
891
#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:11(credit/name)
892
#: C/more-help.page:15(credit/name)
893
#: C/net-editcon.page:20(credit/name)
894
#: C/net-findip.page:15(credit/name)
895
#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:9(credit/name)
896
#: C/net-macaddress.page:13(credit/name)
897
#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:9(credit/name)
898
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:9(credit/name)
899
#: C/printing-2sided.page:16(credit/name)
900
#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:16(credit/name)
901
#: C/printing-differentsize.page:15(credit/name)
902
#: C/printing-envelopes.page:16(credit/name)
903
#: C/printing-order.page:16(credit/name)
904
#: C/printing-paperjam.page:12(credit/name)
905
#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:12(credit/name)
906
#: C/printing-setup.page:16(credit/name)
907
#: C/unity-introduction.page:18(credit/name)
908
msgid "Jim Campbell"
909
msgstr ""
910
911
#: C/addremove.page:15(credit/name)
912
msgid "Matthew East"
913
msgstr "Matthew East"
914
915
#: C/addremove.page:19(info/desc)
916
msgid ""
917
"<link xref=\"addremove-install\">Install</link>, <link xref=\"addremove-"
918
"remove\">remove</link>, <link xref=\"addremove-sources\">software "
919
"repositories</link>, <link xref=\"addremove-ppa\">Personal Package "
920
"Archives</link>..."
921
msgstr ""
922
923
#: C/addremove.page:29(page/title)
924
msgid "Add & remove software"
925
msgstr "安裝與移除軟體"
926
927
#: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:13(info/desc)
928
msgid ""
929
"Synaptic is a powerful but complicated software management alternative to "
930
"Ubuntu Software Center."
931
msgstr ""
932
933
#: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:17(page/title)
934
msgid "Use Synaptic for more advanced software management"
935
msgstr "使用 Synaptic 作更高階的軟體管理"
936
937
#: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:19(page/p)
938
msgid ""
939
"<app>Synaptic Package Manager</app> is more powerful and can do some "
940
"software management tasks which <app>Ubuntu Software Center</app> cannot. "
941
"Synaptic's interface is more complicated and does not support newer Software "
942
"Center features like ratings and reviews and thus is not recommended for use "
943
"by those new to Ubuntu."
944
msgstr ""
945
946
#: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:27(item/p)
947
msgid "Open the <em>Dash</em> by pressing the <key>meta</key> key."
948
msgstr ""
949
950
#: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:30(item/p)
951
msgid ""
952
"Search for <app>Synaptic</app> from the <gui>search bar</gui> at the top of "
953
"the <em>Dash</em>."
954
msgstr ""
955
956
#: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:33(item/p)
957
msgid ""
958
"When the <app>Synaptic</app> application appears in the list, click on it to "
959
"open it. This will launch the application. If prompted to do so, enter your "
960
"password."
961
msgstr ""
962
963
#: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:37(item/p)
964
msgid ""
965
"When <app>Synaptic</app> opens, click <gui>Search</gui> to search for an "
966
"application, or click <gui>Sections</gui> and look through the categories to "
967
"find one."
968
msgstr ""
969
970
#: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:42(item/p)
971
msgid ""
972
"Right-click the application that you want to install and select <gui>Mark "
973
"for Installation</gui>."
974
msgstr ""
975
976
#: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:46(item/p)
977
msgid ""
978
"If you are asked if you would like to mark additional changes, click "
979
"<gui>Mark</gui>."
980
msgstr ""
981
982
#: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:50(item/p)
983
msgid "Select any other applications that you would like to install."
984
msgstr ""
985
986
#: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:54(item/p)
987
msgid ""
988
"Click <gui>Apply</gui>, and then click <gui>Apply</gui> in the window that "
989
"appears. The applications that you chose will be downloaded and installed."
990
msgstr ""
991
992
#: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:60(page/p)
993
msgid ""
994
"For more information about using <app>Synaptic</app>, consult the <link "
995
"href=\"ghelp:synaptic\">Synaptic Manual</link>."
996
msgstr ""
997
998
#: C/addremove-install.page:13(info/desc)
999
msgid ""
1000
"Use the Ubuntu Software Center to add programs and make Ubuntu more useful."
1001
msgstr ""
1002
1003
#: C/addremove-install.page:17(page/title)
1004
msgid "Install additional software"
1005
msgstr ""
1006
1007
#: C/addremove-install.page:18(page/p)
1008
msgid ""
1009
"The Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we "
1010
"think makes Ubuntu very useful for most day-to-day tasks. However, you will "
1011
"certainly want to install more software to make Ubuntu more useful to you."
1012
msgstr ""
1013
1014
#: C/addremove-install.page:21(page/p)
1015
msgid "To install additional software, complete the following steps:"
1016
msgstr ""
1017
1018
#: C/addremove-install.page:23(item/p)
1019
msgid ""
1020
"Unless you are installing software from a local source, make sure that you "
1021
"have a working Internet connection."
1022
msgstr ""
1023
1024
#: C/addremove-install.page:25(item/p)
1025
#: C/addremove-ppa.page:24(item/p)
1026
msgid ""
1027
"Click on the <app>Ubuntu Software Center</app> icon in the Launcher, or "
1028
"search for Software Center in the search bar of the <app>Dash</app>."
1029
msgstr ""
1030
1031
#: C/addremove-install.page:27(item/p)
1032
msgid ""
1033
"When the Software Center launches, search for an application, or select a "
1034
"category and find an application from the list."
1035
msgstr ""
1036
1037
#: C/addremove-install.page:28(item/p)
1038
msgid ""
1039
"Select the application that you are interested in and click "
1040
"<gui>Install</gui>."
1041
msgstr ""
1042
1043
#: C/addremove-install.page:29(item/p)
1044
msgid ""
1045
"You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that the "
1046
"installation will begin."
1047
msgstr ""
1048
1049
#: C/addremove-install.page:30(item/p)
1050
msgid ""
1051
"The installation usually finishes quickly, but could take a while if you "
1052
"have a slow Internet connection. When it has finished, your new application "
1053
"will be ready to use; most applications can be accessed from the "
1054
"Applications menu."
1055
msgstr ""
1056
1057
#: C/addremove-install.page:35(page/p)
1058
#: C/addremove-remove.page:48(page/p)
1059
msgid ""
1060
"For more information about using the <app>Ubuntu Software Center</app>, "
1061
"consult the <link href=\"ghelp:software-center\">Ubuntu Software Center "
1062
"Manual</link>."
1063
msgstr ""
1064
1065
#: C/addremove-ppa.page:13(info/desc)
1066
msgid "Add PPAs to help test pre-release or specialty software."
1067
msgstr ""
1068
1069
#: C/addremove-ppa.page:17(page/title)
1070
msgid "Add a Personal Package Archive (PPA)"
1071
msgstr ""
1072
1073
#: C/addremove-ppa.page:18(page/p)
1074
msgid ""
1075
"<em>Personal Package Archives (PPAs)</em> are software repositories designed "
1076
"for Ubuntu users and are easier to install than other third-party "
1077
"repositories."
1078
msgstr ""
1079
1080
#: C/addremove-ppa.page:19(note/p)
1081
#: C/addremove-sources.page:19(note/p)
1082
msgid ""
1083
"Only add software repositories from sources that you trust. Third-party "
1084
"software repositories are not checked for security by Ubuntu members, and "
1085
"may contain software which is harmful to your computer."
1086
msgstr ""
1087
1088
#: C/addremove-ppa.page:22(steps/title)
1089
msgid "Install a PPA"
1090
msgstr ""
1091
1092
#: C/addremove-ppa.page:23(item/p)
1093
msgid ""
1094
"On the PPA's overview page, look for the heading that reads <gui>Adding this "
1095
"PPA to your system</gui>. Make a note of the PPA's location, which should "
1096
"look similar to: <code>ppa:mozillateam/firefox-stable</code>."
1097
msgstr ""
1098
1099
#: C/addremove-ppa.page:26(item/p)
1100
#: C/addremove-sources.page:25(item/p)
1101
msgid ""
1102
"When the Software Center launches, click "
1103
"<guiseq><gui>Edit></gui><gui>Software Sources</gui></guiseq>"
1104
msgstr ""
1105
1106
#: C/addremove-ppa.page:27(item/p)
1107
#: C/addremove-sources.page:26(item/p)
1108
msgid ""
1109
"You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that, switch to "
1110
"the <gui>Other Software</gui> tab."
1111
msgstr ""
1112
1113
#: C/addremove-ppa.page:28(item/p)
1114
msgid "Click <gui>Add</gui> and enter the <code>ppa:</code> location."
1115
msgstr ""
1116
1117
#: C/addremove-ppa.page:29(item/p)
1118
#: C/addremove-sources.page:29(item/p)
1119
msgid ""
1120
"Click <gui>Add Source</gui> then close the Software Sources window. Ubuntu "
1121
"Software Center will then check your software sources for new updates."
1122
msgstr ""
1123
1124
#: C/addremove-remove.page:13(info/desc)
1125
msgid "Remove software that you no longer use."
1126
msgstr ""
1127
1128
#: C/addremove-remove.page:17(page/title)
1129
msgid "Remove an application"
1130
msgstr ""
1131
1132
#: C/addremove-remove.page:19(page/p)
1133
msgid ""
1134
"The <app>Ubuntu Software Center</app> makes it easy to remove software that "
1135
"you no longer use."
1136
msgstr ""
1137
1138
#: C/addremove-remove.page:23(item/p)
1139
msgid ""
1140
"Click on the <app>Software Center</app> icon in the <gui>Launcher</gui>, or "
1141
"open the <gui>Dash</gui>, and search for <app>Software Center</app>."
1142
msgstr ""
1143
1144
#: C/addremove-remove.page:27(item/p)
1145
msgid ""
1146
"When the <app>Software Center</app> opens, click on <gui>Installed "
1147
"Software</gui>."
1148
msgstr ""
1149
1150
#: C/addremove-remove.page:30(item/p)
1151
msgid ""
1152
"In the <em>Installed Software</em> section, find the application that you "
1153
"want to remove by finding it in the list or by searching for it."
1154
msgstr ""
1155
1156
#: C/addremove-remove.page:34(item/p)
1157
msgid "Select the application and click <gui>Remove</gui>."
1158
msgstr ""
1159
1160
#: C/addremove-remove.page:37(item/p)
1161
msgid ""
1162
"You may be asked to enter your password. After you have done that, the "
1163
"application will be removed. This should not take very long."
1164
msgstr ""
1165
1166
#: C/addremove-remove.page:41(note/p)
1167
msgid ""
1168
"Some applications depend on others being installed in order to work "
1169
"properly. If you try to remove an application which is needed by another "
1170
"application, both of them will be removed. You will be asked to confirm that "
1171
"this is what you want to happen before the applications are removed."
1172
msgstr ""
1173
1174
#: C/addremove-remove.page:50(page/p)
1175
msgid ""
1176
"If the application that you want to remove is not available in the "
1177
"<app>Ubuntu Software Center</app>, use <link xref=\"addremove-install-"
1178
"synaptic\">Synaptic </link> to remove it instead."
1179
msgstr ""
1180
1181
#: C/addremove-sources.page:13(info/desc)
1182
msgid ""
1183
"Add other repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for "
1184
"installation and upgrades."
1185
msgstr ""
1186
1187
#: C/addremove-sources.page:17(page/title)
1188
msgid "Add additional software repositories"
1189
msgstr ""
1190
1191
#: C/addremove-sources.page:18(page/p)
1192
msgid ""
1193
"Software is available from third-party sources, as well as from the default "
1194
"Ubuntu software repositories. If you want to install software from a third-"
1195
"party software repository, you must add it to Ubuntu's list of available "
1196
"repositories."
1197
msgstr ""
1198
1199
#: C/addremove-sources.page:22(steps/title)
1200
msgid "Install other repositories"
1201
msgstr ""
1202
1203
#: C/addremove-sources.page:23(item/p)
1204
msgid ""
1205
"Click on the <app>Ubuntu Software Center</app> icon in the Launcher, or "
1206
"search for Ubuntu Software Center in the search bar of the <app>Dash</app>."
1207
msgstr ""
1208
1209
#: C/addremove-sources.page:27(item/p)
1210
msgid ""
1211
"Click <gui>Add</gui> and enter the APT line for the repository. This should "
1212
"be available from the website of the repository, and should look similar to:"
1213
msgstr ""
1214
1215
#: C/addremove-sources.page:28(item/p)
1216
msgid "<code>deb http://archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu/ maverick main</code>"
1217
msgstr ""
1218
1219
#: C/addremove-sources.page:33(section/title)
1220
msgid "Activate the Canonical Partner repository"
1221
msgstr ""
1222
1223
#: C/addremove-sources.page:34(section/p)
1224
msgid ""
1225
"The Canonical Partner repository offers some proprietary applications that "
1226
"don't cost any money to use but are closed source. They include software "
1227
"like <app>Skype</app>, <app>Adobe Reader</app> and <app>Adobe Flash "
1228
"Plugin</app>. Software in this repository will appear in Ubuntu Software "
1229
"Center search results but won't be installable until this repository is "
1230
"enabled."
1231
msgstr ""
1232
1233
#: C/addremove-sources.page:35(section/p)
1234
msgid ""
1235
"To enable the repository, follow the steps above to open the <gui>Other "
1236
"Software</gui> tab in <app>Software Sources</app>. If you see the "
1237
"<gui>Canonical Partners</gui> repository in the list, make sure it is "
1238
"checked then close the Software Sources window. If you don't see it, click "
1239
"<gui>Add</gui> and enter:"
1240
msgstr ""
1241
1242
#: C/addremove-sources.page:39(section/p)
1243
msgid "<code>deb http://archive.canonical.com/ubuntu natty partner</code>"
1244
msgstr ""
1245
1246
#: C/addremove-sources.page:40(section/p)
1247
msgid ""
1248
"Click <gui>Add Source</gui> then close the Software Sources window. Wait a "
1249
"moment for Ubuntu Software Center to download the repository information."
1250
msgstr ""
1251
1252
#: C/app-cheese.page:14(info/desc)
1253
msgid "It is like your own personal photo booth."
1254
msgstr ""
1255
1256
#: C/app-cheese.page:18(page/title)
1257
msgid "Create fun photos and videos with your webcam"
1258
msgstr ""
1259
1260
#: C/app-cheese.page:20(page/p)
1261
msgid ""
1262
"With the <app>Cheese</app> application and your webcam, you can take photos "
1263
"and videos, apply fun special effects and share the fun with others. Using "
1264
"Cheese it is easy to take photos of you, your friends, your pets or whatever "
1265
"you want."
1266
msgstr ""
1267
1268
#: C/app-cheese.page:24(page/p)
1269
msgid "Cheese is not installed by default in Ubuntu. To install Cheese:"
1270
msgstr ""
1271
1272
#: C/app-cheese.page:26(item/p)
1273
msgid ""
1274
"Click <link href=\"apt:cheese\">this link</link> to launch the <app>Software "
1275
"Center</app>."
1276
msgstr ""
1277
1278
#: C/app-cheese.page:27(item/p)
1279
msgid ""
1280
"Read the information and reviews about Cheese to make sure you want to "
1281
"install it."
1282
msgstr ""
1283
1284
#: C/app-cheese.page:28(item/p)
1285
msgid ""
1286
"If you choose to install it, click <gui>Install</gui> from the Software "
1287
"Center window."
1288
msgstr ""
1289
1290
#: C/app-cheese.page:31(page/p)
1291
msgid ""
1292
"You may need to provide the administrative password to complete the "
1293
"installation."
1294
msgstr ""
1295
1296
#: C/app-cheese.page:33(page/p)
1297
msgid ""
1298
"For help with using Cheese, read the <link href=\"ghelp:cheese\">Cheese user "
1299
"guide</link>."
1300
msgstr ""
1301
1302
#: C/app-cheese.page:35(note/p)
1303
msgid "You need to install Cheese before you can read the Cheese user guide."
1304
msgstr ""
1305
1306
#: C/backup-check.page:7(info/desc)
1307
msgid "Verify your backup was successful."
1308
msgstr ""
1309
1310
#: C/backup-check.page:18(page/title)
1311
msgid "Check your backup"
1312
msgstr ""
1313
1314
#: C/backup-check.page:20(page/p)
1315
msgid ""
1316
"After you have backed up your files, you should make sure that the backup "
1317
"was successful. If it didn't work properly, you could lose important data "
1318
"since some files could be missing from the backup."
1319
msgstr ""
1320
1321
#: C/backup-check.page:24(page/p)
1322
msgid ""
1323
"When you use the file manager to copy or move files, the computer checks to "
1324
"make sure that all of the data transferred correctly. However, if you are "
1325
"transferring data that is very important to you, you may want to perform "
1326
"additional checks to confirm that your data has been transferred properly."
1327
msgstr ""
1328
1329
#: C/backup-check.page:30(page/p)
1330
msgid ""
1331
"You can do an extra check by looking through the copied files and folders on "
1332
"the destination media. By checking to make sure that the files and folders "
1333
"you transferred are actually there in the backup, you can have extra "
1334
"confidence that the process was successful."
1335
msgstr ""
1336
1337
#: C/backup-check.page:34(note/p)
1338
msgid ""
1339
"If you find that you do regular backups of large amounts of data, you may "
1340
"find it easier to use a dedicated backup program, such as <app>Déjà "
1341
"Dup</app>. Such a program is more powerful and more reliable than just "
1342
"copying and pasting files."
1343
msgstr ""
1344
1345
#: C/backup-frequency.page:7(info/desc)
1346
msgid "How often and when to backup your files."
1347
msgstr ""
1348
1349
#: C/backup-frequency.page:12(credit/name)
1350
#: C/backup-how.page:10(credit/name)
1351
#: C/backup-restore.page:9(credit/name)
1352
#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:10(credit/name)
1353
#: C/backup-what.page:13(credit/name)
1354
#: C/backup-where.page:14(credit/name)
1355
#: C/files-browse.page:12(credit/name)
1356
#: C/files-copy.page:15(credit/name)
1357
#: C/get-involved.page:12(credit/name)
1358
#: C/more-help.page:10(credit/name)
1359
#: C/mouse.page:15(credit/name)
1360
#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:14(credit/name)
1361
#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:18(credit/name)
1362
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:13(credit/name)
1363
#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:11(credit/name)
1364
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:13(credit/name)
1365
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:13(credit/name)
1366
#: C/nautilus-views.page:13(credit/name)
1367
#: C/screen-shot-record.page:12(credit/name)
1368
#: C/user-delete.page:10(credit/name)
1369
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:19(credit/name)
1370
msgid "Tiffany Antopolski"
1371
msgstr ""
1372
1373
#: C/backup-frequency.page:22(page/title)
1374
msgid "Frequency of backups"
1375
msgstr ""
1376
1377
#: C/backup-frequency.page:24(page/p)
1378
msgid ""
1379
"How often you make backups will depend on the type of data to be backed up. "
1380
"For example, if you are running a network environment with critical data "
1381
"stored on your servers, then even nightly backups may not be enough."
1382
msgstr ""
1383
1384
#: C/backup-frequency.page:26(page/p)
1385
msgid ""
1386
"On the other hand, if you are backing up the data on your home computer then "
1387
"you may need to factor in a few things, such as:"
1388
msgstr ""
1389
1390
#: C/backup-frequency.page:31(item/p)
1391
msgid "The amount of time you spend on the computer."
1392
msgstr ""
1393
1394
#: C/backup-frequency.page:32(item/p)
1395
msgid "How often and by how much the data on the computer changes."
1396
msgstr ""
1397
1398
#: C/backup-frequency.page:35(page/p)
1399
msgid ""
1400
"If it is just some music, e-mails and family photos, then weekly or even "
1401
"monthly backups may suffice. However, if you happen to be in the middle of a "
1402
"tax audit, more frequent backups may be necessary."
1403
msgstr ""
1404
1405
#: C/backup-frequency.page:39(page/p)
1406
msgid ""
1407
"As a general rule, the amount of time in between backups should be no more "
1408
"than the amount of time you could stand to spend re-doing any lost work. For "
1409
"example, if spending a week re-writing lost documents is too long for you, "
1410
"you should back up at least once per week."
1411
msgstr ""
1412
1413
#: C/backup-how.page:7(info/desc)
1414
msgid ""
1415
"Use Déjà Dup (or some other backup application) to make copies of your "
1416
"valuable files and settings to protect against loss."
1417
msgstr ""
1418
1419
#: C/backup-how.page:20(page/title)
1420
msgid "How to back up"
1421
msgstr ""
1422
1423
#: C/backup-how.page:22(page/p)
1424
msgid ""
1425
"The easiest way of backing up your files and settings is to let a backup "
1426
"application manage the backup process for you. A number of different backup "
1427
"applications are available, for example <link href=\"apt:deja-dup\">Déjà "
1428
"Dup</link>."
1429
msgstr ""
1430
1431
#: C/backup-how.page:24(page/p)
1432
msgid ""
1433
"The help for your chosen backup application will walk you through setting "
1434
"your preferences for the backup, as well as how to restore your data if "
1435
"something goes wrong."
1436
msgstr ""
1437
1438
#: C/backup-how.page:26(page/p)
1439
msgid ""
1440
"An alternative option is to just <link xref=\"files-copy\">copy your "
1441
"files</link> to a safe location, such as an external hard drive, another "
1442
"computer on the network, or a USB drive. Your <link xref=\"backup-"
1443
"thinkabout\">personal files</link> and settings are usually in your Home "
1444
"folder, so you can copy them from there."
1445
msgstr ""
1446
1447
#: C/backup-how.page:28(page/p)
1448
msgid ""
1449
"The amount of data you can back up is limited by the size of the storage "
1450
"device. If you have the room on your backup device, it is best to back up "
1451
"the entire Home folder with the following exceptions:"
1452
msgstr ""
1453
1454
#: C/backup-how.page:31(item/p)
1455
msgid ""
1456
"Files that you have copied from a CD, DVD, or other removable media, since "
1457
"it would be faster to copy them again than to restore them from backup."
1458
msgstr ""
1459
1460
#: C/backup-how.page:32(item/p)
1461
msgid ""
1462
"Files that you can regenerate easily. For example, PDFs that can be "
1463
"generated from TeX files, or object files that can be made with the Make "
1464
"utility. Just ensure the source is backed up."
1465
msgstr ""
1466
1467
#: C/backup-how.page:33(item/p)
1468
msgid ""
1469
"Your trashed files, which can be found in <cmd>~/.local/share/Trash</cmd> "
1470
"(the Trash folder)."
1471
msgstr ""
1472
1473
#: C/backup-restore.page:6(info/desc)
1474
msgid "Retrieve your files from a backup."
1475
msgstr ""
1476
1477
#: C/backup-restore.page:20(page/title)
1478
msgid "Restore a backup"
1479
msgstr ""
1480
1481
#: C/backup-restore.page:22(page/p)
1482
msgid ""
1483
"If something went wrong and you lost some files and documents, you can "
1484
"restore from a recent backup (if you have one)."
1485
msgstr ""
1486
1487
#: C/backup-restore.page:24(page/p)
1488
msgid ""
1489
"If you simply copied your files to a safe location, such as an external hard "
1490
"drive, another computer on the network or a USB drive, you can <link "
1491
"xref=\"files-copy\">copy them</link> back to your computer."
1492
msgstr ""
1493
1494
#: C/backup-restore.page:27(page/p)
1495
msgid ""
1496
"If you used <app>Déjà Dup</app> (or some other backup application) to "
1497
"perform your backup, you should use <app>Déjà Dup</app> to restore your data "
1498
"from backup too. See the help for Déjà Dup for more information."
1499
msgstr ""
1500
1501
#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:6(info/desc)
1502
msgid ""
1503
"A list of folders where you can find documents, files and settings that you "
1504
"may want to back up."
1505
msgstr ""
1506
1507
#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:21(page/title)
1508
msgid "Where can I find the files I want to back up?"
1509
msgstr ""
1510
1511
#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:23(page/p)
1512
msgid ""
1513
"Deciding what files to backup and finding where they all are is the most "
1514
"difficult step when attempting to perform a backup. Below is a list of where "
1515
"most of your important files should be, so you can find them more easily."
1516
msgstr ""
1517
1518
#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:29(item/title)
1519
msgid "Your personal files and settings"
1520
msgstr ""
1521
1522
#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:30(item/p)
1523
msgid ""
1524
"These are usually stored in your Home folder (<cmd>/home/your_name</cmd>). "
1525
"They could be in subfolders such as Desktop, Documents, Pictures, Music, "
1526
"Videos and/or .evolution (for email). If your backup medium has sufficient "
1527
"space, consider backing up the entire <cmd>/home</cmd> folder. This is the "
1528
"simplest way."
1529
msgstr ""
1530
1531
#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:32(item/p)
1532
msgid ""
1533
"If you are not able to backup all of <cmd>/home</cmd>, see below for a list "
1534
"of some subfolders of the <cmd>/home</cmd> folder to check for important "
1535
"files."
1536
msgstr ""
1537
1538
#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:37(item/p)
1539
msgid "<cmd>~/</cmd> represents your home folder <cmd>/home/your_name</cmd>"
1540
msgstr ""
1541
1542
#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:39(item/p)
1543
msgid ""
1544
"Any file or folder name that starts with a period is hidden by default. To "
1545
"view hidden files, click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Show Hidden "
1546
"Files</gui></guiseq> or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq>."
1547
msgstr ""
1548
1549
#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:48(td/p)
1550
#: C/backup-what.page:28(item/title)
1551
msgid "Your personal files"
1552
msgstr ""
1553
1554
#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:48(td/p)
1555
msgid ""
1556
"<cmd>~/</cmd>, <cmd>~/Desktop</cmd>, <cmd>~/Documents</cmd>, "
1557
"<cmd>~/Pictures</cmd>, <cmd>~/Music</cmd>, <cmd>Videos</cmd>, and others"
1558
msgstr ""
1559
1560
#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:48(td/p)
1561
msgid "Contain files you actively created."
1562
msgstr ""
1563
1564
#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:52(td/p)
1565
#: C/backup-what.page:33(item/title)
1566
msgid "Your personal settings"
1567
msgstr ""
1568
1569
#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:52(td/p)
1570
msgid "<cmd>~/.config</cmd>, <cmd>~/.gconf</cmd>, <cmd>~/.local</cmd>"
1571
msgstr ""
1572
1573
#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:53(td/p)
1574
msgid "Contain settings you set for your desktop and some applications."
1575
msgstr ""
1576
1577
#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:56(td/p)
1578
#: C/backup-what.page:38(item/title)
1579
msgid "System settings"
1580
msgstr ""
1581
1582
#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:56(td/p)
1583
msgid ""
1584
"<cmd>/etc</cmd> located in the File System outside of your Home folder."
1585
msgstr ""
1586
1587
#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:57(td/p)
1588
msgid ""
1589
"Your system settings. In general, you don't need to go outside of your Home "
1590
"folder."
1591
msgstr ""
1592
1593
#: C/backup-what.page:6(info/desc)
1594
msgid "Back up anything that you can't bear to lose if something goes wrong."
1595
msgstr ""
1596
1597
#: C/backup-what.page:20(page/title)
1598
msgid "What to back up"
1599
msgstr ""
1600
1601
#: C/backup-what.page:22(page/p)
1602
msgid ""
1603
"Your priority should be to backup your <link xref=\"backup-thinkabout\">most "
1604
"important files</link> as well as those that are difficult to recreate. An "
1605
"example of most important to least important:"
1606
msgstr ""
1607
1608
#: C/backup-what.page:29(item/p)
1609
msgid ""
1610
"Documents, spreadsheets, email, calendar appointments, financial data, "
1611
"family photos, anything that you made that has importance to you. These are "
1612
"clearly the most important as they may be irreplaceable."
1613
msgstr ""
1614
1615
#: C/backup-what.page:34(item/p)
1616
msgid ""
1617
"This includes changes you may have made to colors, backgrounds, screen "
1618
"resolution and mouse settings on your desktop. This also includes "
1619
"application preferences, such as settings for <app>LibreOffice</app>, your "
1620
"music player, and your email program. These are replaceable, but may take a "
1621
"while to recreate."
1622
msgstr ""
1623
1624
#: C/backup-what.page:39(item/p)
1625
msgid ""
1626
"Most people never change the settings that are created during installation. "
1627
"If you do customize your system, you may wish to backup these settings."
1628
msgstr ""
1629
1630
#: C/backup-what.page:44(item/title)
1631
msgid "Installed software (and everything else)."
1632
msgstr ""
1633
1634
#: C/backup-what.page:45(item/p)
1635
msgid "Such software can usually be restored by reinstalling it."
1636
msgstr ""
1637
1638
#: C/backup-what.page:49(page/p)
1639
msgid ""
1640
"In general, you will want to backup files that are irreplaceable and files "
1641
"that require a great time investment to replace without a backup. If things "
1642
"are easy to replace, on the other hand, you may not want to use up disk "
1643
"space by having backups of them."
1644
msgstr ""
1645
1646
#: C/backup-where.page:6(info/desc)
1647
msgid ""
1648
"Advice on where to store your backups and what type of storage device to use."
1649
msgstr ""
1650
1651
#: C/backup-where.page:7(info/title)
1652
msgctxt "sort"
1653
msgid "c"
1654
msgstr ""
1655
1656
#: C/backup-where.page:20(page/title)
1657
msgid "Where to store your backup"
1658
msgstr ""
1659
1660
#: C/backup-where.page:21(page/p)
1661
msgid ""
1662
"You should store backup copies of your files somewhere separate from your "
1663
"computer - on an external hard disk, for example. That way, if the computer "
1664
"breaks, the backup will still be intact. For maximum security, you shouldn't "
1665
"keep the backup in the same building as your computer. If there is a fire or "
1666
"theft, both copies of the data could be lost if they are kept together."
1667
msgstr ""
1668
1669
#: C/backup-where.page:23(page/p)
1670
msgid ""
1671
"It is important to choose an appropriate <em>backup medium</em> too. You "
1672
"need to store your backups on a device that has sufficient disk capacity for "
1673
"all of the backed-up files."
1674
msgstr ""
1675
1676
#: C/backup-where.page:26(list/title)
1677
msgid "Local and remote storage options"
1678
msgstr ""
1679
1680
#: C/backup-where.page:28(item/p)
1681
msgid "USB memory key (low capacity)"
1682
msgstr ""
1683
1684
#: C/backup-where.page:31(item/p)
1685
msgid "Internal disk drive (high capacity)"
1686
msgstr ""
1687
1688
#: C/backup-where.page:34(item/p)
1689
msgid "External hard disk (typically high capacity)"
1690
msgstr ""
1691
1692
#: C/backup-where.page:37(item/p)
1693
msgid "Network-connected drive (high capacity)"
1694
msgstr ""
1695
1696
#: C/backup-where.page:40(item/p)
1697
msgid "File/backup server (high capacity)"
1698
msgstr ""
1699
1700
#: C/backup-where.page:43(item/p)
1701
msgid "Writable CDs or DVDs (low/medium capacity)"
1702
msgstr ""
1703
1704
#: C/backup-where.page:46(item/p)
1705
msgid ""
1706
"Online backup service like <link href=\"http://aws.amazon.com/s3/\">Amazon "
1707
"S3</link> or <link href=\"https://one.ubuntu.com/\">Ubuntu One</link> "
1708
"(stores your data off-site for a small fee)"
1709
msgstr ""
1710
1711
#: C/backup-where.page:50(page/p)
1712
msgid ""
1713
"Some of these options have sufficient capacity to allow for a backup of "
1714
"every file on your system, also known as a <em>complete system backup</em>."
1715
msgstr ""
1716
1717
#: C/backup-why.page:7(info/desc)
1718
msgid ""
1719
"<link xref=\"backup-why\">Why</link>, <link xref=\"backup-"
1720
"what\">what</link>, <link xref=\"backup-where\">where</link> and <link "
1721
"xref=\"backup-how\">how</link> of backups."
1722
msgstr ""
1723
1724
#: C/backup-why.page:15(info/title)
1725
msgctxt "link:trail"
1726
msgid "Backups"
1727
msgstr ""
1728
1729
#: C/backup-why.page:24(page/title)
1730
msgid "Back up your important files"
1731
msgstr ""
1732
1733
#: C/backup-why.page:25(page/p)
1734
msgid ""
1735
"<em>Backing up</em> your files simply means making a copy of your files for "
1736
"safekeeping. This is done in case the original files become unusable due to "
1737
"loss or corruption. These copies can be used to restore the original data in "
1738
"the event of loss. Copies should be stored on a different device from the "
1739
"original files. For example, you may use a USB drive, an external hard "
1740
"drive, a CD/DVD, or an off-site service."
1741
msgstr ""
1742
1743
#: C/backup-why.page:29(page/p)
1744
msgid ""
1745
"The best way to back up up your files is to do so regularly, keeping the "
1746
"copies off-site and encrypted."
1747
msgstr ""
1748
1749
#: C/bluetooth.page:14(info/desc)
1750
msgid ""
1751
"<link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">Connect</link>, <link "
1752
"xref=\"bluetooth-send-file\">send files</link>, <link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-"
1753
"on-off\">turn on and off</link>..."
1754
msgstr ""
1755
1756
#: C/bluetooth.page:23(page/title)
1757
msgid "Bluetooth"
1758
msgstr ""
1759
1760
#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:7(info/desc)
1761
msgid "Pair Bluetooth devices."
1762
msgstr ""
1763
1764
#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:15(credit/name)
1765
#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:15(credit/name)
1766
#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:15(credit/name)
1767
#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:10(credit/name)
1768
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:11(credit/name)
1769
#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:16(credit/name)
1770
#: C/printing-setup.page:20(credit/name)
1771
msgid "Paul W. Frields"
1772
msgstr ""
1773
1774
#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:21(page/title)
1775
msgid "Connect your computer to another Bluetooth device"
1776
msgstr ""
1777
1778
#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:23(page/p)
1779
msgid ""
1780
"Before you can transfer files between Bluetooth-enabled devices, you first "
1781
"need to connect them. This is also called, \"pairing\" Bluetooth devices."
1782
msgstr ""
1783
1784
#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:27(item/p)
1785
msgid ""
1786
"<link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-off\">Turn on</link> your computer's "
1787
"Bluetooth device."
1788
msgstr ""
1789
1790
#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:30(item/p)
1791
msgid ""
1792
"Select the <gui>Bluetooth menu</gui> in the <gui>top panel</gui>, and select "
1793
"<gui>Set up new device...</gui>."
1794
msgstr ""
1795
1796
#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:33(item/p)
1797
msgid ""
1798
"Make the other Bluetooth device discoverable or visible, and place it within "
1799
"10 meters of your computer. Then select <gui>Forward</gui>. Your computer "
1800
"will begin searching for devices."
1801
msgstr ""
1802
1803
#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:36(item/p)
1804
msgid ""
1805
"If there are too many devices listed, select the <gui>Device type</gui> drop-"
1806
"down bar to display only a single type of device in the list."
1807
msgstr ""
1808
1809
#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:39(item/p)
1810
msgid ""
1811
"Select <gui>PIN options...</gui> to set how a PIN will be delivered to the "
1812
"other device."
1813
msgstr ""
1814
1815
#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:41(note/p)
1816
msgid ""
1817
"The automatic PIN setting will use a six-digit numerical code. A device with "
1818
"no input keys or screen, such as a mouse or headset, may require a specific "
1819
"PIN such as 0000, or no PIN at all. Check your device's manual for the "
1820
"proper setting."
1821
msgstr ""
1822
1823
#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:43(item/p)
1824
msgid ""
1825
"Choose an appropriate PIN setting for your device, and then select "
1826
"<gui>Close</gui>."
1827
msgstr ""
1828
1829
#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:46(item/p)
1830
msgid ""
1831
"Select <gui>Forward</gui> to proceed. If you did not choose a preset PIN, "
1832
"the PIN will be displayed on the screen."
1833
msgstr ""
1834
1835
#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:49(item/p)
1836
msgid ""
1837
"Enter the PIN code on your other device, if required. You need to finish "
1838
"your entry within about 20 seconds on most devices, or the connection will "
1839
"not be completed. If that happens, return to the device list and start again."
1840
msgstr ""
1841
1842
#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:52(item/p)
1843
msgid ""
1844
"A message appears when the connection successfully completes. If the device "
1845
"offers other capabilities, such as Personal Area Networking (PAN) on a "
1846
"mobile phone, you can enable them using checkboxes. Then select "
1847
"<gui>Close</gui>."
1848
msgstr ""
1849
1850
#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:56(page/p)
1851
msgid ""
1852
"You can <link xref=\"bluetooth-remove-connection\">remove a Bluetooth "
1853
"connection</link> later if desired."
1854
msgstr ""
1855
1856
#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:10(info/desc)
1857
msgid ""
1858
"The adapter could be turned off or may not have drivers, or Bluetooth might "
1859
"be disabled or blocked."
1860
msgstr ""
1861
1862
#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:20(page/title)
1863
msgid "Why can't I connect my Bluetooth device?"
1864
msgstr ""
1865
1866
#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:22(page/p)
1867
msgid ""
1868
"There are a number of reasons why you may not be able to connect to a "
1869
"Bluetooth device (like a phone or headset):"
1870
msgstr ""
1871
1872
#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:26(item/p)
1873
msgid "Connection blocked or untrusted"
1874
msgstr ""
1875
1876
#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:27(item/p)
1877
msgid ""
1878
"Some Bluetooth devices block connections by default, or require you to "
1879
"change a setting to allow connections to be made. Make sure that your device "
1880
"is setup to allow connections."
1881
msgstr ""
1882
1883
#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:31(item/p)
1884
msgid "Bluetooth hardware not recognized"
1885
msgstr ""
1886
1887
#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:32(item/p)
1888
msgid ""
1889
"Your Bluetooth adapter/dongle may not have been recognized by the computer. "
1890
"This could be because drivers for the adapter aren't installed. Some "
1891
"Bluetooth adapters aren't supported on Linux, and so you may not be able to "
1892
"get the right drivers for them. In this case, you will probably have to get "
1893
"a different Bluetooth adapter."
1894
msgstr ""
1895
1896
#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:36(item/p)
1897
msgid "Adapter not switched on"
1898
msgstr ""
1899
1900
#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:37(item/p)
1901
msgid ""
1902
"Make sure that your Bluetooth adapter is switched on. Click the "
1903
"<gui>Bluetooth menu</gui> in the <gui>top panel</gui> and check that it's "
1904
"not turned off."
1905
msgstr ""
1906
1907
#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:41(item/p)
1908
msgid "Device Bluetooth connection switched off"
1909
msgstr ""
1910
1911
#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:42(item/p)
1912
msgid ""
1913
"Check that Bluetooth is turned on on the device you're trying to connect to. "
1914
"For example, if you're trying to connect to a phone, make sure that it's not "
1915
"in airplane mode"
1916
msgstr ""
1917
1918
#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:46(item/p)
1919
msgid "No Bluetooth adapter in your computer"
1920
msgstr ""
1921
1922
#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:47(item/p)
1923
msgid ""
1924
"Many computers do not have Bluetooth adapters. You can buy an adapter if you "
1925
"want to use Bluetooth."
1926
msgstr ""
1927
1928
#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:7(info/desc)
1929
msgid "Remove a device from the list of Bluetooth devices."
1930
msgstr ""
1931
1932
#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:21(page/title)
1933
msgid "Remove a connection between Bluetooth devices"
1934
msgstr ""
1935
1936
#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:22(page/p)
1937
msgid ""
1938
"If you don't want to be connected to a Bluetooth device any more, remove the "
1939
"connection:"
1940
msgstr ""
1941
1942
#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:26(item/p)
1943
msgid ""
1944
"Click the <gui>Bluetooth menu</gui> in the <gui>top panel</gui>, and choose "
1945
"<gui>Preferences</gui>."
1946
msgstr ""
1947
1948
#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:29(item/p)
1949
msgid "Select the device you want to disconnect."
1950
msgstr ""
1951
1952
#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:32(item/p)
1953
msgid "Click <gui>Remove</gui>."
1954
msgstr ""
1955
1956
#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:36(page/p)
1957
msgid ""
1958
"You can <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">reconnect a Bluetooth "
1959
"device</link> later if desired."
1960
msgstr ""
1961
1962
#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:7(info/desc)
1963
msgid ""
1964
"Share files between Bluetooth-enabled devices, like your computer and your "
1965
"phone."
1966
msgstr ""
1967
1968
#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:21(page/title)
1969
msgid "Send a file to another Bluetooth device"
1970
msgstr ""
1971
1972
#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:22(page/p)
1973
msgid ""
1974
"You can send files to connected Bluetooth devices, such as some mobile "
1975
"phones or other computers. Some types of devices don't allow the transfer of "
1976
"files, or specific types of files."
1977
msgstr ""
1978
1979
#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:26(item/p)
1980
msgid ""
1981
"If you have not done so already, <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-"
1982
"device\">create a connection</link> to the Bluetooth device."
1983
msgstr ""
1984
1985
#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:29(item/p)
1986
msgid ""
1987
"Click the <gui>Bluetooth menu</gui> in the <gui>top panel</gui> and click "
1988
"<gui>Send files to device</gui>."
1989
msgstr ""
1990
1991
#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:32(item/p)
1992
msgid "Choose the file you want to send and click <gui>Select</gui>."
1993
msgstr ""
1994
1995
#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:33(item/p)
1996
msgid ""
1997
"(To send more than one file in a folder, hold down <key>Ctrl</key> as you "
1998
"select each file.)"
1999
msgstr ""
2000
2001
#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:36(item/p)
2002
msgid ""
2003
"Select the device which you want to send the files to from the list and then "
2004
"click <gui>Send</gui>."
2005
msgstr ""
2006
2007
#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:37(item/p)
2008
msgid ""
2009
"You can limit the list to only specific device types using the <gui>Device "
2010
"type</gui> drop-down control. You can also filter the list by whether the "
2011
"devices are paired and whether they are trusted."
2012
msgstr ""
2013
2014
#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:40(item/p)
2015
msgid ""
2016
"The owner of the receiving device usually has to press a button to accept "
2017
"the file. Once the owner accepts or declines, the result of the file "
2018
"transfer will be shown on your screen."
2019
msgstr ""
2020
2021
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
2022
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
2023
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
2024
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
2025
#.
2026
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
2027
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
2028
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
2029
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
2030
#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:25(media)
2031
#: C/unity-appmenu-intro.page:37(media)
2032
msgctxt "_"
2033
msgid ""
2034
"external ref='/usr/share/icons/ubuntu-mono-light/status/24/bluetooth-"
2035
"active.svg' md5='265f0461c4f337cfe7f9ebc04b98a58f'"
2036
msgstr ""
2037
2038
#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:7(info/desc)
2039
msgid "Enable or disable the Bluetooth device on your computer."
2040
msgstr ""
2041
2042
#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:17(page/title)
2043
msgid "Turn Bluetooth on or off"
2044
msgstr ""
2045
2046
#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:19(page/p)
2047
msgid ""
2048
"You can turn Bluetooth on to send and receive files, but turn it off to "
2049
"conserve power."
2050
msgstr ""
2051
2052
#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:24(figure/desc)
2053
msgid "The Bluetooth menu can be found on the top panel."
2054
msgstr ""
2055
2056
#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:28(page/p)
2057
msgid ""
2058
"To turn Bluetooth on, click the <gui>Bluetooth menu</gui> in the <gui>top "
2059
"panel</gui> and click <gui>Turn Bluetooth On</gui>."
2060
msgstr ""
2061
2062
#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:32(page/p)
2063
msgid ""
2064
"Many laptop computers have a hardware switch or key combination to turn "
2065
"Bluetooth on and off. If the Bluetooth hardware is turned off, you will not "
2066
"see a Bluetooth icon in the top bar. Look for a switch on your computer or a "
2067
"key on your keyboard. The keyboard key is often accessed with the help of "
2068
"the <key>Fn</key> key."
2069
msgstr ""
2070
2071
#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:38(note/p)
2072
msgid ""
2073
"If you are connecting to another <app>Bluetooth</app> device for the first "
2074
"time, click the <gui>Visible</gui> button to make sure it is checked. This "
2075
"allows your device to be seen by other <app>Bluetooth</app> devices. Uncheck "
2076
"<gui>Visible</gui> when you are done to increase security."
2077
msgstr ""
2078
2079
#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:40(page/p)
2080
msgid ""
2081
"Click <gui>Turn Off Bluetooth</gui> to disable Bluetooth if you are not "
2082
"using it."
2083
msgstr ""
2084
2085
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
2086
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
2087
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
2088
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
2089
#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:38(media)
2090
msgctxt "_"
2091
msgid "external ref='figures/color-profile-default.png' md5='__failed__'"
2092
msgstr ""
2093
2094
#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:9(info/desc)
2095
msgid ""
2096
"Look in <guiseq><gui>System Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> for the "
2097
"option to change this."
2098
msgstr ""
2099
2100
#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:11(credit/name)
2101
#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:13(credit/name)
2102
#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:12(credit/name)
2103
#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:13(credit/name)
2104
#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:12(credit/name)
2105
#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:12(credit/name)
2106
#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:12(credit/name)
2107
#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:12(credit/name)
2108
#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:10(credit/name)
2109
#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:12(credit/name)
2110
#: C/color-howtoimport.page:11(credit/name)
2111
#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:10(credit/name)
2112
#: C/color.page:9(credit/name)
2113
#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:10(credit/name)
2114
#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:9(credit/name)
2115
#: C/color-whatisspace.page:10(credit/name)
2116
#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:9(credit/name)
2117
#: C/color-whyimportant.page:9(credit/name)
2118
msgid "Richard Hughes"
2119
msgstr ""
2120
2121
#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:17(page/title)
2122
msgid "How do I assign profiles to devices?"
2123
msgstr ""
2124
2125
#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:19(page/p)
2126
msgid ""
2127
"Open <guiseq><gui>System Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq>, and click "
2128
"the device that you wish to add a profile to."
2129
msgstr ""
2130
2131
#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:23(page/p)
2132
msgid ""
2133
"By clicking <gui>Add profile</gui> you can select an existing profile or "
2134
"import a new file."
2135
msgstr ""
2136
2137
#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:27(page/p)
2138
msgid ""
2139
"Each device can have multiple profiles assigned to it, but only one profile "
2140
"can be the <em>default</em> profile. The default profile is used when there "
2141
"is no extra information to allow the profile to be chosen automatically. An "
2142
"example of this automatic selection would be if one profile was created for "
2143
"glossy paper and another plain paper."
2144
msgstr ""
2145
2146
#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:37(figure/desc)
2147
msgid "You can make a profile default by changing it with the radio button."
2148
msgstr ""
2149
2150
#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:41(page/p)
2151
msgid ""
2152
"If calibration hardware is connected the <gui>Calibrate...</gui> button will "
2153
"create a new profile."
2154
msgstr ""
2155
2156
#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:11(info/desc)
2157
msgid "Calibrating your camera is important to capture accurate colors."
2158
msgstr ""
2159
2160
#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:19(page/title)
2161
msgid "How do I calibrate my camera?"
2162
msgstr ""
2163
2164
#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:21(page/p)
2165
msgid ""
2166
"Camera devices are calibrated by taking a photograph of a target under the "
2167
"desired lighting conditions. By converting the RAW file to a TIFF file, it "
2168
"can be used to calibrate the camera device in the color control panel."
2169
msgstr ""
2170
2171
#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:29(note/p)
2172
msgid ""
2173
"The resulting profile is only valid under the lighting condition that you "
2174
"aquired the original image from. This means you might need to profile "
2175
"several times for <em>studio</em>, <em>bright sunlight</em> and "
2176
"<em>cloudy</em> lighting conditions."
2177
msgstr ""
2178
2179
#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:10(info/desc)
2180
msgid "Calibrating your printer is important to print accurate colors."
2181
msgstr ""
2182
2183
#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:18(page/title)
2184
msgid "How do I calibrate my printer?"
2185
msgstr ""
2186
2187
#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:20(page/p)
2188
msgid "There are two ways to profile a printer device:"
2189
msgstr ""
2190
2191
#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:25(item/p)
2192
msgid "Using a photospectrometer device like the Pantone ColorMunki"
2193
msgstr ""
2194
2195
#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:26(item/p)
2196
msgid "Downloading a printing a reference file from a color company"
2197
msgstr ""
2198
2199
#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:29(page/p)
2200
msgid ""
2201
"Using a color company to generate a printer profile is usually the cheapest "
2202
"option if you only have one or two different paper types. By downloading the "
2203
"reference chart from the companies website you can then send them back the "
2204
"print in a padded envelope where they will scan the paper, generate the "
2205
"profile and email you back an accurate ICC profile."
2206
msgstr ""
2207
2208
#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:37(page/p)
2209
msgid ""
2210
"Using an expensive device such as a ColorMunki works out cheaper only if you "
2211
"are profiling a large number of ink sets or paper types."
2212
msgstr ""
2213
2214
#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:43(note/p)
2215
msgid ""
2216
"If you change your ink supplier, make sure you recalibrate the printer!"
2217
msgstr ""
2218
2219
#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:11(info/desc)
2220
msgid "Calibrating your scanner is important to capture accurate colors."
2221
msgstr ""
2222
2223
#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:19(page/title)
2224
msgid "How do I calibrate my scanner?"
2225
msgstr ""
2226
2227
#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:21(page/p)
2228
msgid ""
2229
"You scan in your target file and save it as an uncompressed TIFF file. You "
2230
"can then click <gui>Calibrate...</gui> from <guiseq><gui>System "
2231
"Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> to create a profile for the device."
2232
msgstr ""
2233
2234
#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:29(note/p)
2235
msgid ""
2236
"Scanner devices are incredibly stable over time and temperature and do not "
2237
"usually need to be recalibrated."
2238
msgstr ""
2239
2240
#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:10(info/desc)
2241
msgid "Calibrating your screen is important to display accurate colors."
2242
msgstr ""
2243
2244
#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:18(page/title)
2245
msgid "How do I calibrate my screen?"
2246
msgstr ""
2247
2248
#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:20(page/p)
2249
msgid ""
2250
"Calibrating your screen is very easy to do and should be a hard requirement "
2251
"if you're involved in computer design or artwork."
2252
msgstr ""
2253
2254
#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:24(page/p)
2255
msgid ""
2256
"By using a device called colorimeter you accurately measure the different "
2257
"colors that your screen is able to display. By running <guiseq><gui>System "
2258
"Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> you can easily create a profile, and "
2259
"the wizard will show you how to attach the colorimeter device and what "
2260
"settings to adjust."
2261
msgstr ""
2262
2263
#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:33(note/p)
2264
msgid ""
2265
"Screens change all the time - the backlight in a TFT will half in brightness "
2266
"approximately every 18 months, and will get yellower as it gets older. This "
2267
"means you should recalibrate your screen when the [!] icon appears in the "
2268
"color control panel."
2269
msgstr ""
2270
2271
#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:40(note/p)
2272
msgid "LED screens also change over time, but a much slower rate than TFTs."
2273
msgstr ""
2274
2275
#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:9(info/desc)
2276
msgid "Calibration and characterization are different things entirely."
2277
msgstr ""
2278
2279
#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:18(page/title)
2280
msgid "What's the difference between calibration and characterization?"
2281
msgstr ""
2282
2283
#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:19(page/p)
2284
msgid ""
2285
"Many people are initially confused about the difference between calibration "
2286
"and characterization. Calibration is the process of modifying the color "
2287
"behavior of a device. This is typically done using two mechanisms:"
2288
msgstr ""
2289
2290
#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:26(item/p)
2291
msgid "Changing controls or internal settings that it has"
2292
msgstr ""
2293
2294
#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:27(item/p)
2295
msgid "Applying curves to its color channels"
2296
msgstr ""
2297
2298
#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:29(page/p)
2299
msgid ""
2300
"The idea of calibration is to put a device is a defined state with regard to "
2301
"its color response. Often this is used as a day to day means of maintaining "
2302
"reproducible behavior. Typically calibration will be stored in device or "
2303
"systems specific file formats that record the device settings or per-channel "
2304
"calibration curves."
2305
msgstr ""
2306
2307
#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:36(page/p)
2308
msgid ""
2309
"Characterization (or profiling) is <em>recording</em> the way a device "
2310
"reproduces or responds to color. Typically the result is stored in a device "
2311
"ICC profile. Such a profile does not in itself modify color in any way. It "
2312
"allows a system such as a CMM (Color Management Module) or a color aware "
2313
"application to modify color when combined with another device profile. Only "
2314
"by knowing the characteristics of two devices, can a way of transferring "
2315
"color from one device representation to another be achieved."
2316
msgstr ""
2317
2318
#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:47(note/p)
2319
msgid ""
2320
"Note that a characterization (profile) will only be valid for a device if it "
2321
"is in the same state of calibration as it was when it was characterized."
2322
msgstr ""
2323
2324
#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:53(page/p)
2325
msgid ""
2326
"In the case of display profiles there is some additional confusion because "
2327
"often the calibration information is stored in the profile for convenience. "
2328
"By convention it is stored in a tag called the <em>vcgt</em> tag. Although "
2329
"it is stored in the profile, none of the normal ICC based tools or "
2330
"applications are aware of it, or do anything with it. Similarly, typical "
2331
"display calibration tools and applications will not be aware of, or do "
2332
"anything with the ICC characterization (profile) information."
2333
msgstr ""
2334
2335
#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:9(info/desc)
2336
msgid "We support a huge number of calibration devices."
2337
msgstr ""
2338
2339
#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:18(page/title)
2340
msgid "What color measuring instruments are supported?"
2341
msgstr ""
2342
2343
#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:20(page/p)
2344
msgid ""
2345
"GNOME relies on the ArgyllCMS project to support color instruments. Thus the "
2346
"following display measuring instruments are supported:"
2347
msgstr ""
2348
2349
#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:26(item/p)
2350
msgid "Gretag-Macbeth Eye-One Pro (spectrometer)"
2351
msgstr ""
2352
2353
#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:27(item/p)
2354
msgid "Gretag-Macbeth Eye-One Monitor (spectrometer)"
2355
msgstr ""
2356
2357
#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:28(item/p)
2358
msgid "Gretag-Macbeth Eye-One Display 1, 2 or LT (colorimeter)"
2359
msgstr ""
2360
2361
#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:29(item/p)
2362
msgid "X-Rite ColorMunki Design or Photo (spectrometer)"
2363
msgstr ""
2364
2365
#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:30(item/p)
2366
msgid "X-Rite ColorMunki Create (colorimeter)"
2367
msgstr ""
2368
2369
#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:31(item/p)
2370
msgid "Pantone Huey (colorimeter)"
2371
msgstr ""
2372
2373
#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:32(item/p)
2374
msgid "MonacoOPTIX (colorimeter)"
2375
msgstr ""
2376
2377
#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:33(item/p)
2378
msgid "ColorVision Spyder 2 and 3 (colorimeter)"
2379
msgstr ""
2380
2381
#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:34(item/p)
2382
msgid "Colorimètre HCFR (colorimeter)"
2383
msgstr ""
2384
2385
#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:38(note/p)
2386
msgid ""
2387
"The Pantone Huey is currently the cheapest and best supported hardware in "
2388
"Linux."
2389
msgstr ""
2390
2391
#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:9(info/desc)
2392
msgid "Calibration targets are needed to do scanner and camera profiling."
2393
msgstr ""
2394
2395
#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:18(page/title)
2396
msgid "Which target types are supported?"
2397
msgstr ""
2398
2399
#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:20(page/p)
2400
msgid "The following types of targets are supported:"
2401
msgstr ""
2402
2403
#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:25(item/p)
2404
msgid "CMP DigitalTarget"
2405
msgstr ""
2406
2407
#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:26(item/p)
2408
msgid "ColorChecker 24"
2409
msgstr ""
2410
2411
#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:27(item/p)
2412
msgid "ColorChecker DC"
2413
msgstr ""
2414
2415
#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:28(item/p)
2416
msgid "ColorChecker SG"
2417
msgstr ""
2418
2419
#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:29(item/p)
2420
msgid "i1 RGB Scan 14"
2421
msgstr ""
2422
2423
#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:30(item/p)
2424
msgid "LaserSoft DC Pro"
2425
msgstr ""
2426
2427
#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:31(item/p)
2428
msgid "QPcard 201"
2429
msgstr ""
2430
2431
#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:32(item/p)
2432
msgid "IT8.7/2"
2433
msgstr ""
2434
2435
#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:36(note/p)
2436
msgid ""
2437
"You can purchase targets from well-known vendors like KODAK, X-Rite and "
2438
"LaserSoft in various online shops."
2439
msgstr ""
2440
2441
#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:40(note/p)
2442
msgid ""
2443
"Alternatively you can buy targets from <link "
2444
"href=\"http://www.targets.coloraid.de/\">Wolf Faust</link> at a very fair "
2445
"price."
2446
msgstr ""
2447
2448
#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:8(info/desc)
2449
msgid ""
2450
"Sharing color profiles is nevera good idea as hardware changes over time."
2451
msgstr ""
2452
2453
#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:16(page/title)
2454
msgid "Can I share my color profile?"
2455
msgstr ""
2456
2457
#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:18(page/p)
2458
msgid ""
2459
"Color profiles that you have created yourself are specific to the hardware "
2460
"that you calibrated for. My DreamColor LP2480zx has been powered for a few "
2461
"hundred hours, and is going to have a very different color profile to a "
2462
"similar display with the next serial number if it's been lit for a thousand "
2463
"hours."
2464
msgstr ""
2465
2466
#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:25(page/p)
2467
msgid ""
2468
"This means if you share your color profile with somebody, you might be "
2469
"getting them <em>closer</em> to calibration, but it's misleading at best to "
2470
"say that thier display is calibrated."
2471
msgstr ""
2472
2473
#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:32(note/p)
2474
msgid ""
2475
"You should carefully check the redistribution conditions for profiles "
2476
"downloaded from vendor websites or that were created on your behalf."
2477
msgstr ""
2478
2479
#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:10(info/desc)
2480
msgid "Color profiles are provided by vendors and can be generated yourself."
2481
msgstr ""
2482
2483
#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:18(page/title)
2484
msgid "Where do I get color profiles?"
2485
msgstr ""
2486
2487
#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:20(page/p)
2488
msgid ""
2489
"The best way to get profiles is to generate them yourself, although this "
2490
"does require some initial outlay."
2491
msgstr ""
2492
2493
#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:24(page/p)
2494
msgid ""
2495
"Many manufacturers do try to provide color profiles for devices, although "
2496
"sometimes they are wrapped up in <em>driver bundles</em> which you may need "
2497
"to download, extract and then search for the color profiles."
2498
msgstr ""
2499
2500
#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:30(page/p)
2501
msgid ""
2502
"Some manufacturers do not provide accurate profiles for the hardware and the "
2503
"profiles are best avoided. A good clue is to download the profile, and if "
2504
"the creation date is more than a year before the date you bought the device "
2505
"then it's likely dummy data generated that is useless."
2506
msgstr ""
2507
2508
#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:38(page/p)
2509
msgid ""
2510
"See <link xref=\"color-why-calibrate\"/> for information on why vendor "
2511
"suplied profiles are often worse than useless."
2512
msgstr ""
2513
2514
#: C/color-howtoimport.page:8(info/desc)
2515
msgid "Color profiles can be easily imported by opening them."
2516
msgstr ""
2517
2518
#: C/color-howtoimport.page:17(page/title)
2519
msgid "How do I import color profiles?"
2520
msgstr ""
2521
2522
#: C/color-howtoimport.page:19(page/p)
2523
msgid ""
2524
"The profile can easily be imported by double clicking on the "
2525
"<input>.ICC</input> or <input>.ICM</input> file in the file browser."
2526
msgstr ""
2527
2528
#: C/color-howtoimport.page:23(page/p)
2529
msgid ""
2530
"Alternatively you can select <gui>Import profile...</gui> from "
2531
"<guiseq><gui>System Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> when selecting a "
2532
"profile for a device."
2533
msgstr ""
2534
2535
#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:8(info/desc)
2536
msgid ""
2537
"Whole-screen color correction modifies all the screen colors on all windows."
2538
msgstr ""
2539
2540
#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:16(page/title)
2541
msgid "Missing information for whole-screen color correction?"
2542
msgstr ""
2543
2544
#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:17(page/p)
2545
msgid ""
2546
"Unfortunately, many vendor-supplied ICC profiles do not include the "
2547
"information required for whole-screen color correction. These profiles can "
2548
"still be useful for applications that can do color compensation, but you "
2549
"will not see all the colors of your screen change."
2550
msgstr ""
2551
2552
#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:23(page/p)
2553
msgid ""
2554
"In order to create a display profile, which includes both calibration and "
2555
"characterisation data, you will need to use a special color measuring "
2556
"instruments callled a colorimeter or a spectrometer."
2557
msgstr ""
2558
2559
#: C/color.page:14(info/desc)
2560
msgid ""
2561
"<link xref=\"color-whyimportant\">Why is this important</link>, <link "
2562
"xref=\"color#profiles\">Color profiles</link>, <link "
2563
"xref=\"color#calibration\">How to calibrate a device</link>..."
2564
msgstr ""
2565
2566
#: C/color.page:22(page/title)
2567
msgid "Color management"
2568
msgstr ""
2569
2570
#: C/color.page:25(section/title)
2571
msgid "Color profiles"
2572
msgstr ""
2573
2574
#: C/color.page:29(section/title)
2575
msgid "Calibration"
2576
msgstr ""
2577
2578
#: C/color.page:33(section/title)
2579
#: C/power.page:35(section/title)
2580
msgid "Problems"
2581
msgstr ""
2582
2583
#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:8(info/desc)
2584
msgid ""
2585
"A virtual device is a color managed device that is not connected to the "
2586
"computer."
2587
msgstr ""
2588
2589
#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:16(page/title)
2590
msgid "What's a virtual color managed device?"
2591
msgstr ""
2592
2593
#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:18(page/p)
2594
msgid ""
2595
"A virtual device is a color managed device that is not connected to the "
2596
"computer. Examples of this might be:"
2597
msgstr ""
2598
2599
#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:25(item/p)
2600
msgid ""
2601
"An online print-shop where photos are uploaded, printed and sent to you"
2602
msgstr ""
2603
2604
#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:26(item/p)
2605
msgid "Photos from a digital camera stored on a memory card"
2606
msgstr ""
2607
2608
#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:29(page/p)
2609
msgid ""
2610
"To create a virtual profile for a digital camera just drag and drop on of "
2611
"the image files onto the <guiseq><gui>System Settings</gui> "
2612
"<gui>Color</gui></guiseq> dialog. You can then <link xref=\"color-"
2613
"assignprofiles\">assign profiles</link> to it like any other device or even "
2614
"<link xref=\"color-calibrate-camera\">calibrate</link> it."
2615
msgstr ""
2616
2617
#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:7(info/desc)
2618
msgid ""
2619
"A color profile is a simple file that expresses a color space or device "
2620
"response."
2621
msgstr ""
2622
2623
#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:15(page/title)
2624
msgid "What is a color profile?"
2625
msgstr ""
2626
2627
#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:17(page/p)
2628
msgid ""
2629
"A color profile is a set of data that characterizes either a device such as "
2630
"a projector or a color space such as sRGB."
2631
msgstr ""
2632
2633
#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:21(page/p)
2634
msgid ""
2635
"Most color profiles are in the form of an ICC profile, which is a small file "
2636
"with a <input>.ICC</input> or <input>.ICM</input> file extension."
2637
msgstr ""
2638
2639
#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:26(page/p)
2640
msgid ""
2641
"Color profiles can be embedded into images to specify the gamut range of the "
2642
"data. This ensures that users see the same colors on different devices."
2643
msgstr ""
2644
2645
#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:31(page/p)
2646
msgid ""
2647
"Every device that is processing color should have it's own ICC profile and "
2648
"when this is achieved the system is said to have an <em>end-to-end color-"
2649
"managed workflow</em>. With this kind of workflow you can be sure that "
2650
"colors are not being lost or modified."
2651
msgstr ""
2652
2653
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
2654
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
2655
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
2656
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
2657
#: C/color-whatisspace.page:47(media)
2658
msgctxt "_"
2659
msgid ""
2660
"external ref='figures/color-space.png' md5='0417f11824ea39b7ab1e31193c19e207'"
2661
msgstr ""
2662
2663
#: C/color-whatisspace.page:8(info/desc)
2664
msgid "A color space is a defined range of colors."
2665
msgstr ""
2666
2667
#: C/color-whatisspace.page:16(page/title)
2668
msgid "What is a color space?"
2669
msgstr ""
2670
2671
#: C/color-whatisspace.page:18(page/p)
2672
msgid ""
2673
"A colorspace is a defined range of colors. Well known colorspaces include "
2674
"sRGB, AdobeRGB and ProPhotoRGB."
2675
msgstr ""
2676
2677
#: C/color-whatisspace.page:23(page/p)
2678
msgid ""
2679
"The human visual system is not a simple RGB sensor, but we can approximate "
2680
"how the eye responds with a CIE 1931 chromacity diagram that shows the human "
2681
"visual response as a horse-shoe shape. You can see that in human vision "
2682
"there is many more shades of green detected than blue or red. With a "
2683
"trichromatic colorspace like RGB we represent the colors on the computer "
2684
"using three values, which restricts up to encoding a <em>triangle</em> of "
2685
"colors."
2686
msgstr ""
2687
2688
#: C/color-whatisspace.page:35(note/p)
2689
msgid ""
2690
"Using models such as a CIE 1931 chromacity diagram is a huge simplification "
2691
"of the human visual system, and real gamuts are expressed as 3D hulls, "
2692
"rather than 2D projections. A 2D projection of a 3D shape can sometimes be "
2693
"misleading, so if you want to see the 3D hull, use the <code>gcm-"
2694
"viewer</code> application."
2695
msgstr ""
2696
2697
#: C/color-whatisspace.page:46(figure/desc)
2698
msgid "sRGB, AdobeRGB and ProPhotoRGB represented by white triangles"
2699
msgstr ""
2700
2701
#: C/color-whatisspace.page:50(page/p)
2702
msgid ""
2703
"First, looking at sRGB, which is the smallest space and can encode the least "
2704
"number of colors. It it an approximation of a 10 year old CRT display, and "
2705
"so most modern monitors can easily display more colors than this. sRGB is a "
2706
"standard <em>least-common-demoninator</em> standard and is used in a large "
2707
"number of applications (including the Internet)."
2708
msgstr ""
2709
2710
#: C/color-whatisspace.page:58(page/p)
2711
msgid ""
2712
"AbodeRGB is frequently used as an <em>editing space</em>. It can encode more "
2713
"colors than sRGB, and means you adjust colors in a photograph without "
2714
"worrying too much that the brightnest colors are being clipped or the blacks "
2715
"crushed."
2716
msgstr ""
2717
2718
#: C/color-whatisspace.page:64(page/p)
2719
msgid ""
2720
"PhoPhoto is the largest space available and is frequently used for document "
2721
"archival. It can encode nearly the whole range of colors detected by the "
2722
"human eye, and even encode colors that the eye cannot detect!"
2723
msgstr ""
2724
2725
#: C/color-whatisspace.page:71(page/p)
2726
msgid ""
2727
"Now, if PhoPhoto is clearly better, why don't we use it for everything? The "
2728
"answer is to do with <em>quantisation</em>. If you only have 8 bits (256 "
2729
"levels) to encode each channel, then a larger range is going to have bigger "
2730
"steps between each value."
2731
msgstr ""
2732
2733
#: C/color-whatisspace.page:77(page/p)
2734
msgid ""
2735
"Bigger steps mean a larger error between the captured color and the stored "
2736
"color, and for some colors this is a big problem. It turns out that key "
2737
"colors, like skin colors are very important, and even small errors will make "
2738
"untrained viewers notice that something in a photograph looks wrong."
2739
msgstr ""
2740
2741
#: C/color-whatisspace.page:84(page/p)
2742
msgid ""
2743
"Of course, using a 16 bit image is going to leave many more steps and a much "
2744
"smaller quantisation error, but this doubles the size of each image file. "
2745
"Most content in existance today is 8bpp, i.e. 8 bits-per-pixel."
2746
msgstr ""
2747
2748
#: C/color-whatisspace.page:90(page/p)
2749
msgid ""
2750
"Color managment is a process for converting from one colorspace to another, "
2751
"where a color space can be a well known defined space like sRGB, or a custom "
2752
"space such as your monitor or printer profile."
2753
msgstr ""
2754
2755
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
2756
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
2757
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
2758
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
2759
#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:23(media)
2760
msgctxt "_"
2761
msgid ""
2762
"external ref='figures/color-average.png' "
2763
"md5='9189963fdd14f11f0685a9ef2196279b'"
2764
msgstr ""
2765
2766
#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:7(info/desc)
2767
msgid ""
2768
"Calibrating is important if you care about the colors you display or print."
2769
msgstr ""
2770
2771
#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:15(page/title)
2772
msgid "Why do I need to do calibration myself?"
2773
msgstr ""
2774
2775
#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:17(page/p)
2776
msgid ""
2777
"Generic profiles are usually bad. When a manufacturer creates a new model, "
2778
"they just take a few items from the production line and average them "
2779
"together:"
2780
msgstr ""
2781
2782
#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:24(media/p)
2783
msgid "Averaged profiles"
2784
msgstr ""
2785
2786
#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:27(page/p)
2787
msgid ""
2788
"Display panels differ quite a lot from unit to unit and change substantially "
2789
"as the display ages. It is also more difficult for printers, as just "
2790
"changing the type or weight of paper can invalidate the characterization "
2791
"state and make the profile inaccurate."
2792
msgstr ""
2793
2794
#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:35(page/p)
2795
msgid ""
2796
"The best way of ensuring the profile you have is accurate is by doing the "
2797
"calibration yourself, or by letting an external company supply you with a "
2798
"profile based on your exact characterization state."
2799
msgstr ""
2800
2801
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
2802
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
2803
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
2804
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
2805
#: C/color-whyimportant.page:29(media)
2806
msgctxt "_"
2807
msgid ""
2808
"external ref='figures/color-camera.png' "
2809
"md5='3c7319d2fde00e55eaca8f5318667a66'"
2810
msgstr ""
2811
2812
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
2813
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
2814
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
2815
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
2816
#: C/color-whyimportant.page:39(media)
2817
msgctxt "_"
2818
msgid ""
2819
"external ref='figures/color-display.png' "
2820
"md5='a4cd5c10c2fe44a82d6096963573cd8e'"
2821
msgstr ""
2822
2823
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
2824
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
2825
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
2826
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
2827
#: C/color-whyimportant.page:49(media)
2828
msgctxt "_"
2829
msgid ""
2830
"external ref='figures/color-printer.png' "
2831
"md5='42cae5a5d2aac8c774b76f7b41cc921c'"
2832
msgstr ""
2833
2834
#: C/color-whyimportant.page:7(info/desc)
2835
msgid ""
2836
"Color management is important for designers, photographers and artists."
2837
msgstr ""
2838
2839
#: C/color-whyimportant.page:15(page/title)
2840
msgid "Why is color management important?"
2841
msgstr ""
2842
2843
#: C/color-whyimportant.page:16(page/p)
2844
msgid ""
2845
"Color management is the process of capturing a color using an input device, "
2846
"displaying it on a screen, and printing it all whilst managing the exact "
2847
"colors and the range of colors on each medium."
2848
msgstr ""
2849
2850
#: C/color-whyimportant.page:22(page/p)
2851
msgid ""
2852
"The need for color management is probably explained best with a photograph "
2853
"of a bird on a frosty day in winter."
2854
msgstr ""
2855
2856
#: C/color-whyimportant.page:28(figure/desc)
2857
msgid "A bird on a frosty wall as seen on the camera view-finder"
2858
msgstr ""
2859
2860
#: C/color-whyimportant.page:32(page/p)
2861
msgid ""
2862
"Displays typically over-saturate the blue channel, making the images look "
2863
"cold."
2864
msgstr ""
2865
2866
#: C/color-whyimportant.page:38(figure/desc)
2867
msgid "This is what the user sees on a typical business laptop screen"
2868
msgstr ""
2869
2870
#: C/color-whyimportant.page:42(page/p)
2871
msgid ""
2872
"Notice how the white is not 'paper white' and the black of the eye is now a "
2873
"muddy brown."
2874
msgstr ""
2875
2876
#: C/color-whyimportant.page:48(figure/desc)
2877
msgid "This is what the user sees when printing on a typical inkjet printer"
2878
msgstr ""
2879
2880
#: C/color-whyimportant.page:52(page/p)
2881
msgid ""
2882
"The basic problem we have here is that each device is capable of handling a "
2883
"different range of colors. So while you might be able to take a photo of "
2884
"electric blue, most printers are not going to be able to reproduce it."
2885
msgstr ""
2886
2887
#: C/color-whyimportant.page:58(page/p)
2888
msgid ""
2889
"Most image devices capture in RGB (Red, Green, Blue) and have to convert to "
2890
"CMYK (Cyan, Magenta, Yellow, and Black) to print. Another problem is that "
2891
"you can't have <em>white</em> ink, and so the whiteness can only be as good "
2892
"as the paper color."
2893
msgstr ""
2894
2895
#: C/color-whyimportant.page:65(page/p)
2896
msgid ""
2897
"Another problem is units. Without specifying the scale on which a color is "
2898
"measured, we don't know if 100% red is near infrared or just the deepest red "
2899
"ink in the printer. What is 50% red on your display is probably something "
2900
"like 62% on my display. It's like telling a person that you've just driven 7 "
2901
"units of distance, without the unit you don't know if that's 7 kilometers or "
2902
"7 meters."
2903
msgstr ""
2904
2905
#: C/color-whyimportant.page:77(page/p)
2906
msgid ""
2907
"In color, we refer to the units as gamut. Gamut is essentually the range of "
2908
"colors that can be reproduced. A device like a DSLR camera might have a very "
2909
"large gamut, being able to capture all the colors in a sunset, but a "
2910
"projector has a very small gamut and all the colors are going to look "
2911
"\"washed out\"."
2912
msgstr ""
2913
2914
#: C/color-whyimportant.page:85(page/p)
2915
msgid ""
2916
"In some cases we can <em>correct</em> the device response by altering the "
2917
"data we sent to the device but in other cases where that's not possible (you "
2918
"can't print electric blue) we need to show the user what the result is going "
2919
"to look like."
2920
msgstr ""
2921
2922
#: C/color-whyimportant.page:92(page/p)
2923
msgid ""
2924
"For photographs it makes sense to use the full tonal range of a color "
2925
"device, to be able to make smooth changes in color. For other graphics you "
2926
"might want to match the color exactly, which is important if you're trying "
2927
"to print a custom mug with the Red Hat logo, that <em>has</em> to be the "
2928
"exact Red Hat Red."
2929
msgstr ""
2930
2931
#: C/clock.page:9(info/desc)
2932
msgid ""
2933
"<link xref=\"clock-set\">Set time and date</link>, <link xref=\"clock-"
2934
"timezone\">timezone</link>, <link xref=\"clock-calendar\">calendar and "
2935
"appointments</link>..."
2936
msgstr ""
2937
2938
#: C/clock.page:23(page/title)
2939
msgid "Time & date"
2940
msgstr ""
2941
2942
#: C/clock-calendar.page:9(info/desc)
2943
msgid "Display your appointments on the calendar at the top of the screen."
2944
msgstr ""
2945
2946
#: C/clock-calendar.page:20(page/title)
2947
msgid "View appointments in your calendar"
2948
msgstr ""
2949
2950
#: C/clock-calendar.page:23(page/p)
2951
msgid ""
2952
"You can organize your calendar appointments by clicking on the clock in the "
2953
"panel, if you're using a mail and calendar application called "
2954
"<app>Evolution</app>."
2955
msgstr ""
2956
2957
#: C/clock-calendar.page:26(page/p)
2958
msgid ""
2959
"If you have already set up Evolution, click the clock on the top bar and "
2960
"then click the <gui>Add Event</gui> to start adding appointments. As "
2961
"appointments are added, they will appear below the calendar when you click "
2962
"on the clock."
2963
msgstr ""
2964
2965
#: C/clock-calendar.page:30(page/p)
2966
msgid ""
2967
"To quickly get to the full Evolution calendar, click on the clock and click "
2968
"the first line where today's date is."
2969
msgstr ""
2970
2971
#: C/clock-calendar.page:39(note/p)
2972
msgid ""
2973
"This will work only if you have an existing <app>Evolution</app> account. "
2974
"Otherwise, a window will appear with the necessary steps for adding your "
2975
"first account."
2976
msgstr ""
2977
2978
#: C/clock-calendar.page:43(section/title)
2979
msgid "Turn off Evolution calendar integration"
2980
msgstr ""
2981
2982
#: C/clock-calendar.page:44(section/p)
2983
msgid "You can also turn off this feature if you like."
2984
msgstr ""
2985
2986
#: C/clock-calendar.page:47(item/p)
2987
#: C/clock-timezone.page:23(item/p)
2988
msgid "Click on the clock and select <gui>Time & Date Settings</gui>."
2989
msgstr ""
2990
2991
#: C/clock-calendar.page:48(item/p)
2992
msgid "Now, switch to the <gui>Clock</gui> tab."
2993
msgstr ""
2994
2995
#: C/clock-calendar.page:49(item/p)
2996
msgid "Uncheck <gui>Coming events from Evolution Calendar</gui>."
2997
msgstr ""
2998
2999
#: C/clock-more-info.page:7(info/desc)
3000
msgid ""
3001
"Choose to show additional information such as the date or day of the week."
3002
msgstr ""
3003
3004
#: C/clock-more-info.page:10(credit/name)
3005
#: C/clock-set.page:15(credit/name)
3006
#: C/session-loginsound.page:18(credit/name)
3007
#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:18(credit/name)
3008
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:18(credit/name)
3009
#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:17(credit/name)
3010
#: C/video-dvd-restricted.page:13(credit/name)
3011
msgid "Ubuntu Documentation Project"
3012
msgstr ""
3013
3014
#: C/clock-more-info.page:17(page/title)
3015
msgid "Change how much information is shown in the clock"
3016
msgstr ""
3017
3018
#: C/clock-more-info.page:19(page/p)
3019
msgid ""
3020
"By default, Ubuntu only shows the time in the clock. You can set the clock "
3021
"to show additional information if you choose."
3022
msgstr ""
3023
3024
#: C/clock-more-info.page:22(page/p)
3025
msgid ""
3026
"Click on the clock and select <gui>Time & Date Settings</gui>. Switch to "
3027
"the <gui>Clock</gui> tab. Select the time and date options you want to "
3028
"display."
3029
msgstr ""
3030
3031
#: C/clock-more-info.page:25(note/p)
3032
msgid ""
3033
"You can also turn the clock off entirely by unchecking <gui>Show a clock in "
3034
"the menu bar</gui>."
3035
msgstr ""
3036
3037
#: C/clock-more-info.page:27(note/p)
3038
msgid ""
3039
"If you later change your mind, you can get the clock back by clicking the "
3040
"icon in the top right of the panel and selecting <gui>System Settings</gui>. "
3041
"In the Personal section, click <gui>Time & Date</gui>."
3042
msgstr ""
3043
3044
#: C/clock-more-info.page:32(section/title)
3045
msgid "Change the date format"
3046
msgstr ""
3047
3048
#: C/clock-more-info.page:33(section/p)
3049
msgid ""
3050
"You can also change the clock's date format to match the preferred standard "
3051
"for your location."
3052
msgstr ""
3053
3054
#: C/clock-more-info.page:36(item/p)
3055
msgid ""
3056
"Click the icon at the very right of the panel and select <gui>System "
3057
"Settings</gui>."
3058
msgstr ""
3059
3060
#: C/clock-more-info.page:37(item/p)
3061
msgid "In the System section, click <gui>Language Support</gui>."
3062
msgstr ""
3063
3064
#: C/clock-more-info.page:38(item/p)
3065
msgid "Switch to the <gui>Regional Formats</gui> tab."
3066
msgstr ""
3067
3068
#: C/clock-more-info.page:39(item/p)
3069
msgid "Select your preferred location in the dropdown list."
3070
msgstr ""
3071
3072
#: C/clock-more-info.page:40(item/p)
3073
msgid ""
3074
"You will need to log out and log back in for this change to take effect."
3075
msgstr ""
3076
3077
#: C/clock-set.page:8(info/desc)
3078
msgid "Update the time/date displayed at the top of the screen."
3079
msgstr ""
3080
3081
#: C/clock-set.page:22(page/title)
3082
msgid "Change the time and date"
3083
msgstr ""
3084
3085
#: C/clock-set.page:26(item/p)
3086
msgid ""
3087
"To adjust the time and date, click on the clock located in the <gui>top "
3088
"panel</gui> and select <gui>Time & Date Settings</gui>."
3089
msgstr ""
3090
3091
#: C/clock-set.page:31(item/p)
3092
msgid ""
3093
"Click on <gui>Unlock</gui> and type your password to be able to change the "
3094
"system time zone by clicking on the map or entering your city into the "
3095
"<gui>Location</gui> box."
3096
msgstr ""
3097
3098
#: C/clock-set.page:36(item/p)
3099
msgid ""
3100
"By default, Ubuntu periodically synchronizes the clock with a very accurate "
3101
"clock on the Internet so you don't have to set your clock manually."
3102
msgstr ""
3103
3104
#: C/clock-timezone.page:7(info/desc)
3105
msgid "Add other timezones so you can see what time it is in other cities."
3106
msgstr ""
3107
3108
#: C/clock-timezone.page:17(page/title)
3109
msgid "Show other timezones"
3110
msgstr ""
3111
3112
#: C/clock-timezone.page:18(page/p)
3113
msgid ""
3114
"If you want to know what time it is in different cities around the world, "
3115
"you can add additional timezones to the clock menu. These additional cities "
3116
"will show up below the calendar when you click on the clock."
3117
msgstr ""
3118
3119
#: C/clock-timezone.page:24(item/p)
3120
msgid ""
3121
"Switch to the <gui>Clock</gui> tab and select <gui>Time in other "
3122
"locations</gui>."
3123
msgstr ""
3124
3125
#: C/clock-timezone.page:25(item/p)
3126
msgid "Click <gui>Choose locations</gui>."
3127
msgstr ""
3128
3129
#: C/clock-timezone.page:26(item/p)
3130
msgid "Click <gui>+</gui> to add a location."
3131
msgstr ""
3132
3133
#: C/clock-timezone.page:27(item/p)
3134
msgid ""
3135
"Fill in the Location blank with the city name you want to add. Wait a moment "
3136
"for a list of possible cities to show up in the drop-down list."
3137
msgstr ""
3138
3139
#: C/clock-timezone.page:29(item/p)
3140
msgid ""
3141
"Select the city you want and the current time in that location will fill in "
3142
"automatically."
3143
msgstr ""
3144
3145
#: C/clock-timezone.page:31(item/p)
3146
msgid "Click <gui>-</gui> to delete a city from the list."
3147
msgstr ""
3148
3149
#: C/clock-timezone.page:32(item/p)
3150
msgid ""
3151
"You can also drag and drop the cities in this <gui>Locations</gui> window to "
3152
"change the order in which they will show up in the clock menu."
3153
msgstr ""
3154
3155
#: C/disk.page:14(info/desc)
3156
msgid ""
3157
"<link xref=\"disk-capacity\">Disk space</link>, <link xref=\"disk-"
3158
"benchmark\">performance</link>, <link xref=\"disk-check\">problems</link>, "
3159
"<link xref=\"disk-partitions\">volumes and partitions</link>..."
3160
msgstr ""
3161
3162
#: C/disk.page:24(page/title)
3163
msgid "Disks & storage"
3164
msgstr ""
3165
3166
#: C/disk-benchmark.page:10(credit/name)
3167
#: C/disk-capacity.page:10(credit/name)
3168
#: C/disk-check.page:10(credit/name)
3169
#: C/disk-format.page:10(credit/name)
3170
#: C/disk-partitions.page:10(credit/name)
3171
#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:10(credit/name)
3172
#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:10(credit/name)
3173
#: C/music-player-newipod.page:10(credit/name)
3174
#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:11(credit/name)
3175
#: C/printing-streaks.page:12(credit/name)
3176
msgid "GNOME Documentation Team"
3177
msgstr ""
3178
3179
#: C/disk-benchmark.page:14(credit/name)
3180
#: C/disk-capacity.page:14(credit/name)
3181
#: C/disk-check.page:14(credit/name)
3182
#: C/display-dimscreen.page:17(credit/name)
3183
#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:15(credit/name)
3184
#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:14(credit/name)
3185
#: C/look-background.page:21(credit/name)
3186
#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:15(credit/name)
3187
#: C/look-resolution.page:17(credit/name)
3188
msgid "Natalia Ruz Leiva"
3189
msgstr ""
3190
3191
#: C/disk-benchmark.page:18(credit/name)
3192
#: C/display-2monitors.page:9(credit/name)
3193
#: C/net-security-tips.page:15(credit/name)
3194
#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:20(credit/name)
3195
#: C/printing-setup.page:28(credit/name)
3196
msgid "Steven Richards"
3197
msgstr ""
3198
3199
#: C/disk-benchmark.page:22(info/desc)
3200
msgid "You can run benchmarks on your hard disk to check how fast it is."
3201
msgstr ""
3202
3203
#: C/disk-benchmark.page:26(page/title)
3204
msgid "Test the performance of your hard disk"
3205
msgstr ""
3206
3207
#: C/disk-benchmark.page:28(page/p)
3208
msgid ""
3209
"To test the performance of the hard disk, go to the <link xref=\"unity-dash-"
3210
"intro\">dash</link> and open the <app>Disk Utility</app>."
3211
msgstr ""
3212
3213
#: C/disk-benchmark.page:31(page/p)
3214
msgid "To run a benchmark in <gui>Disk Utility</gui>:"
3215
msgstr ""
3216
3217
#: C/disk-benchmark.page:34(item/p)
3218
msgid ""
3219
"Click on the hard disk in the <gui>Storage Devices</gui> list. Information "
3220
"will appear about the disk and its status under <gui>Drive</gui>."
3221
msgstr ""
3222
3223
#: C/disk-benchmark.page:36(item/p)
3224
msgid "Choose <gui>Benchmark</gui>."
3225
msgstr ""
3226
3227
#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38(item/p)
3228
msgid ""
3229
"Click <gui>Start Read-Only Benchmark</gui> or <gui>Start Read/Write "
3230
"Benchmark</gui>."
3231
msgstr ""
3232
3233
#: C/disk-benchmark.page:39(item/p)
3234
msgid ""
3235
"The read-only benchmark will only test how fast data can be read off the "
3236
"disk. The read/write benchmark will also test how fast data can be put onto "
3237
"the disk, so it will take longer to complete."
3238
msgstr ""
3239
3240
#: C/disk-benchmark.page:44(page/p)
3241
msgid ""
3242
"When the test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. These "
3243
"results tell you how fast files were read or written, and how long it took. "
3244
"The time is measured in Milliseconds (ms) and data transfer speed is "
3245
"measured in Megabytes per Second (MB/s)."
3246
msgstr ""
3247
3248
#: C/disk-benchmark.page:48(page/p)
3249
msgid ""
3250
"After the test is finished, the following statistics will be listed below "
3251
"the graph:"
3252
msgstr ""
3253
3254
#: C/disk-benchmark.page:51(item/p)
3255
msgid "Minimum Read Rate in Megabytes per Second"
3256
msgstr ""
3257
3258
#: C/disk-benchmark.page:52(item/p)
3259
msgid "Maximum Read Rate in Megabytes per Second"
3260
msgstr ""
3261
3262
#: C/disk-benchmark.page:53(item/p)
3263
msgid "Average Read Rate in Megabytes per Second"
3264
msgstr ""
3265
3266
#: C/disk-benchmark.page:54(item/p)
3267
msgid "Last Benchmark in Seconds"
3268
msgstr ""
3269
3270
#: C/disk-benchmark.page:55(item/p)
3271
msgid "Minimum Write Rate in Megabytes per Second"
3272
msgstr ""
3273
3274
#: C/disk-benchmark.page:56(item/p)
3275
msgid "Maximum Write Rate in Megabytes per Second"
3276
msgstr ""
3277
3278
#: C/disk-benchmark.page:57(item/p)
3279
msgid "Average Write Rate in Megabytes per Second"
3280
msgstr ""
3281
3282
#: C/disk-benchmark.page:58(item/p)
3283
msgid "Average Access Time in Milliseconds"
3284
msgstr ""
3285
3286
#: C/disk-capacity.page:18(info/desc)
3287
msgid "With <gui>Disk Usage Analyzer</gui> or <gui>System Monitor</gui>."
3288
msgstr ""
3289
3290
#: C/disk-capacity.page:22(page/title)
3291
msgid "Check how much disk space is left"
3292
msgstr ""
3293
3294
#: C/disk-capacity.page:23(page/p)
3295
msgid ""
3296
"You can check how much disk space is left by using <app>Disk Usage "
3297
"Analyzer</app> and <app>System Monitor</app>."
3298
msgstr ""
3299
3300
#: C/disk-capacity.page:24(section/title)
3301
msgid "Check with Disk Usage Analyzer"
3302
msgstr ""
3303
3304
#: C/disk-capacity.page:25(section/p)
3305
msgid ""
3306
"To check the free disk space and disk capacity using <app>Disk Usage "
3307
"Analyzer</app>:"
3308
msgstr ""
3309
3310
#: C/disk-capacity.page:33(item/p)
3311
msgid ""
3312
"Open the <app>Disk Usage Analyzer</app> application from the <gui>Dash</gui>."
3313
msgstr ""
3314
3315
#: C/disk-capacity.page:34(item/p)
3316
msgid ""
3317
"The <app>Disk Usage Analyzer</app> window will display the <gui>Total file "
3318
"system capacity</gui> and <gui>Total file system usage</gui>."
3319
msgstr ""
3320
3321
#: C/disk-capacity.page:34(item/p)
3322
msgid ""
3323
"(You can click on <gui>View as Rings Chart</gui> to change the display to "
3324
"<gui>View as Treemap Chart</gui>)."
3325
msgstr ""
3326
3327
#: C/disk-capacity.page:35(item/p)
3328
msgid ""
3329
"Click <gui>Scan Home</gui> if you want to check how much disk space is left "
3330
"inside the Home folder or click <gui>Scan filesystem</gui> icon if you want "
3331
"to check how much disk space is left inside the '/' (Root) folder. In both "
3332
"cases, the location of the files and other options like Usage, Size and "
3333
"Contents will be presented. You can change the order of the details and view "
3334
"the files in order of file size."
3335
msgstr ""
3336
3337
#: C/disk-capacity.page:36(item/p)
3338
msgid ""
3339
"Click the <gui>Scan a folder</gui> icon if you want to scan disk space "
3340
"inside specific folder or click <gui>Scan a remote folder</gui> if you want "
3341
"to scan disk space inside remote folder."
3342
msgstr ""
3343
3344
#: C/disk-capacity.page:37(item/p)
3345
msgid ""
3346
"Click <gui>Stop </gui> or <gui>Refresh</gui> anytime you need to cancel or "
3347
"update the scanning."
3348
msgstr ""
3349
3350
#: C/disk-capacity.page:41(note/p)
3351
msgid ""
3352
"<gui>Disk Usage Analyzer</gui> can also be run by pressing "
3353
"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq>, typing 'baobab' (without the "
3354
"single-quotes) and pressing <key>Enter</key>."
3355
msgstr ""
3356
3357
#: C/disk-capacity.page:45(section/title)
3358
msgid "Check with System Monitor"
3359
msgstr ""
3360
3361
#: C/disk-capacity.page:47(section/p)
3362
msgid ""
3363
"To check the free disk space and disk capacity with <app>System "
3364
"Monitor</app>:"
3365
msgstr ""
3366
3367
#: C/disk-capacity.page:49(item/p)
3368
msgid ""
3369
"Open the <app>System Monitor</app> application from the <gui>Dash</gui>."
3370
msgstr ""
3371
3372
#: C/disk-capacity.page:50(item/p)
3373
msgid ""
3374
"Select the <gui>File Systems</gui> tab to view the system's partitions and "
3375
"disk space usage in Total, Free, Available and Used."
3376
msgstr ""
3377
3378
#: C/disk-capacity.page:53(section/title)
3379
msgid "What if the disk is too full?"
3380
msgstr ""
3381
3382
#: C/disk-capacity.page:54(section/p)
3383
msgid "If the disk is too full you should:"
3384
msgstr ""
3385
3386
#: C/disk-capacity.page:56(item/p)
3387
msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore."
3388
msgstr ""
3389
3390
#: C/disk-capacity.page:57(item/p)
3391
msgid ""
3392
"Make <link xref=\"backup-why\">backups</link> of the important files that "
3393
"you won't need for a while and delete them from the hard drive."
3394
msgstr ""
3395
3396
#: C/disk-check.page:18(info/desc)
3397
msgid ""
3398
"You can test your hard disk for problems to make sure that it's healthy."
3399
msgstr ""
3400
3401
#: C/disk-check.page:22(page/title)
3402
msgid "Check your hard disk for problems"
3403
msgstr ""
3404
3405
#: C/disk-check.page:29(section/title)
3406
msgid "Checking the hard disk"
3407
msgstr ""
3408
3409
#: C/disk-check.page:30(section/p)
3410
msgid ""
3411
"Hard disks have a built-in health-check tool called <app>SMART</app> (Self-"
3412
"Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology), which continually checks "
3413
"the disk for potential problems. SMART also warns you if the disk is about "
3414
"to fail, helping you avoid loss of important data."
3415
msgstr ""
3416
3417
#: C/disk-check.page:35(section/p)
3418
msgid ""
3419
"Although SMART runs automatically, you can also check your disk's health by "
3420
"running the <app>Disk Utility</app> application:"
3421
msgstr ""
3422
3423
#: C/disk-check.page:39(steps/title)
3424
msgid "Check your disk's health using the Disk Utility application"
3425
msgstr ""
3426
3427
#: C/disk-check.page:40(item/p)
3428
#: C/disk-format.page:27(item/p)
3429
msgid ""
3430
"Open the <app>Disk Utility</app> application from the <gui>Dash</gui>."
3431
msgstr ""
3432
3433
#: C/disk-check.page:42(item/p)
3434
msgid ""
3435
"Select the disk you want to check from the <gui>Storage Devices </gui> list. "
3436
"Information and status of the disk will appear under <gui>Drive </gui>."
3437
msgstr ""
3438
3439
#: C/disk-check.page:45(item/p)
3440
msgid "<gui>SMART Status</gui> should say \"Disk is healthy\"."
3441
msgstr ""
3442
3443
#: C/disk-check.page:46(item/p)
3444
msgid ""
3445
"Click the <gui>SMART Data</gui> button to view more drive information, or to "
3446
"run a self-test."
3447
msgstr ""
3448
3449
#: C/disk-check.page:53(section/title)
3450
msgid "What if the disk isn't healthy?"
3451
msgstr ""
3452
3453
#: C/disk-check.page:54(section/p)
3454
msgid ""
3455
"Even if the <gui>SMART Status</gui> indicates that the disk <em>isn't</em> "
3456
"healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, it's better to be "
3457
"prepared with a <link xref=\"backup-why\">backup</link> to prevent data loss."
3458
msgstr ""
3459
3460
#: C/disk-check.page:58(section/p)
3461
msgid ""
3462
"If the status says \"Pre-fail\", the disk is still reasonably healthy but "
3463
"signs of wear have been detected which mean it might fail in the near "
3464
"future. If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you are likely "
3465
"to see this message on at least some of the health checks. You should <link "
3466
"xref=\"backup-how\">backup your important files regularly</link> and check "
3467
"the disk status periodically to see if it gets worse."
3468
msgstr ""
3469
3470
#: C/disk-check.page:65(section/p)
3471
msgid ""
3472
"If it gets worse, you may wish to take the computer/hard disk to a "
3473
"professional for further diagnosis or repair."
3474
msgstr ""
3475
3476
#: C/disk-format.page:14(info/desc)
3477
msgid ""
3478
"Remove all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash "
3479
"drive by formatting it."
3480
msgstr ""
3481
3482
#: C/disk-format.page:18(page/title)
3483
msgid "Wipe everything off a removable disk"
3484
msgstr ""
3485
3486
#: C/disk-format.page:20(page/p)
3487
msgid ""
3488
"If you have a removable disk, like a USB memory stick or an external hard "
3489
"disk, you may sometimes wish to completely remove all of its files and "
3490
"folders. You can do this by <em>formatting</em> the disk - this deletes all "
3491
"of the files on the disk and leaves it empty."
3492
msgstr ""
3493
3494
#: C/disk-format.page:26(steps/title)
3495
msgid "Format a removable disk"
3496
msgstr ""
3497
3498
#: C/disk-format.page:28(item/p)
3499
msgid ""
3500
"Select the disk you want to wipe from the <gui>Storage Devices</gui> list."
3501
msgstr ""
3502
3503
#: C/disk-format.page:29(note/p)
3504
msgid ""
3505
"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you choose the wrong "
3506
"disk, all of the files on the other disk will be deleted!"
3507
msgstr ""
3508
3509
#: C/disk-format.page:30(item/p)
3510
msgid ""
3511
"In the Volumes section, click <gui>Unmount Volume</gui>. Then click "
3512
"<gui>Format Volume</gui>."
3513
msgstr ""
3514
3515
#: C/disk-format.page:31(item/p)
3516
msgid ""
3517
"In the window that pops up, choose a file system <gui>Type</gui> for the "
3518
"disk."
3519
msgstr ""
3520
3521
#: C/disk-format.page:32(item/p)
3522
msgid ""
3523
"If you use the disk on Windows and Mac OS computers in addition to Linux "
3524
"computers, choose <gui>FAT</gui>. If you only use it on Windows, "
3525
"<gui>NTFS</gui> may be a better option. A brief description of the <gui>file "
3526
"system type</gui> will be presented as a label."
3527
msgstr ""
3528
3529
#: C/disk-format.page:33(item/p)
3530
msgid ""
3531
"Give the disk a name and click <gui>Format</gui> to begin wiping the disk."
3532
msgstr ""
3533
3534
#: C/disk-format.page:34(item/p)
3535
msgid ""
3536
"Once the formatting has finished, <gui>safely remove</gui> the disk. It "
3537
"should now be blank and ready to use again."
3538
msgstr ""
3539
3540
#: C/disk-format.page:38(note/title)
3541
msgid "Formatting a disk does not securely delete your files"
3542
msgstr ""
3543
3544
#: C/disk-format.page:39(note/p)
3545
msgid ""
3546
"Formatting a disk is not a completely secure way of wiping all of its data. "
3547
"A formatted disk will not appear to have files on it, but it is possible "
3548
"that special recovery software could retrieve the files. If you need to "
3549
"securely delete the files, you will need to use a command-line utility, such "
3550
"as <app>shred</app>."
3551
msgstr ""
3552
3553
#: C/disk-partitions.page:14(info/desc)
3554
msgid ""
3555
"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the disk utility to "
3556
"manage them."
3557
msgstr ""
3558
3559
#: C/disk-partitions.page:19(page/title)
3560
msgid "Manage volumes and partitions"
3561
msgstr ""
3562
3563
#: C/disk-partitions.page:21(page/p)
3564
msgid ""
3565
"The word <em>volume</em> is used to describe a storage device, like a hard "
3566
"disk. It can also refer to a <em>part</em> of the storage on that device, "
3567
"because you can split the storage up into chunks. The computer makes this "
3568
"storage accessible via your file system in a process referred to as "
3569
"<em>mounting</em>. Mounted volumes may be hard drives, USB drives, DVD-RWs, "
3570
"SD cards, and other media. If a volume is currently mounted, you can read "
3571
"(and possibly write) files on it."
3572
msgstr ""
3573
3574
#: C/disk-partitions.page:23(page/p)
3575
msgid ""
3576
"Often, a mounted volume is called a <em>partition</em>, though they are not "
3577
"necessarily the same thing. A “partition” refers to a <em>physical</em> area "
3578
"of storage on a single disk drive. Once a partition has been mounted, it can "
3579
"be referred to as a volume because you can access the files on it. You can "
3580
"think of volumes as the labeled, accessible “storefronts” to the functional "
3581
"“back rooms” of partitions and drives."
3582
msgstr ""
3583
3584
#: C/disk-partitions.page:26(section/title)
3585
msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions using the disk utility"
3586
msgstr ""
3587
3588
#: C/disk-partitions.page:27(section/p)
3589
msgid ""
3590
"You can check and modify your computer's storage volumes with the disk "
3591
"utility."
3592
msgstr ""
3593
3594
#: C/disk-partitions.page:30(item/p)
3595
msgid ""
3596
"Open the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and start the <app>Disk "
3597
"Utility</app>."
3598
msgstr ""
3599
3600
#: C/disk-partitions.page:33(item/p)
3601
msgid ""
3602
"In the pane marked <gui>Storage Devices</gui>, you will find hard disks, "
3603
"CD/DVD drives, and other physical devices. Click the device you want to "
3604
"inspect."
3605
msgstr ""
3606
3607
#: C/disk-partitions.page:36(item/p)
3608
msgid ""
3609
"In the right pane, the area labeled <gui>Volumes</gui> provides a visual "
3610
"breakdown of the volumes and partitions present on the selected device. It "
3611
"also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes."
3612
msgstr ""
3613
3614
#: C/disk-partitions.page:37(item/p)
3615
msgid ""
3616
"Be careful: it is possible to completely erase the data on your disk with "
3617
"these utilities."
3618
msgstr ""
3619
3620
#: C/disk-partitions.page:41(section/p)
3621
msgid ""
3622
"Your computer most likely has at least one <em>primary</em> partition and a "
3623
"single <em>swap</em> partition. The swap partition is used by the operating "
3624
"system for memory management, and is rarely mounted. The primary partition "
3625
"contains your operating system, applications, settings, and personal files. "
3626
"These files can also be distributed among multiple partitions for security "
3627
"or convenience."
3628
msgstr ""
3629
3630
#: C/disk-partitions.page:43(section/p)
3631
msgid ""
3632
"One primary partition must contain information that your computer uses to "
3633
"start up, or <em>boot</em>. For this reason it is sometimes called a boot "
3634
"partition, or boot volume. To determine if a volume is bootable, look at its "
3635
"<gui>Partition Flags</gui> in the disk utility. External media such as USB "
3636
"drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume."
3637
msgstr ""
3638
3639
#: C/display-2monitors.page:13(credit/name)
3640
msgid "Connor Imes"
3641
msgstr ""
3642
3643
#: C/display-2monitors.page:17(info/desc)
3644
msgid "Enable a second display device, like another monitor or a projector."
3645
msgstr ""
3646
3647
#: C/display-2monitors.page:21(page/title)
3648
msgid "Enable a second monitor"
3649
msgstr ""
3650
3651
#: C/display-2monitors.page:23(page/p)
3652
msgid ""
3653
"Having a second monitor is great for multitasking or for sharing your "
3654
"desktop on a second display, like a projector. Setting it up is quick and "
3655
"easy to do by following these simple steps."
3656
msgstr ""
3657
3658
#: C/display-2monitors.page:27(note/p)
3659
msgid ""
3660
"Only certain computers are capable of supporting two displays. Make sure you "
3661
"have proper outputs on your video card, and that your card is able to "
3662
"support this feature."
3663
msgstr ""
3664
3665
#: C/display-2monitors.page:33(item/p)
3666
msgid ""
3667
"First ensure that the second monitor is attached to your video card and is "
3668
"turned on."
3669
msgstr ""
3670
3671
#: C/display-2monitors.page:36(item/p)
3672
#: C/files-autorun.page:30(item/p)
3673
#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:27(item/p)
3674
#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:32(item/p)
3675
#: C/mouse-drag-threshold.page:29(item/p)
3676
#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:27(item/p)
3677
#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:32(item/p)
3678
#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:35(item/p)
3679
#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:24(item/p)
3680
#: C/net-default-browser.page:24(item/p)
3681
#: C/net-default-email.page:24(item/p)
3682
#: C/power-whydim.page:30(item/p)
3683
msgid ""
3684
"Click the icon at the very right of the <gui>top panel</gui> and select "
3685
"<gui>System Settings</gui>."
3686
msgstr ""
3687
3688
#: C/display-2monitors.page:39(item/p)
3689
msgid "In the <gui>Hardware</gui> section, select <gui>Monitors</gui>."
3690
msgstr ""
3691
3692
#: C/display-2monitors.page:42(item/p)
3693
msgid ""
3694
"Click the rectangle that says your monitor's name, such as XYZ Brand 23. To "
3695
"enable it, change the setting at the top of the dialog from <gui>Off</gui> "
3696
"to <gui>On</gui>."
3697
msgstr ""
3698
3699
#: C/display-2monitors.page:46(item/p)
3700
msgid ""
3701
"Select the appropriate resolution that your monitor supports, refresh rate, "
3702
"and rotation (if necessary). If you are unsure which settings to use, then "
3703
"refer to your monitor's manual."
3704
msgstr ""
3705
3706
#: C/display-2monitors.page:50(item/p)
3707
msgid ""
3708
"If the monitor's virtual location does not match its actual location, drag "
3709
"the monitor's rectangle around to the appropriate location."
3710
msgstr ""
3711
3712
#: C/display-2monitors.page:53(item/p)
3713
msgid ""
3714
"To test the new configuration, click the <gui>Apply</gui> button. If it "
3715
"looks correct, click <gui>Close</gui>."
3716
msgstr ""
3717
3718
#: C/display-2monitors.page:58(page/p)
3719
msgid ""
3720
"By default, different images are displayed on each monitor. To enable the "
3721
"same image across both monitors, check the box entitled <gui>Same image in "
3722
"all monitors</gui> and then click <gui>Apply</gui>."
3723
msgstr ""
3724
3725
#: C/display-2monitors.page:60(page/p)
3726
msgid ""
3727
"You also have the option to create a shortcut to the <gui>Monitors</gui> "
3728
"application by enabling <gui>Show monitors in panel</gui>, which will then "
3729
"place itself in the panel."
3730
msgstr ""
3731
3732
#: C/display-dimscreen.page:9(info/desc)
3733
msgid ""
3734
"Dim the screen to save power or increase the brightness to make it more "
3735
"readable in bright light."
3736
msgstr ""
3737
3738
#: C/display-dimscreen.page:27(page/title)
3739
msgid "Set screen brightness"
3740
msgstr ""
3741
3742
#: C/display-dimscreen.page:29(page/p)
3743
msgid ""
3744
"You can change the brightness of your screen to save power or make the "
3745
"screen more readable in bright light. You can also have the screen dim "
3746
"automatically when on battery power and have it turn off automatically when "
3747
"not in use."
3748
msgstr ""
3749
3750
#: C/display-dimscreen.page:35(steps/title)
3751
msgid "Set the brightness"
3752
msgstr ""
3753
3754
#: C/display-dimscreen.page:37(item/p)
3755
#: C/display-lock.page:33(item/p)
3756
#: C/session-screenlocks.page:27(item/p)
3757
msgid "Select <gui>Screen</gui>."
3758
msgstr ""
3759
3760
#: C/display-dimscreen.page:38(item/p)
3761
msgid "Adjust the <gui>Brightness</gui> slider to a comfortable value."
3762
msgstr ""
3763
3764
#: C/display-dimscreen.page:39(item/p)
3765
msgid ""
3766
"Many laptop keyboards have special keys on the keyboard to adjust the "
3767
"brightness. These have a picture of what looks like the Sun and are usually "
3768
"located on the <key>F8</key> and <key>F9</key> keys. Hold down the "
3769
"<key>Fn</key> key to use these keys."
3770
msgstr ""
3771
3772
#: C/display-dimscreen.page:44(page/p)
3773
msgid ""
3774
"Select <gui>Dim screen to save power</gui> to have the brightness "
3775
"automatically lowered when you're on battery power. The backlight of your "
3776
"screen can take a lot of power and significantly reduce how long your "
3777
"battery will last before it needs to be recharged."
3778
msgstr ""
3779
3780
#: C/display-dimscreen.page:49(page/p)
3781
msgid ""
3782
"The screen will automatically turn off after you haven't used it for a "
3783
"while. This only affects the display, and doesn't turn off your computer. "
3784
"You can adjust how long you have to be inactive with the <gui>Turn off "
3785
"after</gui> drop-down list."
3786
msgstr ""
3787
3788
#: C/display-lock.page:10(info/desc)
3789
msgid ""
3790
"Prevent other people from using your desktop when you go away from your "
3791
"computer."
3792
msgstr ""
3793
3794
#: C/display-lock.page:20(page/title)
3795
msgid "Automatically lock your screen"
3796
msgstr ""
3797
3798
#: C/display-lock.page:22(page/p)
3799
msgid ""
3800
"When you leave your computer, you should <link xref=\"shell-exit#lock-"
3801
"screen\">lock the screen</link> to prevent other people from using your "
3802
"desktop and accessing your files. You will still be logged in and all your "
3803
"applications will keep running, but you will have to enter your password to "
3804
"use your computer again. You can lock the screen manually, but you can also "
3805
"have the screen lock automatically."
3806
msgstr ""
3807
3808
#: C/display-lock.page:34(item/p)
3809
msgid ""
3810
"Make sure <gui>Lock</gui> is switched on, then select a timeout from the "
3811
"drop-down list below. The screen will automatically lock after you have been "
3812
"inactive for this long. You can also select <gui>Screen turns off</gui> to "
3813
"lock the screen after the screen is automatically turned off, controlled "
3814
"with the <gui>Turn off after</gui> drop-down list above."
3815
msgstr ""
3816
3817
#: C/display-lock.page:43(note/p)
3818
msgid ""
3819
"To lock your screen immediately, click the icon at the very right of the "
3820
"<gui>top bar</gui> and select <gui>Lock Screen</gui>, or just press "
3821
"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>L</key></keyseq>."
3822
msgstr ""
3823
3824
#: C/fallback-mode.page:9(info/desc)
3825
msgid ""
3826
"If your computer's graphics card doesn't support certain features, a more "
3827
"basic version of Unity will be started."
3828
msgstr ""
3829
3830
#: C/fallback-mode.page:23(page/title)
3831
msgid "What is Unity 2D?"
3832
msgstr ""
3833
3834
#: C/fallback-mode.page:25(page/p)
3835
msgid ""
3836
"If your computer's graphics card doesn't support certain features, a more "
3837
"basic version of the desktop will be displayed. This is called <em>Unity "
3838
"2D</em>, and it allows you to use Ubuntu on your computer without some of "
3839
"the fancier visual effects."
3840
msgstr ""
3841
3842
#: C/fallback-mode.page:27(page/p)
3843
msgid ""
3844
"One particular difference is that the Alt-Tab window switcher in Unity 2D is "
3845
"much more basic compared to the version in regular Unity. Some of the other "
3846
"differences are so minor that you may not be able to tell which version you "
3847
"are running. Running Unity 2D doesn't affect which applications you can run -"
3848
" it only changes the way that the desktop looks."
3849
msgstr ""
3850
3851
#: C/fallback-mode.page:32(page/p)
3852
msgid ""
3853
"Starting in Unity 2D doesn't necessarily mean that your graphics card isn't "
3854
"good enough to run Ubuntu - it might just mean that you don't have the right "
3855
"drivers installed for your graphics card. If you can find better graphics "
3856
"card drivers for your computer, you may be able to run the full version of "
3857
"Unity."
3858
msgstr ""
3859
3860
#: C/files-autorun.page:10(info/desc)
3861
msgid ""
3862
"Automatically run applications for CDs and DVDs, cameras, audio players, and "
3863
"other devices and media."
3864
msgstr ""
3865
3866
#: C/files-autorun.page:22(page/title)
3867
msgid "Open an application when you plug in a device"
3868
msgstr ""
3869
3870
#: C/files-autorun.page:24(page/p)
3871
msgid ""
3872
"You can have an application automatically start when you plug in a device. "
3873
"For example, you might want your photo organizer to start when you plug in a "
3874
"digital camera. You can also turn this off, so that nothing happens when you "
3875
"plug something in."
3876
msgstr ""
3877
3878
#: C/files-autorun.page:26(page/p)
3879
msgid ""
3880
"To decide which applications should start when you plug in various devices:"
3881
msgstr ""
3882
3883
#: C/files-autorun.page:34(item/p)
3884
msgid ""
3885
"Open <gui>Removable Media</gui> and change the options under <gui>Select how "
3886
"media should be handled</gui>."
3887
msgstr ""
3888
3889
#: C/files-autorun.page:35(item/p)
3890
msgid ""
3891
"Instead of simply starting an application, you can also set it so that:"
3892
msgstr ""
3893
3894
#: C/files-autorun.page:37(item/p)
3895
msgid ""
3896
"The device will be shown in the File Manager (choose <gui>Open folder</gui>)"
3897
msgstr ""
3898
3899
#: C/files-autorun.page:38(item/p)
3900
msgid "You will be asked what to open (<gui>Ask what to do</gui>)"
3901
msgstr ""
3902
3903
#: C/files-autorun.page:39(item/p)
3904
msgid "Nothing at all will happen (<gui>Do nothing</gui>)."
3905
msgstr ""
3906
3907
#: C/files-autorun.page:44(item/p)
3908
msgid ""
3909
"The <gui>Software</gui> option is slightly different from the others - if "
3910
"the computer detects that there is software on a disk that you inserted, it "
3911
"can try to automatically run the software if you like. This is good if you "
3912
"have an application installed on a CD and want it to start when the disc is "
3913
"inserted (for example, a slideshow)."
3914
msgstr ""
3915
3916
#: C/files-autorun.page:48(item/p)
3917
msgid ""
3918
"If you don't see the device or media type that you want to change in the "
3919
"list (such as Blu-ray discs or E-book readers), click <gui>Other Media</gui> "
3920
"to see a more detailed list of devices."
3921
msgstr ""
3922
3923
#: C/files-autorun.page:53(note/title)
3924
msgid "Don't open <em>any</em> applications automatically"
3925
msgstr ""
3926
3927
#: C/files-autorun.page:54(note/p)
3928
msgid ""
3929
"If you don't want any applications to be opened automatically, whatever you "
3930
"plug in, check <gui>Never prompt or start programs on media insertion</gui> "
3931
"at the bottom of the Removable Media window."
3932
msgstr ""
3933
3934
#: C/files-browse.page:8(info/desc)
3935
msgid "Manage and organize files with the file manager."
3936
msgstr ""
3937
3938
#: C/files-browse.page:22(page/title)
3939
msgid "Browse files and folders"
3940
msgstr ""
3941
3942
#: C/files-browse.page:24(page/p)
3943
msgid ""
3944
"Use the <app>Files</app> application to browse the files in your home "
3945
"folder, on external devices, on <link xref=\"nautilus-connect\">file "
3946
"servers</link>, and across your computer's file system."
3947
msgstr ""
3948
3949
#: C/files-browse.page:30(list/title)
3950
msgid "How do I open the file manager?"
3951
msgstr ""
3952
3953
#: C/files-browse.page:32(item/p)
3954
msgid ""
3955
"Search for files and folders in the <gui>dash</gui> the same way you would "
3956
"<link xref=\"unity-dash-intro#dash-global-search\">search for "
3957
"applications</link>. They will appear under the heading <gui>Files and "
3958
"Folders</gui>."
3959
msgstr ""
3960
3961
#: C/files-browse.page:37(item/p)
3962
msgid ""
3963
"Another way to open the file manager is to select the <app>Home Folder</app> "
3964
"shortcut in the launcher."
3965
msgstr ""
3966
3967
#: C/files-browse.page:42(page/p)
3968
msgid ""
3969
"In the file manager, double-click any folder to view its contents, and "
3970
"double-click any file to open it with the default application for that file. "
3971
"You can also right-click a folder to open it in a new tab or new window. In "
3972
"list view, you can also click the expander next to a folder to show its "
3973
"contents in a tree."
3974
msgstr ""
3975
3976
#: C/files-browse.page:48(page/p)
3977
msgid ""
3978
"The path bar above the list of files and folders shows you which folder "
3979
"you're viewing, including the parent folders up to your home directory, the "
3980
"root of a removable device, or the root of your file system. Click a parent "
3981
"folder in the path bar to go to that folder. Right-click any folder in the "
3982
"path bar to open it in a new tab or window, copy or move it, or access its "
3983
"properties."
3984
msgstr ""
3985
3986
#: C/files-browse.page:55(page/p)
3987
msgid ""
3988
"You can quickly access common places from the sidebar. If you do not see the "
3989
"sidebar, click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Sidebar</gui> <gui>Show "
3990
"Sidebar</gui></guiseq>. You can add bookmarks to folders you use often, and "
3991
"they will appear in the sidebar."
3992
msgstr ""
3993
3994
#: C/files-browse.page:60(page/p)
3995
msgid ""
3996
"If you frequently move files between nested folders, you might find it more "
3997
"useful to show a tree in the sidebar instead. Click "
3998
"<guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Sidebar</gui><gui>Tree</gui></guiseq> to enable "
3999
"the tree sidebar. Click the expander next to a folder to show its child "
4000
"folders in the tree, or click a folder to open it in the window."
4001
msgstr ""
4002
4003
#: C/files-copy.page:7(info/desc)
4004
msgid "Copy or move items to a new directory."
4005
msgstr ""
4006
4007
#: C/files-copy.page:11(credit/name)
4008
#: C/files-delete.page:12(credit/name)
4009
#: C/files-open.page:12(credit/name)
4010
msgid "Cristopher Thomas"
4011
msgstr ""
4012
4013
#: C/files-copy.page:21(page/title)
4014
msgid "Copy or move files and folders"
4015
msgstr ""
4016
4017
#: C/files-copy.page:23(page/p)
4018
msgid ""
4019
"A file or folder can be copied or moved to a new location by dragging and "
4020
"dropping with the mouse, using the copy and paste commands, or by using "
4021
"keyboard shortcuts."
4022
msgstr ""
4023
4024
#: C/files-copy.page:26(page/p)
4025
msgid ""
4026
"As an example, copying files can be useful when creating a folder which "
4027
"contains files to email to a friend or coworker, or when <link "
4028
"xref=\"files#backup\">backing up</link> individual files to an external disk."
4029
msgstr ""
4030
4031
#: C/files-copy.page:31(steps/title)
4032
msgid "Drag files to copy or move"
4033
msgstr ""
4034
4035
#: C/files-copy.page:32(item/p)
4036
msgid ""
4037
"<link xref=\"files-browse\">Open the file manager</link> to the folder "
4038
"containing the item you want to copy."
4039
msgstr ""
4040
4041
#: C/files-copy.page:33(item/p)
4042
msgid ""
4043
"Click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>New Window</gui></guiseq> (or press "
4044
"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>N</key></keyseq>) to open a second window. "
4045
"Navigate to the folder where you want to move or copy the item in the new "
4046
"window."
4047
msgstr ""
4048
4049
#: C/files-copy.page:34(item/p)
4050
msgid ""
4051
"Click and drag the item from one window to another. By default, dragging an "
4052
"item will <em>move it</em> if the destination is on the same device (i.e. if "
4053
"both folders are on the same hard disk on your computer)."
4054
msgstr ""
4055
4056
#: C/files-copy.page:35(item/p)
4057
msgid ""
4058
"Dragging will <em>copy it</em> if the destination is on a difference device, "
4059
"such as a USB storage device, however. You can override this:"
4060
msgstr ""
4061
4062
#: C/files-copy.page:37(item/p)
4063
msgid ""
4064
"To force the file to be copied, hold down the <key>Ctrl</key> key while "
4065
"dragging."
4066
msgstr ""
4067
4068
#: C/files-copy.page:38(item/p)
4069
msgid ""
4070
"To force the file to be moved, hold down the <key>Shift</key> key while "
4071
"dragging."
4072
msgstr ""
4073
4074
#: C/files-copy.page:43(steps/title)
4075
msgid "Copy and paste files"
4076
msgstr ""
4077
4078
#: C/files-copy.page:44(item/p)
4079
msgid "Select the item you want to copy by clicking on it once."
4080
msgstr ""
4081
4082
#: C/files-copy.page:45(item/p)
4083
msgid ""
4084
"Click <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Copy</gui></guiseq>, or press "
4085
"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>C</key></keyseq>."
4086
msgstr ""
4087
4088
#: C/files-copy.page:46(item/p)
4089
msgid ""
4090
"Navigate to another folder, where you want to put the copy of the item."
4091
msgstr ""
4092
4093
#: C/files-copy.page:47(item/p)
4094
msgid ""
4095
"Click <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Paste</gui></guiseq> to finish copying the "
4096
"item, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>. There will now "
4097
"be a copy of the file in the original folder and the other folder."
4098
msgstr ""
4099
4100
#: C/files-copy.page:51(steps/title)
4101
msgid "Cut and paste files (to move them)"
4102
msgstr ""
4103
4104
#: C/files-copy.page:52(item/p)
4105
msgid "Select the item you want to move by clicking on it once."
4106
msgstr ""
4107
4108
#: C/files-copy.page:53(item/p)
4109
msgid ""
4110
"Click <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Cut</gui></guiseq>, or press "
4111
"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>X</key></keyseq>."
4112
msgstr ""
4113
4114
#: C/files-copy.page:54(item/p)
4115
msgid "Navigate to another folder, where you want to move the item."
4116
msgstr ""
4117
4118
#: C/files-copy.page:55(item/p)
4119
msgid ""
4120
"Click <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Paste</gui></guiseq> to finish moving the "
4121
"item, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>. The file will "
4122
"be taken out of its original folder and moved to the other folder."
4123
msgstr ""
4124
4125
#: C/files-copy.page:59(note/title)
4126
msgid "Why can't I copy/move a file?"
4127
msgstr ""
4128
4129
#: C/files-copy.page:60(note/p)
4130
msgid ""
4131
"You can't copy or move a file into a folder that is <em>read-only</em>. Some "
4132
"folders are read-only to prevent you from making changes to their contents. "
4133
"You can change things from being read-only by <link xref=\"nautilus-file-"
4134
"properties-permissions\">changing file permissions</link>."
4135
msgstr ""
4136
4137
#: C/files-delete.page:8(info/desc)
4138
msgid "Remove files or folders you no longer need."
4139
msgstr ""
4140
4141
#: C/files-delete.page:22(page/title)
4142
msgid "Delete files and folders"
4143
msgstr ""
4144
4145
#: C/files-delete.page:24(page/p)
4146
msgid "If you don't want a file or folder any more, you can delete it."
4147
msgstr ""
4148
4149
#: C/files-delete.page:28(page/p)
4150
msgid ""
4151
"When you delete an item it is moved to the Trash folder, where it is stored "
4152
"until you empty the trash. Items stored in the Trash folder can be <link "
4153
"xref=\"files-recover\">restored to their original location</link> if you "
4154
"decide you need them, or if they were accidentally deleted."
4155
msgstr ""
4156
4157
#: C/files-delete.page:36(item/p)
4158
msgid "Select the item you want to delete by clicking it once."
4159
msgstr ""
4160
4161
#: C/files-delete.page:37(item/p)
4162
msgid ""
4163
"Press <key>Delete</key> on your keyboard. Alternatively, drag the item to "
4164
"the <gui>Trash</gui> in the sidebar."
4165
msgstr ""
4166
4167
#: C/files-delete.page:41(page/p)
4168
msgid ""
4169
"To delete files permanently, and to free up disk space on your computer, you "
4170
"need to empty the trash. To empty the trash, right-click <gui>Trash</gui> in "
4171
"the sidebar and select <gui>Empty Trash</gui>. Alternatively, you can "
4172
"permanently delete individual items in the trash by navigating to the trash "
4173
"from the sidebar or the <gui>Go</gui> menu. Select files you want to delete "
4174
"permanently and press <key>Delete</key> on your keyboard, or right-click and "
4175
"select <gui>Delete Permanently</gui>."
4176
msgstr ""
4177
4178
#: C/files-delete.page:50(note/p)
4179
msgid ""
4180
"Deleted files on a <link xref=\"files#removable\">removable device</link> "
4181
"may not be visible on other operating systems, such Windows or Mac OS. The "
4182
"files are still there, and will be available when you plug the device back "
4183
"into your computer."
4184
msgstr ""
4185
4186
#: C/files-delete.page:56(section/title)
4187
msgid "Permanently delete a file"
4188
msgstr ""
4189
4190
#: C/files-delete.page:57(section/p)
4191
msgid ""
4192
"You can immediately delete a file permanently, without having to send it to "
4193
"the trash first."
4194
msgstr ""
4195
4196
#: C/files-delete.page:61(item/p)
4197
msgid "Select the item you want to delete."
4198
msgstr ""
4199
4200
#: C/files-delete.page:62(item/p)
4201
msgid ""
4202
"Press and hold the <gui>Shift</gui> key, then press the <key>Delete</key> "
4203
"key on your keyboard."
4204
msgstr ""
4205
4206
#: C/files-delete.page:63(item/p)
4207
msgid ""
4208
"Because you cannot undo this, you will be asked to confirm that you want to "
4209
"delete the file or folder."
4210
msgstr ""
4211
4212
#: C/files-delete.page:67(section/p)
4213
msgid ""
4214
"If you frequently need to delete files without using the trash (for example, "
4215
"if you often work with sensitive data), you can add a <gui>Delete</gui> "
4216
"entry to the right-click menu for files and folders. Click "
4217
"<guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui></guiseq> and select the "
4218
"<gui>Behavior</gui> tab. Select <gui>Include a Delete command that bypasses "
4219
"Trash</gui>."
4220
msgstr ""
4221
4222
#: C/files-disc-write.page:9(credit/name)
4223
msgid "Michael Hill"
4224
msgstr ""
4225
4226
#: C/files-disc-write.page:13(info/desc)
4227
msgid "Put files and documents onto a blank CD or DVD using a CD/DVD burner."
4228
msgstr ""
4229
4230
#: C/files-disc-write.page:17(page/title)
4231
msgid "Write files to a CD or DVD"
4232
msgstr ""
4233
4234
#: C/files-disc-write.page:19(page/p)
4235
msgid ""
4236
"The <gui>CD/DVD Creator</gui> in the file manager makes it easy to transfer "
4237
"files to other computers or perform <link xref=\"backup-why\">backups</link> "
4238
"by putting files onto a blank disc. To write files to a CD or DVD:"
4239
msgstr ""
4240
4241
#: C/files-disc-write.page:22(item/p)
4242
msgid "Place an empty disc into your CD/DVD writable drive."
4243
msgstr ""
4244
4245
#: C/files-disc-write.page:24(item/p)
4246
msgid ""
4247
"In the <gui>Blank CD/DVD-R Disc</gui> window that appears, select "
4248
"<gui>CD/DVD Creator</gui> and click <gui>OK</gui>. The <gui>CD/DVD Creator "
4249
"Folder</gui> window will open."
4250
msgstr ""
4251
4252
#: C/files-disc-write.page:25(item/p)
4253
msgid ""
4254
"(You can also click on <gui>Blank CD/DVD-R Disc</gui> under "
4255
"<gui>Devices</gui> in the file manager sidebar.)"
4256
msgstr ""
4257
4258
#: C/files-disc-write.page:27(item/p)
4259
msgid "In the <gui>Disc Name</gui> field, type a name for the disc."
4260
msgstr ""
4261
4262
#: C/files-disc-write.page:28(item/p)
4263
msgid ""
4264
"Drag or <link xref=\"files-copy\">copy</link> the desired files into the "
4265
"window."
4266
msgstr ""
4267
4268
#: C/files-disc-write.page:30(item/p)
4269
msgid "Under <gui>Select a disc to write to</gui>, choose the blank disc."
4270
msgstr ""
4271
4272
#: C/files-disc-write.page:31(item/p)
4273
msgid ""
4274
"(You could choose <gui>Image file</gui> instead. This will put the files in "
4275
"a <em>disc image</em>, which will be saved on your computer. You can then "
4276
"burn that disc image onto a blank disc at a later date.)"
4277
msgstr ""
4278
4279
#: C/files-disc-write.page:33(item/p)
4280
msgid ""
4281
"Click <gui>Properties</gui> if you want to adjust burning speed, the "
4282
"location of temporary files, and other options. The default options should "
4283
"be fine."
4284
msgstr ""
4285
4286
#: C/files-disc-write.page:35(item/p)
4287
msgid "Click the <gui>Burn</gui> button to begin recording."
4288
msgstr ""
4289
4290
#: C/files-disc-write.page:36(item/p)
4291
msgid ""
4292
"If <gui>Burn Several Copies</gui> is selected, you will be prompted for "
4293
"additional discs."
4294
msgstr ""
4295
4296
#: C/files-disc-write.page:38(item/p)
4297
msgid ""
4298
"When the disc burning is complete, it will eject automatically. Choose "
4299
"<gui>Make More Copies</gui> or <gui>Close</gui> to exit."
4300
msgstr ""
4301
4302
#: C/files-disc-write.page:41(note/p)
4303
msgid "For more advanced CD/DVD burning projects, try <app>Brasero</app>."
4304
msgstr ""
4305
4306
#: C/files-disc-write.page:42(note/p)
4307
msgid ""
4308
"For help with using Brasero, read the <link href=\"ghelp:brasero\">user "
4309
"guide</link>."
4310
msgstr ""
4311
4312
#: C/files-disc-write.page:45(section/title)
4313
msgid "The disc wasn't burned properly!"
4314
msgstr ""
4315
4316
#: C/files-disc-write.page:46(section/p)
4317
msgid ""
4318
"Sometimes, discs aren't burned correctly and you won't be able to see the "
4319
"files you put onto the disc when you insert it into a computer."
4320
msgstr ""
4321
4322
#: C/files-disc-write.page:48(section/p)
4323
msgid ""
4324
"In this case, try burning the disc again but use a lower burning speed, e.g. "
4325
"12x rather than 48x. Burning at slower speeds is more reliable. You can "
4326
"choose the speed by clicking the <gui>Properties</gui> button in the "
4327
"<gui>CD/DVD Creator Folder</gui> window."
4328
msgstr ""
4329
4330
#: C/files-hidden.page:6(info/desc)
4331
msgid "Make a file invisible, so you can't see it in the file manager."
4332
msgstr ""
4333
4334
#: C/files-hidden.page:16(page/title)
4335
msgid "Hide a file"
4336
msgstr ""
4337
4338
#: C/files-hidden.page:18(page/p)
4339
msgid ""
4340
"You can hide files by renaming them with a <key>.</key> at the beginning of "
4341
"their name. Hidden files are invisible by default; they are not displayed in "
4342
"the file manager, but they are still there in the folder."
4343
msgstr ""
4344
4345
#: C/files-hidden.page:20(page/p)
4346
msgid ""
4347
"To hide a file, <link xref=\"files-rename\">rename it</link> with a \".\" at "
4348
"the beginning of its name. For example, to hide a file "
4349
"<file>example.txt</file>, you should rename it to <file>.example.txt</file>."
4350
msgstr ""
4351
4352
#: C/files-hidden.page:23(note/p)
4353
msgid ""
4354
"You can hide folders in the same way that you can hide files. Rename the "
4355
"folder with a \".\" at the beginning of its name."
4356
msgstr ""
4357
4358
#: C/files-hidden.page:27(section/title)
4359
msgid "Show all hidden files"
4360
msgstr ""
4361
4362
#: C/files-hidden.page:28(section/p)
4363
msgid ""
4364
"If you want to see all hidden files in a folder, go to that folder and "
4365
"either click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Show Hidden Files</gui></guiseq> or "
4366
"press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq>. All hidden files will be "
4367
"shown along with the files that were not hidden."
4368
msgstr ""
4369
4370
#: C/files-hidden.page:31(section/p)
4371
msgid ""
4372
"Some hidden files will have a \".\" at the beginning of their name. Others "
4373
"might have a \"~\" at the end of their name instead (see <link xref=\"files-"
4374
"tilde\"/>)."
4375
msgstr ""
4376
4377
#: C/files-hidden.page:34(section/p)
4378
msgid ""
4379
"To hide these files again, either click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Show "
4380
"Hidden Files</gui></guiseq> or press "
4381
"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq> again."
4382
msgstr ""
4383
4384
#: C/files-hidden.page:37(section/p)
4385
msgid ""
4386
"Hidden files will only be shown in the current window, until you turn the "
4387
"option for that window off. To show hidden files in all file manager "
4388
"windows, see <link xref=\"nautilus-views\"/>."
4389
msgstr ""
4390
4391
#: C/files-hidden.page:43(section/title)
4392
msgid "Unhide a file"
4393
msgstr ""
4394
4395
#: C/files-hidden.page:44(section/p)
4396
msgid ""
4397
"To unhide a file, go to the folder containing the hidden file and click "
4398
"<guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Show Hidden Files</gui></guiseq>. Then, find the "
4399
"hidden file and rename it so that it doesn't have a \".\" in front of its "
4400
"name."
4401
msgstr ""
4402
4403
#: C/files-hidden.page:47(section/p)
4404
msgid ""
4405
"For example, to unhide a file called <file>.example.txt</file>, you should "
4406
"rename it to <file>example.txt</file>."
4407
msgstr ""
4408
4409
#: C/files-hidden.page:50(section/p)
4410
msgid ""
4411
"Once you have renamed the file, you can either click "
4412
"<guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Show Hidden Files</gui></guiseq> or press "
4413
"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq> to hide any other hidden files "
4414
"again."
4415
msgstr ""
4416
4417
#: C/files-lost.page:8(info/desc)
4418
msgid "Follow these tips if you can't find a file you created or downloaded."
4419
msgstr ""
4420
4421
#: C/files-lost.page:24(page/title)
4422
msgid "Find a lost file"
4423
msgstr ""
4424
4425
#: C/files-lost.page:26(page/p)
4426
msgid ""
4427
"If you created or downloaded a file, but now you can't find it, follow these "
4428
"tips."
4429
msgstr ""
4430
4431
#: C/files-lost.page:30(item/p)
4432
msgid ""
4433
"If you don't remember where you saved the file, but you have some idea of "
4434
"how you named it, you can search for the file by name. See <link "
4435
"xref=\"files-search\"/> to learn how."
4436
msgstr ""
4437
4438
#: C/files-lost.page:34(item/p)
4439
msgid ""
4440
"If you just downloaded the file, your web browser might have automatically "
4441
"saved it to a common folder. Check the <file>Desktop</file> and "
4442
"<file>Downloads</file> folders in your home folder."
4443
msgstr ""
4444
4445
#: C/files-lost.page:39(item/p)
4446
msgid ""
4447
"You might have accidentally deleted the file. When you delete a file, it "
4448
"gets moved to the trash, where it stays until you manually empty the trash. "
4449
"See <link xref=\"files-recover\"/> to learn how to recover a deleted file."
4450
msgstr ""
4451
4452
#: C/files-lost.page:44(item/p)
4453
msgid ""
4454
"You might have renamed the file in a way that made the file hidden. Files "
4455
"that start with a <file>.</file> or end with a <file>~</file> are hidden in "
4456
"the file manager. Click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Show Hidden "
4457
"Files</gui></guiseq> in the file manager. See <link xref=\"files-hidden\"/> "
4458
"to learn more."
4459
msgstr ""
4460
4461
#: C/files-open.page:8(info/desc)
4462
msgid ""
4463
"Open files using an application that isn't the default one for that type of "
4464
"file. You can change the default too."
4465
msgstr ""
4466
4467
#: C/files-open.page:22(page/title)
4468
msgid "Open files with other applications"
4469
msgstr ""
4470
4471
#: C/files-open.page:24(page/p)
4472
msgid ""
4473
"When you double-click a file in the <link xref=\"files-browse\">file "
4474
"manager</link>, it will be opened with the default application for that file "
4475
"type. You can open it in a different application, search online for "
4476
"applications, or set the default application for all files of the same type."
4477
msgstr ""
4478
4479
#: C/files-open.page:29(page/p)
4480
msgid ""
4481
"To open a file with an application other than the default, right-click the "
4482
"file and select the application you want from the top of the menu. If you "
4483
"don't see the application you want, click <gui>Open With Other "
4484
"Application</gui>. By default, the file manager only shows applications it "
4485
"knows can handle the file. To look through all the applications on your "
4486
"computer, click <gui>Show other applications</gui>."
4487
msgstr ""
4488
4489
#: C/files-open.page:36(page/p)
4490
msgid ""
4491
"If you still can't find the application you want, you can search for more "
4492
"applications by clicking <gui>Find applications online</gui>. The file "
4493
"manager will search online for packages containing applications that are "
4494
"known to handle files of that type."
4495
msgstr ""
4496
4497
#: C/files-open.page:42(section/title)
4498
msgid "Change the default application"
4499
msgstr ""
4500
4501
#: C/files-open.page:43(section/p)
4502
msgid ""
4503
"You can change the default application that is used to open files of a given "
4504
"type. This will allow you to open your preferred application when you double-"
4505
"click to open a file. For example, you might want your favorite music player "
4506
"to open when you double-click an MP3 file."
4507
msgstr ""
4508
4509
#: C/files-open.page:49(item/p)
4510
msgid ""
4511
"Select a file of the type whose default application you want to change. For "
4512
"example, to change which application is used to open MP3 files, select a "
4513
"<file>.mp3</file> file."
4514
msgstr ""
4515
4516
#: C/files-open.page:52(item/p)
4517
msgid "Right-click the file and select <gui>Properties</gui>."
4518
msgstr ""
4519
4520
#: C/files-open.page:53(item/p)
4521
msgid "Select the <gui>Open With</gui> tab."
4522
msgstr ""
4523
4524
#: C/files-open.page:54(item/p)
4525
msgid ""
4526
"Select the application you want and click <gui>Set as default</gui>. By "
4527
"default, the file manager only shows applications it knows can handle the "
4528
"file. To look through all the applications on your computer, click <gui>Show "
4529
"other applications</gui>."
4530
msgstr ""
4531
4532
#: C/files-open.page:58(item/p)
4533
msgid ""
4534
"If <gui>Other Applications</gui> contains an application you sometimes want "
4535
"to use, but don't want to make the default, select that application and "
4536
"click <gui>Add</gui>. This will add it to <gui>Recommended "
4537
"Applications</gui>. You will then be able to use this application by right-"
4538
"clicking the file and selecting it from the list."
4539
msgstr ""
4540
4541
#: C/files-open.page:65(section/p)
4542
msgid ""
4543
"This changes the default application not just for the selected file, but for "
4544
"all files with the same type."
4545
msgstr ""
4546
4547
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
4548
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
4549
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
4550
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
4551
#: C/files.page:28(media)
4552
msgctxt "_"
4553
msgid ""
4554
"external ref='figures/nautilus.png' md5='7c905000084a729c8ee23a600a7ad945'"
4555
msgstr ""
4556
4557
#: C/files.page:15(info/title)
4558
msgctxt "link:trail"
4559
msgid "Files"
4560
msgstr ""
4561
4562
#: C/files.page:17(info/desc)
4563
msgid ""
4564
"<link xref=\"files-search\">Searching</link>, <link xref=\"files-"
4565
"delete\">delete files</link>, <link xref=\"files#backup\">backups</link>, "
4566
"<link xref=\"files#removable\">removable drives</link>..."
4567
msgstr ""
4568
4569
#: C/files.page:26(page/title)
4570
msgid "Files, folders & search"
4571
msgstr ""
4572
4573
#: C/files.page:29(media/p)
4574
msgid "<app>Nautilus</app> file manager"
4575
msgstr ""
4576
4577
#: C/files.page:33(links/title)
4578
msgid "Common tasks"
4579
msgstr ""
4580
4581
#: C/files.page:37(links/title)
4582
#: C/hardware.page:32(links/title)
4583
msgid "More topics"
4584
msgstr ""
4585
4586
#: C/files.page:41(section/title)
4587
msgid "Removable drives and external disks"
4588
msgstr ""
4589
4590
#: C/files.page:46(section/title)
4591
msgid "Backing up"
4592
msgstr ""
4593
4594
#: C/files.page:51(section/title)
4595
msgid "Tips and questions"
4596
msgstr ""
4597
4598
#: C/files-recover.page:8(info/desc)
4599
msgid ""
4600
"When you delete a file, they are normally sent to the Trash. You can get "
4601
"them back from the Trash."
4602
msgstr ""
4603
4604
#: C/files-recover.page:19(page/title)
4605
msgid "Recover a file that you deleted"
4606
msgstr ""
4607
4608
#: C/files-recover.page:20(page/p)
4609
msgid ""
4610
"If you deleted a file in the <gui>File Manager</gui> by pressing "
4611
"<key>Delete</key> or clicking the <gui>Move to Trash</gui> option in the "
4612
"right-click menu, the file should be in the Trash. To recover the file:"
4613
msgstr ""
4614
4615
#: C/files-recover.page:23(item/p)
4616
msgid ""
4617
"Open the <gui>launcher</gui> and then click the <app>Trash</app> shortcut "
4618
"which is the shortcut at the bottom of the launcher."
4619
msgstr ""
4620
4621
#: C/files-recover.page:26(item/p)
4622
msgid ""
4623
"If your deleted file is there, right-click on it and select "
4624
"<gui>Restore</gui>. It will be restored to the folder it was deleted from."
4625
msgstr ""
4626
4627
#: C/files-recover.page:29(page/p)
4628
msgid ""
4629
"If you deleted the file using "
4630
"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Delete</key></keyseq>, or from the command "
4631
"line, the file can't be recovered using this method because it has been "
4632
"permanently deleted."
4633
msgstr ""
4634
4635
#: C/files-recover.page:31(page/p)
4636
msgid ""
4637
"There are a number of recovery tools available that are sometimes able to "
4638
"recover files that were permanently deleted. They are generally not very "
4639
"easy to use, however. If you accidentally permanently deleted a file, it's "
4640
"probably best to ask for advice on a support forum to see if you can recover "
4641
"it."
4642
msgstr ""
4643
4644
#: C/files-removedrive.page:13(info/desc)
4645
msgid "Eject or unmount a USB flash drive, CD, DVD, or other device."
4646
msgstr ""
4647
4648
#: C/files-removedrive.page:17(page/title)
4649
msgid "Safely remove an external drive"
4650
msgstr ""
4651
4652
#: C/files-removedrive.page:19(page/p)
4653
msgid ""
4654
"When you use external storage devices like USB flash drives, you should "
4655
"safely remove them before unplugging them. If you just unplug a device, you "
4656
"run the risk of unplugging while an application is still using it, which "
4657
"could result in some of your files being lost or damaged. When you use an "
4658
"optical disc like a CD or DVD, you can use the same steps to eject the disc "
4659
"from your computer."
4660
msgstr ""
4661
4662
#: C/files-removedrive.page:27(item/p)
4663
#: C/files-rename.page:23(item/p)
4664
msgid "<link xref=\"files-browse\">Open the file manager</link>."
4665
msgstr ""
4666
4667
#: C/files-removedrive.page:28(item/p)
4668
msgid ""
4669
"Locate the device in the sidebar. It should have a small eject icon next to "
4670
"the name. Click the eject icon to safely remove or eject the device."
4671
msgstr ""
4672
4673
#: C/files-removedrive.page:33(page/p)
4674
msgid ""
4675
"Alternatively, you can right-click the device and select either "
4676
"<gui>Eject</gui> or <gui>Safely Remove Drive</gui>. USB drives can't be "
4677
"physically ejected, so for these devices, there is no difference between "
4678
"<gui>Eject</gui> and <gui>Safely Remove Drive</gui>."
4679
msgstr ""
4680
4681
#: C/files-removedrive.page:38(page/p)
4682
msgid ""
4683
"If you have any files stored on the device open in any applications, you "
4684
"will not be able to safely remove the device. You will be prompted with a "
4685
"window telling you that \"the volume is busy\", and listing all the open "
4686
"files on the device. Once you close all the files on the device, the device "
4687
"will automatically be safely removed (so you can unplug or eject it)."
4688
msgstr ""
4689
4690
#: C/files-removedrive.page:44(page/p)
4691
msgid ""
4692
"You can also choose <gui>Unmount Anyway</gui> to remove the device without "
4693
"closing the files. This can cause errors in applications that have those "
4694
"files open."
4695
msgstr ""
4696
4697
#: C/files-removedrive.page:48(page/p)
4698
msgid ""
4699
"If you can't close one of the files, for example if the application using "
4700
"the file is locked up, you can right-click the file in the <gui>Volume is "
4701
"busy</gui> window and select <gui>End Process</gui>. This will force the "
4702
"entire locked up application to close, which could close other files you "
4703
"have open with that application."
4704
msgstr ""
4705
4706
#: C/files-rename.page:7(info/desc)
4707
msgid "Change file or folder name."
4708
msgstr ""
4709
4710
#: C/files-rename.page:20(page/title)
4711
msgid "Rename a file or folder"
4712
msgstr ""
4713
4714
#: C/files-rename.page:24(item/p)
4715
msgid ""
4716
"Right-click on a file or folder and select <gui>Rename</gui>, or select the "
4717
"file and press <key>F2</key>."
4718
msgstr ""
4719
4720
#: C/files-rename.page:26(item/p)
4721
msgid "Type the new name and press <key>Enter</key>."
4722
msgstr ""
4723
4724
#: C/files-rename.page:29(page/p)
4725
msgid ""
4726
"You can also rename a file from the <link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-"
4727
"basic\">properties</link> window."
4728
msgstr ""
4729
4730
#: C/files-rename.page:32(page/p)
4731
msgid ""
4732
"When you rename a file, only the first part of the name of the file is "
4733
"selected, not the file extension (the part after the \".\"). The extension "
4734
"normally denotes what type of file it is (e.g. <file>file.pdf</file> is a "
4735
"PDF document), and you usually do not want to change that. If you need to "
4736
"change the extension as well, select it with your mouse, or press "
4737
"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>A</key></keyseq> to select the entire file name."
4738
msgstr ""
4739
4740
#: C/files-rename.page:35(section/title)
4741
msgid "Valid characters for file names"
4742
msgstr ""
4743
4744
#: C/files-rename.page:36(section/p)
4745
msgid ""
4746
"You can use any character except the <key>/</key> (slash) character in file "
4747
"names. Some devices, however, use a <em>file system</em> that has more "
4748
"restrictions on file names. For example, USB flash drives are often "
4749
"formatted with the <em>FAT32</em> file system. On these devices, or if you "
4750
"intend to share files with people who use another operating system, you "
4751
"should avoid the following characters: <key>|</key>, <key>\\</key>, "
4752
"<key>?</key>, <key>*</key>, <key><</key>, <key>\"</key>, <key>:</key>, "
4753
"<key>></key>, <key>/</key>."
4754
msgstr ""
4755
4756
#: C/files-rename.page:45(note/p)
4757
msgid ""
4758
"If you name a file with a <key>.</key> as the first character, the file will "
4759
"be <link xref=\"files-hidden\">hidden</link>."
4760
msgstr ""
4761
4762
#: C/files-rename.page:51(section/title)
4763
#: C/hardware.page:40(section/title)
4764
#: C/mouse.page:35(section/title)
4765
msgid "Common problems"
4766
msgstr ""
4767
4768
#: C/files-rename.page:54(item/title)
4769
msgid "The name is already used"
4770
msgstr ""
4771
4772
#: C/files-rename.page:55(item/p)
4773
msgid ""
4774
"You can't have two files or folders with the same name in the same folder. "
4775
"If you try to rename a file to a name that already exists in the folder you "
4776
"are working in, the file manager will not allow it. Use a different name."
4777
msgstr ""
4778
4779
#: C/files-rename.page:58(item/p)
4780
msgid ""
4781
"File and folder names are case sensitive. For example, <file>File.txt</file> "
4782
"and <file>file.txt</file> are different names. This is allowed, though it's "
4783
"not always a good idea."
4784
msgstr ""
4785
4786
#: C/files-rename.page:63(item/title)
4787
msgid "The file name is too long"
4788
msgstr ""
4789
4790
#: C/files-rename.page:64(item/p)
4791
msgid ""
4792
"On some file systems, file names can have no more than 255 characters in "
4793
"their names. Use a shorter name."
4794
msgstr ""
4795
4796
#: C/files-rename.page:67(item/title)
4797
msgid "The option to rename is grayed out"
4798
msgstr ""
4799
4800
#: C/files-rename.page:68(item/p)
4801
msgid ""
4802
"If <gui>Rename</gui> is grayed out, you do not have permission to rename the "
4803
"file. Generally, if you do not have the correct permissions to rename a "
4804
"file, you should not be renaming it. See <link xref=\"nautilus-file-"
4805
"properties-permissions\"/>."
4806
msgstr ""
4807
4808
#: C/files-search.page:9(info/desc)
4809
msgid ""
4810
"Locate files based on file name and type. Save your searches for later use."
4811
msgstr ""
4812
4813
#: C/files-search.page:23(page/title)
4814
msgid "Search for files"
4815
msgstr ""
4816
4817
#: C/files-search.page:25(page/p)
4818
msgid ""
4819
"You can search for files based on their name or file type directly within "
4820
"the file manager. You can even save common searches, and they will appear as "
4821
"special folders in your home folder."
4822
msgstr ""
4823
4824
#: C/files-search.page:30(links/title)
4825
msgid "Other search applications"
4826
msgstr ""
4827
4828
#: C/files-search.page:36(steps/title)
4829
msgid "Search"
4830
msgstr ""
4831
4832
#: C/files-search.page:37(item/p)
4833
msgid "<link xref=\"files-browse\">Open the file manager</link>"
4834
msgstr ""
4835
4836
#: C/files-search.page:38(item/p)
4837
msgid ""
4838
"If you know the files you want are under a particular folder, go to that "
4839
"folder."
4840
msgstr ""
4841
4842
#: C/files-search.page:40(item/p)
4843
msgid ""
4844
"Click <gui>Search</gui> in the toolbar, or press "
4845
"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F</key></keyseq>."
4846
msgstr ""
4847
4848
#: C/files-search.page:42(item/p)
4849
msgid ""
4850
"Type a word or words that you know appear in the file name and press enter. "
4851
"For example, if you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type "
4852
"<input>invoice</input>. Words are matched regardless of case."
4853
msgstr ""
4854
4855
#: C/files-search.page:46(item/p)
4856
msgid ""
4857
"You can narrow your results by selecting a different starting folder in "
4858
"<gui>Location</gui>. Or click <gui>Location</gui> and select <gui>File "
4859
"Type</gui> from the drop-down list to narrow your results based on file "
4860
"type. Click the <gui>+</gui> button to add multiple filters if you want to "
4861
"narrow based on location and file type. When you make changes, click "
4862
"<gui>Reload</gui> to search again."
4863
msgstr ""
4864
4865
#: C/files-search.page:53(item/p)
4866
msgid ""
4867
"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files from the "
4868
"search results, just as you would from any folder in the file manager."
4869
msgstr ""
4870
4871
#: C/files-search.page:56(item/p)
4872
msgid ""
4873
"Click <gui>Search</gui> in the toolbar again to exit the search and return "
4874
"to the folder."
4875
msgstr ""
4876
4877
#: C/files-search.page:60(page/p)
4878
msgid ""
4879
"If you perform certain searches often, you can save them to access them "
4880
"quickly."
4881
msgstr ""
4882
4883
#: C/files-search.page:64(steps/title)
4884
msgid "Save a search"
4885
msgstr ""
4886
4887
#: C/files-search.page:65(item/p)
4888
msgid "Start a search as above."
4889
msgstr ""
4890
4891
#: C/files-search.page:66(item/p)
4892
msgid ""
4893
"When you're happy with the search parameters, click "
4894
"<guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Save Search As</gui></guiseq>."
4895
msgstr ""
4896
4897
#: C/files-search.page:68(item/p)
4898
msgid ""
4899
"Give the search a name and click <gui>Save</gui>. If you like, select a "
4900
"different folder to save the search in. When you view that folder, you will "
4901
"see your saved search as an orange folder icon with a magnifying glass on it."
4902
msgstr ""
4903
4904
#: C/files-select.page:13(info/desc)
4905
msgid ""
4906
"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>S</key></keyseq> to select multiple files "
4907
"which have similar names."
4908
msgstr ""
4909
4910
#: C/files-select.page:17(page/title)
4911
msgid "Select files by pattern"
4912
msgstr ""
4913
4914
#: C/files-select.page:19(page/p)
4915
msgid ""
4916
"You can select files in a folder using a pattern on the file name. Press "
4917
"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>S</key></keyseq> to bring up the <gui>Select "
4918
"Items Matching</gui> window. Type in a pattern using common parts of the "
4919
"file names plus wild card characters. There are two wild card characters "
4920
"available:"
4921
msgstr ""
4922
4923
#: C/files-select.page:26(item/p)
4924
msgid ""
4925
"<file>*</file> matches any number of any characters, even no characters at "
4926
"all."
4927
msgstr ""
4928
4929
#: C/files-select.page:28(item/p)
4930
msgid "<file>?</file> matches exactly one of any character."
4931
msgstr ""
4932
4933
#: C/files-select.page:31(page/p)
4934
msgid "For example:"
4935
msgstr ""
4936
4937
#: C/files-select.page:34(item/p)
4938
msgid ""
4939
"If you have an OpenDocument Text file, a PDF file, and an image that all "
4940
"have the same base name <file>Invoice</file>, select all three with the "
4941
"pattern"
4942
msgstr ""
4943
4944
#: C/files-select.page:37(example/p)
4945
msgid "<file>Invoice.*</file>"
4946
msgstr ""
4947
4948
#: C/files-select.page:39(item/p)
4949
msgid ""
4950
"If you have some photos that are named like <file>Vacation-001.jpg</file>, "
4951
"<file>Vacation-002.jpg</file>, <file>Vacation-003.jpg</file>; select them "
4952
"all with the pattern"
4953
msgstr ""
4954
4955
#: C/files-select.page:42(example/p)
4956
msgid "<file>Vacation-???.jpg</file>"
4957
msgstr ""
4958
4959
#: C/files-select.page:44(item/p)
4960
msgid ""
4961
"If you have photos as before, but you've edited some of them and added "
4962
"<file>-edited</file> to the end of the file name of the photos you've "
4963
"edited, select the edited photos with"
4964
msgstr ""
4965
4966
#: C/files-select.page:47(example/p)
4967
msgid "<file>Vacation-???-edited.jpg</file>"
4968
msgstr ""
4969
4970
#: C/files-share.page:9(info/desc)
4971
msgid ""
4972
"Easily transfer files to your contacts and devices from the file manager."
4973
msgstr ""
4974
4975
#: C/files-share.page:20(page/title)
4976
msgid "Share and transfer files"
4977
msgstr ""
4978
4979
#: C/files-share.page:28(page/p)
4980
msgid ""
4981
"You can easily share files with your contacts or transfer them to external "
4982
"devices or <link xref=\"nautilus-connect\">network shares</link> directly "
4983
"from the file manager."
4984
msgstr ""
4985
4986
#: C/files-share.page:33(item/p)
4987
msgid "Open the <link xref=\"files-browse\">file manager</link>."
4988
msgstr ""
4989
4990
#: C/files-share.page:34(item/p)
4991
msgid "Locate the file you want to transfer."
4992
msgstr ""
4993
4994
#: C/files-share.page:35(item/p)
4995
msgid "Right-click the file and select <gui>Send To</gui>."
4996
msgstr ""
4997
4998
#: C/files-share.page:36(item/p)
4999
msgid ""
5000
"The <gui>Send To</gui> window will appear. Choose where you want to send the "
5001
"file and click <gui>Send</gui>. See the list of destinations below for more "
5002
"information."
5003
msgstr ""
5004
5005
#: C/files-share.page:42(note/p)
5006
msgid ""
5007
"You can send multiple files at once. Select multiple files by holding down "
5008
"<key>Ctrl</key>, then right-click any selected file. You can have the files "
5009
"automatically packed into a tar or zip archive."
5010
msgstr ""
5011
5012
#: C/files-share.page:48(list/title)
5013
msgid "Destinations"
5014
msgstr ""
5015
5016
#: C/files-share.page:49(item/p)
5017
msgid ""
5018
"To email the file, select <gui>Email</gui> and enter the recipient's email "
5019
"address."
5020
msgstr ""
5021
5022
#: C/files-share.page:51(item/p)
5023
msgid ""
5024
"To send the file to an instant messaging contact, select <gui>Instant "
5025
"Message</gui>, then select contact from the drop-down list. Your instant "
5026
"messaging application may need to be started for this to work."
5027
msgstr ""
5028
5029
#: C/files-share.page:55(item/p)
5030
msgid ""
5031
"To write the file to a CD or DVD, select <gui>CD/DVD Creator</gui>. See "
5032
"<link xref=\"files-disc-write\"/> to learn more."
5033
msgstr ""
5034
5035
#: C/files-share.page:57(item/p)
5036
msgid ""
5037
"To transfer the file to a Bluetooth device, select <gui>Bluetooth (OBEX "
5038
"Push)</gui>. See <link xref=\"bluetooth\"/> for more information."
5039
msgstr ""
5040
5041
#: C/files-share.page:60(item/p)
5042
msgid ""
5043
"To copy the file to an external device like a USB flash drive, or to upload "
5044
"it to a server you've connected to, select <gui>Removable disks and "
5045
"shares</gui>, then select the device or server you want to copy the file to."
5046
msgstr ""
5047
5048
#: C/files-sort.page:7(info/desc)
5049
msgid "Arrange files by name, size, type, or when they were changed."
5050
msgstr ""
5051
5052
#: C/files-sort.page:17(page/title)
5053
msgid "Sort files and folders"
5054
msgstr ""
5055
5056
#: C/files-sort.page:19(page/p)
5057
msgid ""
5058
"You can sort files in different ways in a folder, for example by sorting "
5059
"them in order of date or file size. See <link xref=\"#ways\"/> below for a "
5060
"list of common ways to sort files."
5061
msgstr ""
5062
5063
#: C/files-sort.page:21(page/p)
5064
msgid ""
5065
"The way that you can sort files depends on the <em>folder view</em> that you "
5066
"are using. You can change the current view using the <gui>View</gui> menu."
5067
msgstr ""
5068
5069
#: C/files-sort.page:24(page/p)
5070
msgid ""
5071
"When you change how items are sorted in a folder, it only affects that "
5072
"folder. The file manager will remember your sorting choice for that folder, "
5073
"but use the default sort order for other folders. See <link xref=\"nautilus-"
5074
"views\"/> for information on how to change the default sort order."
5075
msgstr ""
5076
5077
#: C/files-sort.page:30(section/title)
5078
msgid "Icon view"
5079
msgstr ""
5080
5081
#: C/files-sort.page:31(section/p)
5082
msgid ""
5083
"To sort files in a different order, right-click a blank space in the folder "
5084
"and choose an option from the <gui>Arrange Items</gui> menu. Alternatively, "
5085
"use the <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Arrange Items</gui></guiseq> menu."
5086
msgstr ""
5087
5088
#: C/files-sort.page:32(section/p)
5089
msgid ""
5090
"As an example, if you select <gui>Sort by Name</gui> from the <gui>Arrange "
5091
"Items</gui> menu, the files will be sorted by their names, in alphabetical "
5092
"order. See <link xref=\"#ways\"/> for other options."
5093
msgstr ""
5094
5095
#: C/files-sort.page:33(section/p)
5096
msgid ""
5097
"You can sort in the reverse order by selecting <gui>Reversed Order</gui> "
5098
"from the <gui>Arrange Items</gui> menu."
5099
msgstr ""
5100
5101
#: C/files-sort.page:34(section/p)
5102
msgid ""
5103
"For complete control over the order and position of files in the folder, "
5104
"right-click a blank space in the folder and select <guiseq><gui>Arrange "
5105
"Items</gui><gui>Manually</gui></guiseq>. You can then rearrange the files by "
5106
"dragging them around in the folder. Manual sorting only works in icon view."
5107
msgstr ""
5108
5109
#: C/files-sort.page:35(section/p)
5110
msgid ""
5111
"The <gui>Compact Layout</gui> option in the <gui>Arrange Items</gui> menu "
5112
"arranges the files so they take up as little space as possible. This is "
5113
"useful if you want to have lots of files visible at once in a folder."
5114
msgstr ""
5115
5116
#: C/files-sort.page:39(section/title)
5117
msgid "List view"
5118
msgstr ""
5119
5120
#: C/files-sort.page:40(section/p)
5121
msgid ""
5122
"To sort files in a different order, click one of the column headings in the "
5123
"file manager. For example, click <gui>Type</gui> to sort by file type. Click "
5124
"the column heading again to sort in the reverse order."
5125
msgstr ""
5126
5127
#: C/files-sort.page:41(section/p)
5128
msgid ""
5129
"In list view, you can show columns with more attributes and sort on those "
5130
"columns. Click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Visible Columns</gui></guiseq> "
5131
"and select the columns that you want to be visible. You will then be able to "
5132
"sort by those columns. See <link xref=\"nautilus-list\"/> for descriptions "
5133
"of available columns."
5134
msgstr ""
5135
5136
#: C/files-sort.page:45(section/title)
5137
msgid "Compact view"
5138
msgstr ""
5139
5140
#: C/files-sort.page:46(section/p)
5141
msgid ""
5142
"You can sort files in Compact view in the same way that you can sort them in "
5143
"the Icon view. The only difference is that you can't manually position the "
5144
"files anywhere you want; they are always organized as a list in this view."
5145
msgstr ""
5146
5147
#: C/files-sort.page:50(section/title)
5148
msgid "Ways of sorting files"
5149
msgstr ""
5150
5151
#: C/files-sort.page:53(item/title)
5152
msgid "By Name"
5153
msgstr ""
5154
5155
#: C/files-sort.page:54(item/p)
5156
msgid "Sorts alphabetically by the name of the file."
5157
msgstr ""
5158
5159
#: C/files-sort.page:57(item/title)
5160
msgid "By Size"
5161
msgstr ""
5162
5163
#: C/files-sort.page:58(item/p)
5164
msgid ""
5165
"Sorts by the size of the file (how much disk space it takes up). Sorts from "
5166
"smallest to largest by default."
5167
msgstr ""
5168
5169
#: C/files-sort.page:61(item/title)
5170
msgid "By Type"
5171
msgstr ""
5172
5173
#: C/files-sort.page:62(item/p)
5174
msgid ""
5175
"Sorts alphabetically by the file type. Files of the same type are grouped "
5176
"together, then sorted by name."
5177
msgstr ""
5178
5179
#: C/files-sort.page:65(item/title)
5180
msgid "By Modification Date"
5181
msgstr ""
5182
5183
#: C/files-sort.page:66(item/p)
5184
msgid ""
5185
"Sorts by the date and time that a file was last changed. Sorts from oldest "
5186
"to newest by default."
5187
msgstr ""
5188
5189
#: C/files-templates.page:7(info/desc)
5190
msgid "Quickly create new documents from custom file templates."
5191
msgstr ""
5192
5193
#: C/files-templates.page:11(credit/name)
5194
#: C/printing-inklevel.page:12(credit/name)
5195
msgid "Anita Reitere"
5196
msgstr ""
5197
5198
#: C/files-templates.page:17(page/title)
5199
msgid "Templates for commonly-used document types"
5200
msgstr ""
5201
5202
#: C/files-templates.page:19(page/p)
5203
msgid ""
5204
"If you often create documents based on the same content, you might benefit "
5205
"from using file templates. A file template can be a document of any type "
5206
"with the formatting or content you would like to reuse. For example, you "
5207
"could create a template document with your letterhead."
5208
msgstr ""
5209
5210
#: C/files-templates.page:25(steps/title)
5211
msgid "Make a new template"
5212
msgstr ""
5213
5214
#: C/files-templates.page:26(item/p)
5215
msgid ""
5216
"Create a document that you are going to use as a template. For example, you "
5217
"could make your letterhead in a word processing application."
5218
msgstr ""
5219
5220
#: C/files-templates.page:27(item/p)
5221
msgid ""
5222
"Save the file with the template content in the <file>Templates</file> folder "
5223
"in your <file>Home</file> folder. If the <file>Templates</file> folder "
5224
"doesn't exist, you will need to create it first."
5225
msgstr ""
5226
5227
#: C/files-templates.page:31(steps/title)
5228
msgid "Use a template to create a document"
5229
msgstr ""
5230
5231
#: C/files-templates.page:32(item/p)
5232
msgid "Open the folder where you want to place the new document."
5233
msgstr ""
5234
5235
#: C/files-templates.page:33(item/p)
5236
msgid ""
5237
"Right-click anywhere in the empty space in the folder, then choose <gui "
5238
"style=\"menuitem\">Create document</gui>. The names of available templates "
5239
"will be listed in the submenu."
5240
msgstr ""
5241
5242
#: C/files-templates.page:34(item/p)
5243
msgid "Enter a filename for the newly-created document."
5244
msgstr ""
5245
5246
#: C/files-templates.page:35(item/p)
5247
msgid "Double-click the file to open it and start editing."
5248
msgstr ""
5249
5250
#: C/files-tilde.page:7(info/desc)
5251
msgid "These are backup files. They are hidden by default."
5252
msgstr ""
5253
5254
#: C/files-tilde.page:17(page/title)
5255
msgid "What is a file with a \"~\" at the end of its name?"
5256
msgstr ""
5257
5258
#: C/files-tilde.page:20(note/p)
5259
msgid ""
5260
"Files with a \"~\" at the end of their names (for example, "
5261
"<file>example.txt~</file>) are automatically created backup copies of "
5262
"documents edited in the <app>Gedit</app> text editor, as well as in other "
5263
"applications. It is normally safe to delete them, but there really is no "
5264
"need to."
5265
msgstr ""
5266
5267
#: C/files-tilde.page:22(note/p)
5268
msgid ""
5269
"These files are hidden by default. If you are seeing them, that is because "
5270
"you either selected <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Hidden Files</gui></guiseq> "
5271
"or pressed <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq>. You can hide them "
5272
"again by repeating one of these steps."
5273
msgstr ""
5274
5275
#: C/files-tilde.page:25(page/p)
5276
msgid ""
5277
"These files are treated in the same way as normal hidden files. See <link "
5278
"xref=\"files-hidden\"/> for advice on dealing with hidden files."
5279
msgstr ""
5280
5281
#: C/get-involved.page:8(info/desc)
5282
msgid "How and where to report problems with these help topics."
5283
msgstr ""
5284
5285
#: C/get-involved.page:18(page/title)
5286
msgid "Participate to improve this guide."
5287
msgstr ""
5288
5289
#: C/get-involved.page:19(page/p)
5290
msgid ""
5291
"This help system is created by a volunteer community. You are welcome to "
5292
"participate. If you notice a problem with these help pages (like typos, "
5293
"incorrect instructions or topics that should be covered but aren't), you can "
5294
"file a <em>bug report</em>."
5295
msgstr ""
5296
5297
#: C/get-involved.page:22(page/p)
5298
msgid ""
5299
"To file a bug, press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq> and type "
5300
"<input>ubuntu-bug ubuntu-docs</input>. Press <gui>Enter</gui> to begin the "
5301
"bug collection process."
5302
msgstr ""
5303
5304
#: C/get-involved.page:25(page/p)
5305
msgid ""
5306
"See the <link xref=\"ubuntu-report-bug\">Ubuntu bug reporting "
5307
"instructions</link> for more information about how to file your bug."
5308
msgstr ""
5309
5310
#: C/get-involved.page:28(page/p)
5311
msgid "Thanks for helping make the Ubuntu Help better!"
5312
msgstr ""
5313
5314
#: C/hardware-driver.page:8(info/desc)
5315
msgid ""
5316
"A hardware/device driver allows your computer to use devices that are "
5317
"attached to it."
5318
msgstr ""
5319
5320
#: C/hardware-driver.page:19(page/title)
5321
msgid "What is a driver?"
5322
msgstr ""
5323
5324
#: C/hardware-driver.page:21(page/p)
5325
msgid ""
5326
"Devices are the physical \"parts\" of your computer. They may be "
5327
"<em>external</em> like printers and monitor or <em>internal</em> like "
5328
"graphics and audio cards."
5329
msgstr ""
5330
5331
#: C/hardware-driver.page:23(page/p)
5332
msgid ""
5333
"In order for your computer to be able to use these devices, it needs to know "
5334
"how to communicate with them. This is done by a piece of software called a "
5335
"<em>device driver</em>."
5336
msgstr ""
5337
5338
#: C/hardware-driver.page:25(page/p)
5339
msgid ""
5340
"When you attach a device to your computer, you must have the correct driver "
5341
"installed for that device to work. For example, if you plug in a printer but "
5342
"the correct driver isn't available, you won't be able to use the printer. "
5343
"Normally, each model of device uses a driver that is not compatible with any "
5344
"other model."
5345
msgstr ""
5346
5347
#: C/hardware-driver.page:27(page/p)
5348
msgid ""
5349
"On Linux, the drivers for most devices are installed by default, so "
5350
"everything should work when you plug it in. However, the drivers may need to "
5351
"be installed manually or may not be available at all."
5352
msgstr ""
5353
5354
#: C/hardware-driver.page:29(page/p)
5355
msgid ""
5356
"In addition, some existing drivers are incomplete or partially non-"
5357
"functional. For example, you might find that your printer can't do double-"
5358
"sided printing, but is otherwise completely functional."
5359
msgstr ""
5360
5361
#: C/hardware-driver-proprietary.page:8(info/desc)
5362
msgid "Proprietary device drivers are not freely available or open source."
5363
msgstr ""
5364
5365
#: C/hardware-driver-proprietary.page:12(credit/name)
5366
msgid "Ubuntu Documentation Teak"
5367
msgstr ""
5368
5369
#: C/hardware-driver-proprietary.page:19(page/title)
5370
msgid "What are proprietary drivers?"
5371
msgstr ""
5372
5373
#: C/hardware-driver-proprietary.page:21(page/p)
5374
msgid ""
5375
"Most of the devices (hardware) attached to your computer should function "
5376
"properly in Ubuntu. These devices are likely to have open source drivers, "
5377
"which means that the drivers can be modified by the Ubuntu developers and "
5378
"problems with them can be fixed."
5379
msgstr ""
5380
5381
#: C/hardware-driver-proprietary.page:26(page/p)
5382
msgid ""
5383
"Some hardware does not have open source drivers, usually because the "
5384
"hardware manufacturer has not released details of their hardware which would "
5385
"make it possible to create such a driver. These devices may have limited "
5386
"functionality or may not work at all."
5387
msgstr ""
5388
5389
#: C/hardware-driver-proprietary.page:31(page/p)
5390
msgid ""
5391
"If a proprietary driver is available for a certain device, you can install "
5392
"it in order to allow your device to function properly, or to add new "
5393
"features. For example, installing a proprietary driver for certain graphics "
5394
"cards may allow you to use more advanced visual effects."
5395
msgstr ""
5396
5397
#: C/hardware-driver-proprietary.page:36(page/p)
5398
msgid ""
5399
"Many computers do not need proprietary drivers at all because the open "
5400
"source drivers fully support the hardware."
5401
msgstr ""
5402
5403
#: C/hardware-driver-proprietary.page:40(note/p)
5404
msgid ""
5405
"Most problems with proprietary drivers cannot be fixed by Ubuntu developers."
5406
msgstr ""
5407
5408
#: C/hardware.page:14(info/title)
5409
msgctxt "link:trail"
5410
msgid "Hardware"
5411
msgstr ""
5412
5413
#: C/hardware.page:16(info/desc)
5414
msgid ""
5415
"<link xref=\"hardware#problems\">Hardware problems</link>, <link "
5416
"xref=\"printing\">printers</link>, <link xref=\"power\">power "
5417
"settings</link>, <link xref=\"color\">color management</link>, <link "
5418
"xref=\"bluetooth\">Bluetooth</link>, <link xref=\"disk\">disks</link>..."
5419
msgstr ""
5420
5421
#: C/hardware.page:27(page/title)
5422
msgid "Hardware & drivers"
5423
msgstr ""
5424
5425
#: C/hardware.page:37(info/title)
5426
msgctxt "link:trail"
5427
msgid "Problems"
5428
msgstr ""
5429
5430
#: C/hardware.page:38(info/title)
5431
msgctxt "link"
5432
msgid "Hardware problems"
5433
msgstr ""
5434
5435
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
5436
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
5437
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
5438
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
5439
#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:67(media)
5440
msgctxt "_"
5441
msgid "external ref='figures/hardware-cardreader.png' md5='__failed__'"
5442
msgstr ""
5443
5444
#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:9(info/desc)
5445
msgid "Troubleshoot media card readers"
5446
msgstr ""
5447
5448
#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:20(page/title)
5449
msgid "Media card reader problems"
5450
msgstr ""
5451
5452
#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:22(page/p)
5453
msgid ""
5454
"Many computers contain readers for SD (Secure Digital), MMC "
5455
"(MultiMediaCard), SmartMedia, Memory Stick, CompactFlash, and other storage "
5456
"media cards. These should be automatically detected and <link xref=\"disk-"
5457
"partitions\">mounted</link>. Here are some troubleshooting steps if they are "
5458
"not:"
5459
msgstr ""
5460
5461
#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:29(item/p)
5462
msgid ""
5463
"Make sure that the card is put in correctly. Many cards look as though they "
5464
"are “upside down” when correctly inserted. Also make sure that the card is "
5465
"firmly seated in the slot; some cards, especially CompactFlash, require a "
5466
"small amount of force to insert correctly. (Be careful not to push too hard! "
5467
"If you come up against something solid, do not force it.)"
5468
msgstr ""
5469
5470
#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:37(item/p)
5471
msgid ""
5472
"Open <app>Files</app> by using the <gui>Activities</gui> menu. Does the "
5473
"inserted card appear in the <gui>Devices</gui> list in the left sidebar? "
5474
"Sometimes the card appears in this list but is not mounted; click it once to "
5475
"mount. (If the sidebar is not visible, press <key>F9</key> or click "
5476
"<guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui> Sidebar</gui><gui> Show Sidebar</gui></guiseq>.)"
5477
msgstr ""
5478
5479
#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:44(item/p)
5480
msgid ""
5481
"If your card does not show up in the sidebar, click "
5482
"<guiseq><gui>Go</gui><gui>Computer</gui></guiseq>. If your card reader is "
5483
"correctly configured, the reader should come up as a drive when no card is "
5484
"present, and the card itself when the card has been mounted (see the picture "
5485
"below)."
5486
msgstr ""
5487
5488
#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:50(item/p)
5489
msgid ""
5490
"If you see the card reader but not the card, the problem may be with the "
5491
"card itself. Try a different card or check the card on a different reader if "
5492
"possible."
5493
msgstr ""
5494
5495
#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:55(page/p)
5496
msgid ""
5497
"If no cards or drives are available in the <gui>Computer</gui> folder, it is "
5498
"possible that your card reader does not work with Linux due to driver "
5499
"issues. If your card reader is internal (inside the computer instead of "
5500
"sitting outside) this is more likely. The best solution is to directly "
5501
"connect your device (camera, cell phone, etc.) to a USB port on the "
5502
"computer. USB external card readers are also available, and are far better "
5503
"supported by Linux."
5504
msgstr ""
5505
5506
#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:63(figure/desc)
5507
msgid ""
5508
"In the depicted <gui>Computer</gui> window, a correctly-configured card "
5509
"reader is represented by three drives: <gui>CompactFlash</gui>, "
5510
"<gui>SmartMedia</gui>, and <gui>Secure Digital</gui>. Only the SD card is "
5511
"mounted, and is visible in the left column (where it says <em>31 MB "
5512
"F...</em>)."
5513
msgstr ""
5514
5515
#: C/hardware-problems-bluetooth.page:15(info/desc)
5516
msgid "Troubleshoot problems with connecting your Bluetooth device."
5517
msgstr ""
5518
5519
#: C/hardware-problems-bluetooth.page:21(page/title)
5520
msgid "Bluetooth problems"
5521
msgstr ""
5522
5523
#: C/hardware-problems-bluetooth.page:23(page/p)
5524
msgid ""
5525
"Bluetooth devices sometimes have problems connecting, or transferring files. "
5526
"Which of the topics below best describes the problem you are experiencing?"
5527
msgstr ""
5528
5529
#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:14(info/desc)
5530
msgid "Troubleshoot screen and graphics problems."
5531
msgstr ""
5532
5533
#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:20(page/title)
5534
msgid "Screen problems"
5535
msgstr ""
5536
5537
#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:22(page/p)
5538
msgid ""
5539
"Most problems with the display are caused by issues with graphics drivers or "
5540
"configuration. Which of the topics below best describes the problem you are "
5541
"experiencing?"
5542
msgstr ""
5543
5544
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
5545
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
5546
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
5547
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
5548
#: C/index.page:17(media)
5549
msgctxt "_"
5550
msgid ""
5551
"external ref='figures/ubuntu-logo.png' md5='d2369e87106064d4c4ff65a0e65dca11'"
5552
msgstr ""
5553
5554
#: C/index.page:6(info/desc)
5555
msgid "Ubuntu Desktop Guide"
5556
msgstr ""
5557
5558
#: C/index.page:8(info/title)
5559
msgctxt "link"
5560
msgid "Ubuntu Desktop Guide"
5561
msgstr ""
5562
5563
#: C/index.page:9(info/title)
5564
msgctxt "text"
5565
msgid "Ubuntu Desktop Guide"
5566
msgstr ""
5567
5568
#: C/index.page:17(page/title)
5569
msgid ""
5570
"<media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/ubuntu-logo.png\">Ubuntu Logo</media> "
5571
"Ubuntu Desktop Guide"
5572
msgstr ""
5573
5574
#: C/keyboard.page:10(info/desc)
5575
msgid ""
5576
"<link xref=\"keyboard-layouts\">Keyboard layouts</link>, <link "
5577
"xref=\"keyboard-cursor-blink\">cursor blinking</link>, <link "
5578
"xref=\"a11y#mobility\">keyboard accessibility</link>..."
5579
msgstr ""
5580
5581
#: C/keyboard.page:24(page/title)
5582
msgid "Keyboard"
5583
msgstr ""
5584
5585
#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:8(info/desc)
5586
msgid "Make the insertion point blink and control how quickly it blinks."
5587
msgstr ""
5588
5589
#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:21(page/title)
5590
msgid "Make the keyboard cursor blink"
5591
msgstr ""
5592
5593
#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:23(page/p)
5594
msgid ""
5595
"You could lose the keyboard cursor in a text field, but if the keyboard "
5596
"cursor blinks, it is easier to find it. To make the cursor blink and to "
5597
"adjust the speed of it:"
5598
msgstr ""
5599
5600
#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:27(item/p)
5601
msgid ""
5602
"Click the icon at the far right of the top panel and select <gui>System "
5603
"Settings</gui>."
5604
msgstr ""
5605
5606
#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:28(item/p)
5607
#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:29(item/p)
5608
#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:32(item/p)
5609
msgid "In the Hardware section, click <gui>Keyboard</gui>."
5610
msgstr ""
5611
5612
#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:29(item/p)
5613
msgid "Select <gui>Cursor blinks in text fields</gui>."
5614
msgstr ""
5615
5616
#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:30(item/p)
5617
msgid ""
5618
"Use the <gui>Speed</gui> slider to adjust how quickly the cursor blinks."
5619
msgstr ""
5620
5621
#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:14(info/desc)
5622
msgid "Make your keyboard behave like a keyboard for another language."
5623
msgstr ""
5624
5625
#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:18(page/title)
5626
msgid "Use alternate keyboard layouts"
5627
msgstr ""
5628
5629
#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:20(page/p)
5630
msgid ""
5631
"Keyboards come in hundreds of different layouts for different languages. "
5632
"Even for a single language, there are often multiple keyboard layouts, such "
5633
"as the Dvorak layout for English. You can make your keyboard behave like a "
5634
"keyboard with a different layout, regardless of the letters and symbols "
5635
"printed on the keys. This is useful if you often switch between multiple "
5636
"languages."
5637
msgstr ""
5638
5639
#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:28(item/p)
5640
#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:31(item/p)
5641
#: C/session-language.page:34(item/p)
5642
msgid ""
5643
"Click the icon at the very right of the top panel and select <gui>System "
5644
"Settings</gui>."
5645
msgstr ""
5646
5647
#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:30(item/p)
5648
msgid "Switch to the <gui>Layouts</gui> tab."
5649
msgstr ""
5650
5651
#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:31(item/p)
5652
msgid ""
5653
"Click the <gui>Add</gui> button, select a layout under the <gui>By "
5654
"country</gui> or <gui>By language</gui> tabs, and click <gui>Add</gui>."
5655
msgstr ""
5656
5657
#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:35(page/p)
5658
msgid ""
5659
"When you add multiple layouts, you can quickly switch between them using the "
5660
"keyboard layout indicator menu in the panel. The menu will display a short "
5661
"string identifying the current layout, such as <gui>USA</gui> or "
5662
"<gui>GBr</gui> for the standard English layout. Click the layout indicator "
5663
"and select the layout you want to use from the menu."
5664
msgstr ""
5665
5666
#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:41(page/p)
5667
msgid ""
5668
"When you use multiple layouts, you can choose to have all windows use the "
5669
"same layout or to set a different layout for each window. Using a different "
5670
"layout for each window is useful, for example, if you're writing an article "
5671
"in another language in a word processor window. Your keyboard selection will "
5672
"be remembered for each window as you switch between windows."
5673
msgstr ""
5674
5675
#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:47(page/p)
5676
msgid ""
5677
"By default, new windows will use the default keyboard layout. You can "
5678
"instead choose to have them use the layout of the window you were last "
5679
"using. The default layout is the layout at the top of the list. Use the "
5680
"<gui>Move Up</gui> and <gui>Move Down</gui> buttons to move layouts up and "
5681
"down in the list."
5682
msgstr ""
5683
5684
#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:17(info/desc)
5685
msgid ""
5686
"Make the keyboard not repeat letters when you hold down a key, or change the "
5687
"delay and speed of repeat keys."
5688
msgstr ""
5689
5690
#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:22(page/title)
5691
msgid "Turn off repeated key presses"
5692
msgstr ""
5693
5694
#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:24(page/p)
5695
msgid ""
5696
"By default, when you hold down a key on your keyboard, the letter or symbol "
5697
"will be repeated until you release the key. If you have difficulty picking "
5698
"your finger back up quickly enough, you can disable this feature, or change "
5699
"how long it takes before key presses start repeating."
5700
msgstr ""
5701
5702
#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:33(item/p)
5703
msgid ""
5704
"On the <gui>General</gui> tab, turn off <gui>Key presses repeat when key is "
5705
"held down</gui> to disable repeated keys entirely. Alternatively, adjust the "
5706
"<gui>Delay</gui> slider to control how long you have to hold a key down to "
5707
"begin repeating it, and adjust the <gui>Speed</gui> slider to control how "
5708
"quickly key presses repeat."
5709
msgstr ""
5710
5711
#: C/look-background.page:9(info/desc)
5712
msgid "How to set an image as your desktop background."
5713
msgstr ""
5714
5715
#: C/look-background.page:17(credit/name)
5716
msgid "April Gonzales"
5717
msgstr ""
5718
5719
#: C/look-background.page:31(page/title)
5720
msgid "Change the desktop background"
5721
msgstr ""
5722
5723
#: C/look-background.page:33(page/p)
5724
msgid ""
5725
"You can change the image used on your desktop background, or set it to a "
5726
"simple color or gradient."
5727
msgstr ""
5728
5729
#: C/look-background.page:37(item/p)
5730
msgid ""
5731
"Right click on the desktop and select <gui>Change Desktop Background</gui>."
5732
msgstr ""
5733
5734
#: C/look-background.page:38(item/p)
5735
msgid ""
5736
"Select an image or color. The settings are applied immediately. <link "
5737
"xref=\"shell-workspaces-switch\">Switch to an empty workspace</link> to view "
5738
"your entire desktop."
5739
msgstr ""
5740
5741
#: C/look-background.page:43(page/p)
5742
msgid "There are three choices in the drop-down list on the left."
5743
msgstr ""
5744
5745
#: C/look-background.page:46(item/p)
5746
msgid ""
5747
"Select <gui>Wallpapers</gui> to use one of the many professional background "
5748
"images that ship with Ubuntu. With the exception of the Ubuntu wallpaper, "
5749
"all of the default wallpaper choices were created by winners of a Community "
5750
"Wallpaper Contest."
5751
msgstr ""
5752
5753
#: C/look-background.page:50(item/p)
5754
msgid ""
5755
"Some wallpapers are partially transparent and allow a background color to "
5756
"show through. For these wallpapers, there will be a color selector button in "
5757
"the bottom right."
5758
msgstr ""
5759
5760
#: C/look-background.page:53(item/p)
5761
msgid ""
5762
"Select <gui>Pictures Folder</gui> to use one of your own photos from your "
5763
"Pictures folder. Most photo management applications store photos there."
5764
msgstr ""
5765
5766
#: C/look-background.page:56(item/p)
5767
msgid ""
5768
"You can also select <gui>Colors & Gradients</gui> to just use a flat "
5769
"color or a linear gradient. Color selector buttons will appear in the bottom "
5770
"right corner."
5771
msgstr ""
5772
5773
#: C/look-background.page:61(page/p)
5774
msgid ""
5775
"You can also browse for any picture on your computer by clicking the "
5776
"<gui>+</gui> button. Any picture you add this way will show up under "
5777
"<gui>Pictures Folder</gui>. You can remove it from the list by selecting it "
5778
"and clicking the <gui>-</gui> button."
5779
msgstr ""
5780
5781
#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:8(info/desc)
5782
msgid "The screen resolution may be set incorrectly."
5783
msgstr ""
5784
5785
#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:25(page/title)
5786
msgid "Why do things look fuzzy/pixelated on my screen?"
5787
msgstr ""
5788
5789
#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:27(page/p)
5790
msgid ""
5791
"This can happen because the display resolution that you have set it is not "
5792
"the right one for your screen."
5793
msgstr ""
5794
5795
#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:29(page/p)
5796
msgid ""
5797
"To solve this, click the icon at the very right of the panel and go to "
5798
"<gui>System Settings</gui>. In the Hardware section, choose "
5799
"<gui>Displays</gui>. Try some of the <gui>Resolution</gui> options and set "
5800
"the one that makes the screen look better."
5801
msgstr ""
5802
5803
#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:39(section/title)
5804
msgid "When multiple displays are connected"
5805
msgstr ""
5806
5807
#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:41(section/p)
5808
msgid ""
5809
"If you have two displays connected to the computer (for example, a normal "
5810
"monitor and a projector), the displays might have different resolutions. "
5811
"However, the computer's graphics card can only display the screen in one "
5812
"resolution at a time, so at least one of the displays might look fuzzy."
5813
msgstr ""
5814
5815
#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:43(section/p)
5816
msgid ""
5817
"You can set it so that the two displays have different resolutions, but you "
5818
"won't be able to display the same thing on both screens simultaneously. In "
5819
"effect, you will have two independent screens connected at the same time. "
5820
"You can move windows from one screen to another, but you can't show the same "
5821
"window on both screens at once."
5822
msgstr ""
5823
5824
#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:45(section/p)
5825
msgid "To set up the displays so that they each have their own resolution:"
5826
msgstr ""
5827
5828
#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:49(item/p)
5829
msgid ""
5830
"Click the icon at the very right of the panel and select <gui>System "
5831
"Settings</gui>. Open <gui>Displays</gui>."
5832
msgstr ""
5833
5834
#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:53(item/p)
5835
msgid "Uncheck <gui>Mirror Displays</gui>."
5836
msgstr ""
5837
5838
#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:57(item/p)
5839
msgid ""
5840
"Select each display in turn from the gray box at the top of the "
5841
"<gui>Displays</gui> window. Change the <gui>Resolution</gui> until that "
5842
"display looks right."
5843
msgstr ""
5844
5845
#: C/look-resolution.page:10(info/desc)
5846
msgid "Change the resolution of the screen and its orientation (rotation)."
5847
msgstr ""
5848
5849
#: C/look-resolution.page:23(page/title)
5850
msgid "Change the size/rotation of the screen"
5851
msgstr ""
5852
5853
#: C/look-resolution.page:25(page/p)
5854
msgid ""
5855
"You can change how big (or how detailed) things appear on the screen by "
5856
"changing the <em>screen resolution</em>. You can change which way up things "
5857
"appear (for example, if you have a rotating display) by changing the "
5858
"<em>rotation</em>."
5859
msgstr ""
5860
5861
#: C/look-resolution.page:27(page/p)
5862
msgid ""
5863
"To change either of these options, click the icon on the very right of the "
5864
"panel and click <gui>System Settings</gui>. Go to the Hardware section and "
5865
"open <gui>Displays</gui>."
5866
msgstr ""
5867
5868
#: C/look-resolution.page:30(note/p)
5869
msgid ""
5870
"When you use another display, like a projector, it should be detected "
5871
"automatically so you can change its settings in the same way as your usual "
5872
"display. If this does not happen, just click <gui>Detect Displays</gui>."
5873
msgstr ""
5874
5875
#: C/look-resolution.page:34(section/title)
5876
msgid "Resolution"
5877
msgstr ""
5878
5879
#: C/look-resolution.page:35(section/p)
5880
msgid ""
5881
"The resolution is the number of pixels (dots on the screen) in each "
5882
"direction that can be displayed."
5883
msgstr ""
5884
5885
#: C/look-resolution.page:36(section/p)
5886
msgid ""
5887
"You can choose the one you prefer from the options in the drop-down menu. "
5888
"Notice that if you choose one that is not the right for your screen it may "
5889
"<link xref=\"look-display-fuzzy\">look fuzzy or pixelated</link>."
5890
msgstr ""
5891
5892
#: C/look-resolution.page:38(section/p)
5893
msgid ""
5894
"To save the changes, click <gui>Apply</gui>. If the screen goes blank, wait "
5895
"for a minute and the settings will be returned to their previous values. "
5896
"Otherwise, click <gui>Keep This Configuration</gui> in the window that "
5897
"appears."
5898
msgstr ""
5899
5900
#: C/look-resolution.page:42(section/title)
5901
msgid "Rotation"
5902
msgstr ""
5903
5904
#: C/look-resolution.page:43(section/p)
5905
msgid ""
5906
"There are some laptops that can rotate physically their screens in many "
5907
"directions, so it is useful to be able to change the display rotation. You "
5908
"can choose the rotation you want for your screen from the drop-down menu."
5909
msgstr ""
5910
5911
#: C/look-resolution.page:45(section/p)
5912
msgid "When you've selected the one you prefer, click <gui>Apply</gui>."
5913
msgstr ""
5914
5915
#: C/media.page:14(info/desc)
5916
msgid ""
5917
"<link xref=\"media#photos\">Digital cameras</link>, <link "
5918
"xref=\"media#music\">iPods</link>, <link xref=\"media#photos\">editing "
5919
"photos</link>, <link xref=\"media#videos\">playing videos</link>..."
5920
msgstr ""
5921
5922
#: C/media.page:23(page/title)
5923
msgid "Sound, video & pictures"
5924
msgstr ""
5925
5926
#: C/media.page:27(info/title)
5927
msgctxt "sort"
5928
msgid "Sound"
5929
msgstr ""
5930
5931
#: C/media.page:28(info/title)
5932
msgctxt "link:trail"
5933
msgid "Sound"
5934
msgstr ""
5935
5936
#: C/media.page:29(info/title)
5937
msgctxt "link:topic"
5938
msgid "Sound"
5939
msgstr ""
5940
5941
#: C/media.page:30(info/desc)
5942
msgid ""
5943
"<link xref=\"sound-volume\">Volume</link>, <link xref=\"sound-"
5944
"usespeakers\">speakers and headphones</link>, <link xref=\"sound-"
5945
"usemic\">microphones</link>..."
5946
msgstr ""
5947
5948
#: C/media.page:37(section/title)
5949
msgid "Basic sound"
5950
msgstr ""
5951
5952
#: C/media.page:41(info/title)
5953
msgctxt "link"
5954
msgid "Music and players"
5955
msgstr ""
5956
5957
#: C/media.page:42(section/title)
5958
msgid "Music and portable audio players"
5959
msgstr ""
5960
5961
#: C/media.page:46(info/title)
5962
msgctxt "link"
5963
msgid "Photos"
5964
msgstr ""
5965
5966
#: C/media.page:47(section/title)
5967
msgid "Photos and digital cameras"
5968
msgstr ""
5969
5970
#: C/media.page:51(info/title)
5971
msgctxt "link"
5972
msgid "Videos"
5973
msgstr ""
5974
5975
#: C/media.page:52(section/title)
5976
msgid "Videos and video cameras"
5977
msgstr ""
5978
5979
#: C/more-help.page:19(info/desc)
5980
msgid ""
5981
"<link xref=\"about-this-guide\">Tips on using this guide</link>, <link "
5982
"xref=\"get-involved\">help improve this guide</link>..."
5983
msgstr ""
5984
5985
#: C/more-help.page:23(page/title)
5986
msgid "Get more help"
5987
msgstr ""
5988
5989
#: C/mouse.page:7(info/desc)
5990
msgid ""
5991
"<link xref=\"mouse-lefthanded\">Left-handed</link>, <link xref=\"mouse-"
5992
"sensitivity\">speed and sensitivity</link>, <link xref=\"mouse-touchpad-"
5993
"click\">touchpad clicking and scrolling</link>..."
5994
msgstr ""
5995
5996
#: C/mouse.page:21(page/title)
5997
msgid "Mouse"
5998
msgstr ""
5999
6000
#: C/mouse.page:32(info/title)
6001
msgctxt "link"
6002
msgid "Common mouse problems"
6003
msgstr ""
6004
6005
#: C/mouse.page:33(info/title)
6006
msgctxt "link:trail"
6007
msgid "Common problems"
6008
msgstr ""
6009
6010
#: C/mouse.page:40(info/title)
6011
msgctxt "link"
6012
msgid "Tips"
6013
msgstr ""
6014
6015
#: C/mouse.page:41(info/title)
6016
msgctxt "link:trail"
6017
msgid "Tips"
6018
msgstr ""
6019
6020
#: C/mouse.page:43(section/title)
6021
msgid "Tips"
6022
msgstr ""
6023
6024
#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:9(info/desc)
6025
msgid "Turn the touchpad off while typing to prevent accidental clicks."
6026
msgstr ""
6027
6028
#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:19(page/title)
6029
msgid "Disable touchpad while typing"
6030
msgstr ""
6031
6032
#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:21(page/p)
6033
msgid ""
6034
"Touchpads on laptops are often located where you rest your wrist while "
6035
"typing, which can sometimes cause accidental clicks while you type. You can "
6036
"disable the touchpad while you type. It will only work again a short time "
6037
"after your last key stroke."
6038
msgstr ""
6039
6040
#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:28(item/p)
6041
#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:33(item/p)
6042
#: C/mouse-drag-threshold.page:30(item/p)
6043
#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:28(item/p)
6044
#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:36(item/p)
6045
#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:25(item/p)
6046
msgid "Click <gui>Mouse and Touchpad</gui>."
6047
msgstr ""
6048
6049
#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:29(item/p)
6050
msgid ""
6051
"Switch to the <gui>Touchpad</gui> tab and select <gui>Disable touchpad while "
6052
"typing</gui>."
6053
msgstr ""
6054
6055
#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:9(info/desc)
6056
msgid ""
6057
"Control how quickly you need to press the mouse button a second time to "
6058
"double-click."
6059
msgstr ""
6060
6061
#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:24(page/title)
6062
msgid "Adjust the double-click speed"
6063
msgstr ""
6064
6065
#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:26(page/p)
6066
msgid ""
6067
"Double-clicking only happens when you press the mouse button twice quickly "
6068
"enough. If the second press is too long after the first, you'll just get two "
6069
"separate clicks, not a double click. If you have difficulty pressing the "
6070
"mouse button so quickly, you should increase the timeout."
6071
msgstr ""
6072
6073
#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:34(item/p)
6074
msgid ""
6075
"Under <gui>Double-Click Timeout</gui>, adjust the <gui>Timeout</gui> slider "
6076
"to a value you find comfortable. Use the smiley face under the slider to "
6077
"test your settings. A single click will make it smile. A double-click will "
6078
"give it an ear-to-ear grin."
6079
msgstr ""
6080
6081
#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:41(note/p)
6082
msgid ""
6083
"If your mouse double-clicks when you want it to single-click even though you "
6084
"have increased the double-click timeout, your mouse may be faulty. Try "
6085
"plugging a different mouse into your computer and see if that works "
6086
"properly. Alternatively, plug your mouse into a different computer and see "
6087
"if it still has the same problem."
6088
msgstr ""
6089
6090
#: C/mouse-drag-threshold.page:14(info/desc)
6091
msgid "Change how far you have to move your mouse pointer to start dragging."
6092
msgstr ""
6093
6094
#: C/mouse-drag-threshold.page:19(page/title)
6095
msgid "Adjust the mouse drag threshold"
6096
msgstr ""
6097
6098
#: C/mouse-drag-threshold.page:21(page/p)
6099
msgid ""
6100
"When you click something, it's not uncommon for your hand to move a little "
6101
"between the time you press the mouse button and the time you release it. For "
6102
"this reason, dragging only starts if you move the pointer past a certain "
6103
"threshold, so that you don't accidentally start dragging every time you "
6104
"click. You can control the minimum distance required to start dragging."
6105
msgstr ""
6106
6107
#: C/mouse-drag-threshold.page:31(item/p)
6108
msgid ""
6109
"Under <gui>Drag and Drop</gui>, adjust the <gui>Threshold</gui> slider to a "
6110
"value you find comfortable. Try moving the settings window by dragging the "
6111
"titlebar to test the current value."
6112
msgstr ""
6113
6114
#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:7(info/desc)
6115
msgid "Reverse the left and right mouse buttons in the mouse settings."
6116
msgstr ""
6117
6118
#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:21(page/title)
6119
msgid "Use your mouse left-handed"
6120
msgstr ""
6121
6122
#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:23(page/p)
6123
msgid ""
6124
"You can swap the behavior of the left and right buttons on your mouse or "
6125
"touchpad to make it more comfortable for left-handed use."
6126
msgstr ""
6127
6128
#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:29(item/p)
6129
msgid ""
6130
"On the <gui>Mouse</gui> tab, select <gui>Left-handed</gui>. This settings "
6131
"will affect both your mouse and touchpad."
6132
msgstr ""
6133
6134
#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:6(info/desc)
6135
msgid ""
6136
"Use the middle mouse button to open applications, paste text, open tabs, and "
6137
"more."
6138
msgstr ""
6139
6140
#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:24(page/title)
6141
msgid "Middle-click"
6142
msgstr ""
6143
6144
#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:26(page/p)
6145
msgid ""
6146
"Many mice and some touchpads have a middle mouse button. On a mouse with a "
6147
"scroll wheel, you can usually press directly down on the scroll wheel to "
6148
"middle-click. If you don't have a middle mouse button, you can press the "
6149
"left and right mouse buttons at the same time to middle-click."
6150
msgstr ""
6151
6152
#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:32(page/p)
6153
msgid ""
6154
"On touchpads that support multi-finger taps, you can tap with three fingers "
6155
"at once to middle-click. You have to <link xref=\"mouse-touchpad-"
6156
"click\">enable tap clicking</link> in the touchpad settings for this to work."
6157
msgstr ""
6158
6159
#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:37(page/p)
6160
msgid "Many applications use middle-click for advanced click shortcuts."
6161
msgstr ""
6162
6163
#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:40(item/p)
6164
msgid ""
6165
"One common shortcut is to paste selected text. (This is sometimes called "
6166
"primary selection paste.) Select the text you want to paste, then go to "
6167
"where you want to paste it and middle-click. The selected text is pasted at "
6168
"the mouse position."
6169
msgstr ""
6170
6171
#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:44(item/p)
6172
msgid ""
6173
"Pasting text with your middle mouse button is completely separate from the "
6174
"normal clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This "
6175
"quick method of pasting only works with the middle mouse button."
6176
msgstr ""
6177
6178
#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:49(item/p)
6179
msgid ""
6180
"You can quickly open a new window for an application with middle-click. "
6181
"Simply middle-click on the application's icon, either in the "
6182
"<gui>launcher</gui> on the left, or in the <gui>dash</gui>."
6183
msgstr ""
6184
6185
#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:53(item/p)
6186
msgid ""
6187
"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with the middle "
6188
"mouse button. Just click any link with your middle mouse button, and it will "
6189
"open in a new tab. Be careful clicking the link in the <app>Firefox</app> "
6190
"web browser, though. In <app>Firefox</app>, if you middle-click anywhere "
6191
"except on a link, it will try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you "
6192
"used middle-click to paste it to the location bar and pressed "
6193
"<key>Enter</key>."
6194
msgstr ""
6195
6196
#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:60(item/p)
6197
msgid ""
6198
"In the file manager, middle-click serves two roles. If you middle-click a "
6199
"folder, it will open in a new tab. This mimics the behavior of popular web "
6200
"browsers. If you middle-click a file, it will open the file, just as if you "
6201
"had double-clicked."
6202
msgstr ""
6203
6204
#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:66(page/p)
6205
msgid ""
6206
"Some specialized applications allow you to use the middle mouse button for "
6207
"other functions. Search your application's help for <em>middle-click</em> or "
6208
"<em>middle mouse button</em>."
6209
msgstr ""
6210
6211
#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:9(info/desc)
6212
msgid ""
6213
"How to enable <gui>Mouse Keys</gui> to click and move the mouse pointer with "
6214
"a keypad."
6215
msgstr ""
6216
6217
#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:25(page/title)
6218
msgid "Click and move the mouse pointer without a mouse"
6219
msgstr ""
6220
6221
#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:27(page/p)
6222
msgid ""
6223
"If you have difficulties using a mouse or other pointing device, you can "
6224
"control the mouse pointer using the numeric keypad on your keyboard."
6225
msgstr ""
6226
6227
#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:35(item/p)
6228
msgid "Switch <gui>Mouse Keys</gui> on."
6229
msgstr ""
6230
6231
#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:37(item/p)
6232
msgid ""
6233
"Make sure that <key>Num Lock</key> is turned off. You will now be able to "
6234
"move the mouse pointer using the keypad."
6235
msgstr ""
6236
6237
#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:47(page/p)
6238
msgid ""
6239
"The keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually arranged "
6240
"into a square grid. If you have a keyboard without a keypad (such as a "
6241
"laptop keyboard), you may need to hold down the function (<key>Fn</key>) key "
6242
"and use certain other keys on your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this "
6243
"feature often on a laptop, you can purchase external USB keypads."
6244
msgstr ""
6245
6246
#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:55(page/p)
6247
msgid ""
6248
"Each number on the keypad corresponds to a direction. For example, pressing "
6249
"<key>8</key> will move the pointer upwards and pressing <key>2</key> will "
6250
"move it downwards. Press the <key>5</key> key to click once with the mouse, "
6251
"or quickly press it twice to double-click. Most keyboards have a special key "
6252
"which allows you to right-click; it is often near to the space bar. Note, "
6253
"however, that this key responds to where your keyboard focus is, not where "
6254
"your mouse pointer is."
6255
msgstr ""
6256
6257
#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:65(page/p)
6258
msgid ""
6259
"If you want to use the keypad to type numbers while Mouse Keys is enabled, "
6260
"turn <key>Num Lock</key> on. The mouse cannot be controlled with the keypad "
6261
"when <key>Num Lock</key> is turned on, though."
6262
msgstr ""
6263
6264
#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:72(note/p)
6265
msgid ""
6266
"The normal number keys, in a line at the top of the keyboard, will not "
6267
"control the mouse pointer. Only the keypad number keys can be used."
6268
msgstr ""
6269
6270
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:7(info/desc)
6271
msgid "How to check your mouse if it is not working."
6272
msgstr ""
6273
6274
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:19(page/title)
6275
msgid "Mouse pointer not moving"
6276
msgstr ""
6277
6278
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:24(section/title)
6279
msgid "Check that the mouse is plugged in"
6280
msgstr ""
6281
6282
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:25(section/p)
6283
msgid ""
6284
"If you have a mouse with a cable, check that it is firmly plugged in to your "
6285
"computer."
6286
msgstr ""
6287
6288
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:29(section/p)
6289
msgid ""
6290
"If it is a USB mouse (with a rectangular connector), try plugging it in to a "
6291
"different USB port. If it is a PS/2 mouse (with a small, round connector "
6292
"with six pins), make sure that it is plugged in to the green mouse port "
6293
"rather than the purple keyboard port. You may need to restart the computer "
6294
"if it was not plugged in."
6295
msgstr ""
6296
6297
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:39(section/title)
6298
msgid "Check that the mouse was recognized by your computer"
6299
msgstr ""
6300
6301
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:42(item/p)
6302
#: C/shell-workspaces.page:36(item/p)
6303
msgid ""
6304
"Go to the <link xref=\"unity-dash-intro\">dash</link> and open the "
6305
"<app>Terminal</app>."
6306
msgstr ""
6307
6308
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:46(item/p)
6309
msgid ""
6310
"In the terminal window, at the prompt (the $), type <cmd>xsetpointer -l | "
6311
"grep Pointer</cmd>, exactly as it appears here, and press <key>Enter</key>."
6312
msgstr ""
6313
6314
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:52(item/p)
6315
msgid ""
6316
"A short list of mouse devices will appear. Check that at least one of the "
6317
"items says <sys>[XExtensionPointer]</sys> next to it, and that one of the "
6318
"<sys>[XExtensionPointer]</sys> items has the name of the mouse to the left "
6319
"of it."
6320
msgstr ""
6321
6322
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:57(item/p)
6323
msgid ""
6324
"If there is no entry that has the name of the mouse followed by "
6325
"<sys>[XExtensionPointer]</sys>, then the mouse was not recognized by your "
6326
"computer. If the entry exists, your mouse was recognized by your computer. "
6327
"In this case you should check that the mouse is <link xref=\"#plugged-"
6328
"in\">plugged</link> in and in <link xref=\"#broken\">working "
6329
"condition</link>."
6330
msgstr ""
6331
6332
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:62(section/p)
6333
msgid ""
6334
"If your mouse has a serial (RS-232) connector, you may need to perform some "
6335
"extra steps to get it working. The steps might depend on the make or model "
6336
"of your mouse."
6337
msgstr ""
6338
6339
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:68(section/p)
6340
msgid ""
6341
"It can be complicated to fix problems with mouse detection. Ask for support "
6342
"from your distribution or vendor if you think that your mouse has not been "
6343
"detected properly."
6344
msgstr ""
6345
6346
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:84(section/title)
6347
msgid "Check that the mouse actually works"
6348
msgstr ""
6349
6350
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:85(section/p)
6351
msgid "Plug the mouse in to a different computer and see if it works."
6352
msgstr ""
6353
6354
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:89(section/p)
6355
msgid ""
6356
"If the mouse is an optical or laser mouse, a light should be shining out of "
6357
"the bottom of the mouse if it is turned on. If there is no light, check that "
6358
"it is turned on. If it is and there is still no light, the mouse may be "
6359
"broken."
6360
msgstr ""
6361
6362
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:96(section/title)
6363
msgid "Checking wireless mice"
6364
msgstr ""
6365
6366
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:100(item/p)
6367
msgid ""
6368
"Click a button and see if the mouse pointer moves now. Some wireless mice go "
6369
"to sleep to save power, so might not respond until you click a button."
6370
msgstr ""
6371
6372
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:106(item/p)
6373
msgid "Check that the battery of the mouse is charged."
6374
msgstr ""
6375
6376
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:111(item/p)
6377
msgid ""
6378
"Make sure that the receiver (dongle) is firmly plugged in to the computer."
6379
msgstr ""
6380
6381
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:116(item/p)
6382
msgid ""
6383
"If your mouse and receiver can operate on different radio channels, make "
6384
"sure that they are both set to the same channel."
6385
msgstr ""
6386
6387
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:122(item/p)
6388
msgid ""
6389
"You may need to press a button on the mouse, receiver or both to establish a "
6390
"connection. The instruction manual of your mouse should have more details if "
6391
"this is the case."
6392
msgstr ""
6393
6394
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:130(section/p)
6395
msgid ""
6396
"Most RF (radio) wireless mice should work automatically when you plug them "
6397
"into your computer. If you have a Bluetooth or IR (infrared) wireless mouse, "
6398
"you may need to perform some extra steps to get it working. The steps might "
6399
"depend on the make or model of your mouse."
6400
msgstr ""
6401
6402
#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:9(info/desc)
6403
msgid ""
6404
"Change how quickly the pointer moves when you use your mouse or touchpad."
6405
msgstr ""
6406
6407
#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:28(page/title)
6408
msgid "Adjust speed of the mouse and touchpad"
6409
msgstr ""
6410
6411
#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:30(page/p)
6412
msgid ""
6413
"If your pointer moves too fast or slow when you move your mouse or use your "
6414
"touchpad, you can adjust the pointer sensitivity and acceleration for these "
6415
"devices."
6416
msgstr ""
6417
6418
#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:37(item/p)
6419
msgid ""
6420
"Adjust the <gui>Acceleration</gui> and <gui>Sensitivity</gui> sliders until "
6421
"the pointer motion is comfortable for you. Sensitivity is how much your "
6422
"pointer initially moves when you move your mouse."
6423
msgstr ""
6424
6425
#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:40(item/p)
6426
msgid ""
6427
"The farther you move your mouse, the faster and faster the pointer moves "
6428
"relative to your movement. This helps you get the pointer across the screen "
6429
"without lifting your hand, while still letting you point and click "
6430
"accurately. Acceleration controls this behavior."
6431
msgstr ""
6432
6433
#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:48(note/p)
6434
msgid ""
6435
"You can set the sensitivity and acceleration differently for your mouse and "
6436
"touchpad. Sometimes the most comfortable settings for one type of device "
6437
"aren't the most comfortable for another. Just set the sliders on both the "
6438
"<gui>Mouse</gui> and <gui>Touchpad</gui> tabs."
6439
msgstr ""
6440
6441
#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:7(info/desc)
6442
msgid "Click or scroll using taps and gestures on your touchpad."
6443
msgstr ""
6444
6445
#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:17(page/title)
6446
msgid "Click or scroll with the touchpad"
6447
msgstr ""
6448
6449
#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:19(page/p)
6450
msgid ""
6451
"You can click, double-click, drag, and scroll using only your touchpad, "
6452
"without separate hardware buttons. Access these features in the mouse and "
6453
"touchpad settings."
6454
msgstr ""
6455
6456
#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:26(item/p)
6457
msgid "Switch to the <gui>Touchpad</gui> tab."
6458
msgstr ""
6459
6460
#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:29(page/p)
6461
msgid ""
6462
"To click, double-click, and drag with your touchpad, select <gui>Enable "
6463
"mouse clicks with the touchpad</gui>. To click, tap on the touchpad. To "
6464
"double-click, tap twice. If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, you "
6465
"can right-click by tapping with two fingers at once. To drag an item, double-"
6466
"tap but don't lift your finger after the second tap. Drag the item where you "
6467
"want it, then lift your finger to drop. You still need to use hardware "
6468
"buttons to right-click."
6469
msgstr ""
6470
6471
#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:38(page/p)
6472
msgid ""
6473
"You can scroll using your touchpad using either the edges of the touchpad or "
6474
"using two fingers."
6475
msgstr ""
6476
6477
#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41(page/p)
6478
msgid ""
6479
"Select <gui>Edge scrolling</gui> under <gui>Scrolling</gui> to scroll using "
6480
"the edge of your touchpad. When this is selected, dragging your finger up "
6481
"and down along the right side of your touchpad will scroll vertically. If "
6482
"you also select <gui>Enable horizontal scrolling</gui>, dragging your finger "
6483
"left and right along the bottom of your touchpad will scroll horizontally."
6484
msgstr ""
6485
6486
#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:48(page/p)
6487
msgid ""
6488
"Select <gui>Two-finger scrolling</gui> under <gui>Scrolling</gui> to scroll "
6489
"with two fingers. When this is selected, tapping and dragging with one "
6490
"finger will work as normal, but if you drag two fingers across any part of "
6491
"the touchpad, it will scroll instead. If you also select <gui>Enable "
6492
"horizontal scrolling</gui>, you can move your fingers left and right to "
6493
"scroll horizontally. Be careful to space your fingers a bit apart. If your "
6494
"fingers are too close together, they just look like one big finger to your "
6495
"touchpad."
6496
msgstr ""
6497
6498
#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:58(note/p)
6499
msgid "Two-finger scrolling may not work on all touchpads."
6500
msgstr ""
6501
6502
#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:7(info/desc)
6503
msgid "If you have to wiggle or click the mouse before it responds."
6504
msgstr ""
6505
6506
#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:17(page/title)
6507
msgid "Mouse has a delay before it will work"
6508
msgstr ""
6509
6510
#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:19(page/p)
6511
msgid ""
6512
"Wireless and optical mice, as well as touchpads on laptops, may need to "
6513
"\"wake up\" before they will work. They automatically go to sleep when not "
6514
"in use to save battery power. To wake up your mouse or touchpad you can "
6515
"click on a mouse button or wiggle the mouse."
6516
msgstr ""
6517
6518
#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:22(page/p)
6519
msgid ""
6520
"Laptop touchpads sometimes have a delay after you stop typing before they "
6521
"will start working. This is to prevent you from accidentally touching the "
6522
"touchpad with your palm while typing. See <link xref=\"mouse-"
6523
"disabletouchpad\"/> for details."
6524
msgstr ""
6525
6526
#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:14(info/desc)
6527
msgid ""
6528
"Support for that file format might not be installed or the songs could be "
6529
"\"copy protected\"."
6530
msgstr ""
6531
6532
#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:18(page/title)
6533
msgid "I can't play the songs I bought from an online music store"
6534
msgstr ""
6535
6536
#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:20(page/p)
6537
msgid ""
6538
"If you downloaded some music from an online store you may find that it won't "
6539
"play on your computer, especially if you bought it on a Windows or Mac OS "
6540
"computer and then copied it over."
6541
msgstr ""
6542
6543
#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:22(page/p)
6544
msgid ""
6545
"This could be because the music is in a format that is not recognized by "
6546
"your computer. To be able to play a song you need to have support for the "
6547
"right audio formats installed - for example, if you want to play MP3 files, "
6548
"you need MP3 support installed. If you don't have support for a given audio "
6549
"format, you should see a message telling you so when you try to play a song. "
6550
"The message should also provide instructions for how to install support for "
6551
"that format so that you can play it."
6552
msgstr ""
6553
6554
#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:24(page/p)
6555
msgid ""
6556
"If you do have support installed for the song's audio format but still can't "
6557
"play it, the song might be <em>copy protected</em> (also known as being "
6558
"<em>DRM restricted</em>). DRM is a way of restricting who can play a song "
6559
"and on what devices they can play it. The company that sold the song to you "
6560
"is in control of this, not you. If a music file has DRM restrictions, you "
6561
"will probably not be able to play it - you generally need special software "
6562
"from the vendor to play DRM restricted files, but this software is often not "
6563
"supported on Linux."
6564
msgstr ""
6565
6566
#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:26(page/p)
6567
msgid ""
6568
"You can learn more about DRM from the <link "
6569
"href=\"http://www.eff.org/issues/drm\">Electronic Frontier Foundation</link>."
6570
msgstr ""
6571
6572
#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:14(info/desc)
6573
msgid ""
6574
"Use a media player to copy the songs and safely remove the iPod afterward."
6575
msgstr ""
6576
6577
#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:18(page/title)
6578
msgid "Songs don't appear on my iPod when I copy them onto it"
6579
msgstr ""
6580
6581
#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:20(page/p)
6582
msgid ""
6583
"When you plug an iPod into your computer, it will appear in your music "
6584
"player application and also in the file manager (the <app>Files</app> "
6585
"application in the <gui>Launcher</gui>). You must copy songs onto the iPod "
6586
"using the music player - if you copy them across using the file manager, it "
6587
"won't work because the songs won't be put into the right location. iPods "
6588
"have a special location for storing songs that music player applications "
6589
"know how to get to but the file manager does not."
6590
msgstr ""
6591
6592
#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:22(page/p)
6593
msgid ""
6594
"You also need to wait for the songs to finish copying to the iPod before you "
6595
"unplug it. Before unplugging the iPod, make sure you choose to <link "
6596
"xref=\"files-removedrive\">safely remove it</link>. This will make sure that "
6597
"all of the songs have been copied across properly."
6598
msgstr ""
6599
6600
#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:24(page/p)
6601
msgid ""
6602
"A further reason why songs might not be appearing on your iPod is that the "
6603
"music player application you're using does not support converting the songs "
6604
"from one audio format to another. If you copy a song which is saved in an "
6605
"audio format that is not supported by your iPod (for example, an Ogg Vorbis "
6606
"(.oga) file), the music player will try to convert it to a format that the "
6607
"iPod does understand, such as MP3. If the appropriate conversion software "
6608
"(also called a codec or encoder) is not installed, the music player will not "
6609
"be able to do the conversion and so will not copy the song."
6610
msgstr ""
6611
6612
#: C/music-player-newipod.page:14(info/desc)
6613
msgid ""
6614
"Brand-new iPods need to be set-up using the iTunes software before you can "
6615
"use them."
6616
msgstr ""
6617
6618
#: C/music-player-newipod.page:18(page/title)
6619
msgid "My new iPod won't work"
6620
msgstr ""
6621
6622
#: C/music-player-newipod.page:20(page/p)
6623
msgid ""
6624
"If you have a new iPod that has never been connected to a computer before, "
6625
"it won't be recognized properly when you connect it to a Linux computer. "
6626
"This is because iPods need to be set up and updated using the "
6627
"<app>iTunes</app> software, which only runs on Windows and Mac OS X."
6628
msgstr ""
6629
6630
#: C/music-player-newipod.page:22(page/p)
6631
msgid ""
6632
"To set-up your iPod, install iTunes on a Windows or Mac computer and plug it "
6633
"in. You will be led through a few steps to set it up. When asked for the "
6634
"<gui>Volume Format</gui>, choose <gui>MS-DOS (FAT)</gui>, <gui>Windows</gui> "
6635
"or similar. The other format does not work as well with Linux."
6636
msgstr ""
6637
6638
#: C/music-player-newipod.page:24(page/p)
6639
msgid ""
6640
"Once you have finished setup, the iPod should work normally when you plug it "
6641
"into a Linux computer."
6642
msgstr ""
6643
6644
#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:15(info/desc)
6645
msgid ""
6646
"Add a <input>.is_audio_player</input> file to tell your computer that it's "
6647
"an audio player."
6648
msgstr ""
6649
6650
#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:19(page/title)
6651
msgid "Why isn't my audio player recognized when I plug it in?"
6652
msgstr ""
6653
6654
#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:21(page/p)
6655
msgid ""
6656
"If your audio player (MP3 player etc.) is plugged in to the computer but you "
6657
"can't see it in your music organizer application, it may not have been "
6658
"properly recognized as an audio player."
6659
msgstr ""
6660
6661
#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:23(page/p)
6662
msgid ""
6663
"Try unplugging the player and then plugging it in again. If that doesn't "
6664
"help, <link xref=\"files-browse\">open the file manager</link>. You should "
6665
"see the player listed under <gui>Devices</gui> in the sidebar - click it to "
6666
"open the folder for the audio player. Now, click "
6667
"<guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>New Document</gui><gui>Empty "
6668
"Document</gui></guiseq>, type <input>.is_audio_player</input> and press "
6669
"<key>Enter</key> (the period and underscores are important, and it should be "
6670
"all lower-case). This file tells your computer to recognize the device as an "
6671
"audio player."
6672
msgstr ""
6673
6674
#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:25(page/p)
6675
msgid ""
6676
"Now, find the audio player in the file manager sidebar and eject it (right-"
6677
"click and click <gui>Eject</gui>). Unplug it, then plug it back in. This "
6678
"time it should have been recognized as an audio player by your music "
6679
"organizer. If not, try closing the music organizer and then re-opening it."
6680
msgstr ""
6681
6682
#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:28(note/p)
6683
msgid ""
6684
"These instructions won't work for iPods and some other audio players. They "
6685
"should work if your player is a <em>USB Mass Storage</em> device, though; it "
6686
"should say in its manual if it is."
6687
msgstr ""
6688
6689
#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:32(note/p)
6690
msgid ""
6691
"When you look in the audio player folder again, you won't see the "
6692
"<input>.is_audio_player</input> file. This is because the period in the "
6693
"file's name tells the file manager to hide the file. You can check that it "
6694
"is still there by clicking <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Show Hidden "
6695
"Files</gui></guiseq>."
6696
msgstr ""
6697
6698
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:8(info/desc)
6699
msgid ""
6700
"Single-click to open files, run or view executable text files, and specify "
6701
"trash behavior."
6702
msgstr ""
6703
6704
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:28(page/title)
6705
msgid "File manager behavior preferences"
6706
msgstr ""
6707
6708
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:29(page/p)
6709
msgid ""
6710
"You can control whether you single-click or double-click files, whether "
6711
"folders are opened in new windows, how executable text files are handled, "
6712
"and the trash behavior. In any file manager window, click "
6713
"<guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui></guiseq> and select the "
6714
"<gui>Behavior</gui> tab."
6715
msgstr ""
6716
6717
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:36(section/title)
6718
msgid "Behavior"
6719
msgstr ""
6720
6721
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:39(title/gui)
6722
msgid "Single click to open items"
6723
msgstr ""
6724
6725
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:40(title/gui)
6726
msgid "Double click to open items"
6727
msgstr ""
6728
6729
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:41(item/p)
6730
msgid ""
6731
"By default, clicking selects files and double-clicking opens them. You can "
6732
"instead choose to have files and folders open when you click on them once. "
6733
"When you use single-click mode, you can hold down the <key>Ctrl</key> key "
6734
"while clicking to select one or more files."
6735
msgstr ""
6736
6737
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:47(title/gui)
6738
msgid "Open each folder in its own window"
6739
msgstr ""
6740
6741
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:48(item/p)
6742
msgid ""
6743
"When you open a folder in the file manager, it will normally open in the "
6744
"same window. You can right-click a folder and select <gui>Open in New "
6745
"Window</gui> to open any single folder in a new window. If you often do "
6746
"this, select this option if you would rather have each folder open in its "
6747
"own window by default."
6748
msgstr ""
6749
6750
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:58(section/title)
6751
msgid "Executable text files"
6752
msgstr ""
6753
6754
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:59(section/p)
6755
msgid ""
6756
"An executable text file is a file that contains a program that you can run "
6757
"(execute). The <link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-"
6758
"permissions#files\">file permissions</link> must also allow for the file to "
6759
"run as a program. The most common are Shell, Python, and Perl scripts. These "
6760
"have extensions .sh, .py, and .pl respectively."
6761
msgstr ""
6762
6763
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:60(section/p)
6764
msgid ""
6765
"You can select to <gui>Run executable text files when they are opened</gui>, "
6766
"<gui>View executable text files when they are opened</gui> or <gui>Ask each "
6767
"time</gui>. If the last option is selected, a dialog box will appear asking "
6768
"if you wish to run or view the selected text file."
6769
msgstr ""
6770
6771
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:67(info/title)
6772
msgctxt "link"
6773
msgid "File manager trash preferences"
6774
msgstr ""
6775
6776
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:69(section/title)
6777
msgid "Trash"
6778
msgstr ""
6779
6780
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:73(title/gui)
6781
msgid "Ask before emptying the Trash or deleting files"
6782
msgstr ""
6783
6784
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:74(item/p)
6785
msgid ""
6786
"This option is selected by default. When emptying the trash, a message will "
6787
"be displayed confirming that you would like to empty the trash or delete "
6788
"files."
6789
msgstr ""
6790
6791
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:77(title/gui)
6792
msgid "Include a delete command that bypasses Trash"
6793
msgstr ""
6794
6795
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:78(item/p)
6796
msgid ""
6797
"Selecting this option will add a <gui>Delete</gui> menu item to the "
6798
"<gui>Edit</gui> menu as well as the menu that pops up when you right-click "
6799
"on an item in the <app>Files</app> application."
6800
msgstr ""
6801
6802
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:80(note/p)
6803
msgid ""
6804
"Deleting an item using the <gui>Delete</gui> menu option bypasses the Trash "
6805
"altogether. The item is removed from the system completely. There is no way "
6806
"to recover the deleted item."
6807
msgstr ""
6808
6809
#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:7(info/desc)
6810
msgid "Add, delete, and rename bookmarks in the file manager."
6811
msgstr ""
6812
6813
#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:17(page/title)
6814
msgid "Edit folder bookmarks"
6815
msgstr ""
6816
6817
#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:18(page/p)
6818
msgid ""
6819
"Your bookmarks are listed in the <gui>Bookmarks</gui> menu of the file "
6820
"manager."
6821
msgstr ""
6822
6823
#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:20(steps/title)
6824
msgid "Delete a bookmark:"
6825
msgstr ""
6826
6827
#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:21(item/p)
6828
#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:34(item/p)
6829
msgid ""
6830
"Click on <guiseq><gui>Bookmarks</gui><gui>Edit Bookmarks</gui></guiseq>."
6831
msgstr ""
6832
6833
#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:22(item/p)
6834
msgid ""
6835
"In the <gui>Edit Bookmarks</gui> window, select the bookmark you wish to "
6836
"delete and click <gui>Remove</gui>."
6837
msgstr ""
6838
6839
#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:23(item/p)
6840
msgid "Click <gui>Close</gui>."
6841
msgstr ""
6842
6843
#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:27(steps/title)
6844
msgid "Add a bookmark:"
6845
msgstr ""
6846
6847
#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:28(item/p)
6848
msgid "Open the folder (or location) that you want to bookmark."
6849
msgstr ""
6850
6851
#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29(item/p)
6852
msgid "Click <guiseq><gui>Bookmarks</gui><gui>Add Bookmark</gui></guiseq>."
6853
msgstr ""
6854
6855
#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:33(steps/title)
6856
msgid "Rename a bookmark"
6857
msgstr ""
6858
6859
#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:35(item/p)
6860
msgid ""
6861
"In the <gui>Edit Bookmarks</gui> window, select the bookmark you wish to "
6862
"rename."
6863
msgstr ""
6864
6865
#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:36(item/p)
6866
msgid "In the <gui>Name</gui> text box, type the new name for the bookmark."
6867
msgstr ""
6868
6869
#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:38(note/p)
6870
msgid ""
6871
"Renaming a bookmark does not rename the folder. If you have bookmarks to two "
6872
"different folders in two different locations, but which each have the same "
6873
"name, the bookmarks will have the same name, and you won't be able to tell "
6874
"them apart. In these cases, it is useful to give a bookmark a name other "
6875
"than the name of the folder it points to."
6876
msgstr ""
6877
6878
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:7(info/desc)
6879
msgid ""
6880
"View and edit files on another computer over FTP, SSH, Windows shares, or "
6881
"WebDAV."
6882
msgstr ""
6883
6884
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:18(page/title)
6885
msgid "Browse files on a server or network share"
6886
msgstr ""
6887
6888
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:20(page/p)
6889
msgid ""
6890
"You can connect to a server or network share to browse and view files on "
6891
"that server, exactly as if they were on your own computer. This is a "
6892
"convenient way to download or upload files on the internet, or to share "
6893
"files with other people on your local network."
6894
msgstr ""
6895
6896
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:26(page/p)
6897
msgid ""
6898
"To browse files over the network, first <link xref=\"files-browse\">open the "
6899
"file manager</link>"
6900
msgstr ""
6901
6902
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:28(page/p)
6903
msgid ""
6904
"Click <gui>Browse Network</gui> in the sidebar, or select <gui>Network</gui> "
6905
"from the <gui>Go</gui> menu. The file manager will find any computers on "
6906
"your local area network that advertise their ability to serve files. If you "
6907
"want to connect to a server on the internet, or if you do not see the "
6908
"computer you're looking for, you can manually connect to a server by typing "
6909
"in its internet/network address."
6910
msgstr ""
6911
6912
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:37(steps/title)
6913
msgid "Connect to a file server"
6914
msgstr ""
6915
6916
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:38(item/p)
6917
msgid ""
6918
"In the file manager, click <guiseq><gui>File</gui> <gui>Connect to "
6919
"Server</gui></guiseq>."
6920
msgstr ""
6921
6922
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:40(item/p)
6923
msgid ""
6924
"Enter the server address, select the type of server, and enter any "
6925
"additional information as required. Then click <gui>Connect</gui>. Details "
6926
"on server types are <link xref=\"#types\">listed below</link>."
6927
msgstr ""
6928
6929
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:43(item/p)
6930
msgid ""
6931
"For servers on the internet, you can usually use the domain name (e.g. "
6932
"<sys>ftp.example.com</sys>). For computers on your local network, however, "
6933
"you may have to use the computer's <link xref=\"net-findip\">numeric IP "
6934
"address</link>."
6935
msgstr ""
6936
6937
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:48(item/p)
6938
msgid ""
6939
"A new window will open showing you the files on the server. You can browse "
6940
"the files just as you would for those on your own computer."
6941
msgstr ""
6942
6943
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:50(item/p)
6944
msgid ""
6945
"The server will also be added to the sidebar so you can access it quickly in "
6946
"the future"
6947
msgstr ""
6948
6949
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:56(section/title)
6950
msgid "Different types of servers"
6951
msgstr ""
6952
6953
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:58(section/p)
6954
msgid ""
6955
"You can connect to different types of servers. Some servers are public, and "
6956
"allow anybody to connect. Other servers require you to log in with a user "
6957
"name and password."
6958
msgstr ""
6959
6960
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:61(section/p)
6961
msgid ""
6962
"You may not have permissions to perform certain actions on files on a "
6963
"server. For example, on public FTP sites, you will probably not be able to "
6964
"delete files."
6965
msgstr ""
6966
6967
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:66(terms/title)
6968
msgid "Types of servers"
6969
msgstr ""
6970
6971
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:68(item/title)
6972
msgid "SSH"
6973
msgstr ""
6974
6975
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:69(item/p)
6976
msgid ""
6977
"If you have a <em>secure shell</em> account on a server, you can connect "
6978
"using this method. Many web hosts provide SSH accounts to members so they "
6979
"can securely upload files. SSH servers always require you to log in. If you "
6980
"use a secure shell key to log in, leave the password field blank."
6981
msgstr ""
6982
6983
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:79(item/p)
6984
msgid ""
6985
"When using SSH, all the data you send (including your password) is encrypted "
6986
"so that other users on your network can't see it."
6987
msgstr ""
6988
6989
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:83(item/title)
6990
msgid "FTP (with login)"
6991
msgstr ""
6992
6993
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:84(item/p)
6994
msgid ""
6995
"FTP is a popular way to exchange files on the Internet. Because data is not "
6996
"encrypted over FTP, many servers now provide access through SSH. Some "
6997
"servers, however, still allow or require you to use FTP to upload or "
6998
"download files. FTP sites with logins will usually allow you to delete and "
6999
"upload files."
7000
msgstr ""
7001
7002
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:91(item/title)
7003
msgid "Public FTP"
7004
msgstr ""
7005
7006
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:92(item/p)
7007
msgid ""
7008
"Sites that allow you to download files will sometimes provide public or "
7009
"anonymous FTP access. These servers do not require a user name and password, "
7010
"and will usually not allow you to delete or upload files."
7011
msgstr ""
7012
7013
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:96(note/p)
7014
msgid ""
7015
"Some anonymous FTP sites require you to log in with a public user name and "
7016
"password, or with a public user name using your email address as the "
7017
"password. For these servers, use the <gui>FTP (with login)</gui> method, and "
7018
"use the credentials specified by the FTP site."
7019
msgstr ""
7020
7021
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:103(item/title)
7022
msgid "Windows share"
7023
msgstr ""
7024
7025
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:104(item/p)
7026
msgid ""
7027
"Windows computers use a proprietary protocol to share files over a local "
7028
"area network. Computers on a Windows network are sometimes grouped into "
7029
"<em>domains</em> for organization and to better control access. If you have "
7030
"the right permissions on the remote computer, you can connect to a Windows "
7031
"share from the file manager."
7032
msgstr ""
7033
7034
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:111(item/title)
7035
msgid "WebDAV and Secure WebDAV"
7036
msgstr ""
7037
7038
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:112(item/p)
7039
msgid ""
7040
"Based on the HTTP protocol used on the web, WebDAV is sometimes used to "
7041
"share files on a local network and to store files on the internet. If the "
7042
"server you're connecting to supports secure connections, you should choose "
7043
"this option. Secure WebDAV uses strong SSL encryption, so that other users "
7044
"can't see your password."
7045
msgstr ""
7046
7047
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
7048
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
7049
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
7050
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
7051
#: C/nautilus-display.page:32(media)
7052
msgctxt "_"
7053
msgid ""
7054
"external ref='figures/nautilus-icons.png' "
7055
"md5='c23665786e41e7bcb87fa0f8d355d74e'"
7056
msgstr ""
7057
7058
#: C/nautilus-display.page:8(info/desc)
7059
msgid "Control icon captions and the date format used in the file manager."
7060
msgstr ""
7061
7062
#: C/nautilus-display.page:22(page/title)
7063
msgid "File manager display preferences"
7064
msgstr ""
7065
7066
#: C/nautilus-display.page:24(page/p)
7067
msgid ""
7068
"You can control various aspects of how the file manager displays files, "
7069
"including captions under icons and how dates are formatted. In any file "
7070
"manager window, click <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui></guiseq> "
7071
"and select the <gui>Display</gui> tab."
7072
msgstr ""
7073
7074
#: C/nautilus-display.page:30(section/title)
7075
msgid "Icon captions"
7076
msgstr ""
7077
7078
#: C/nautilus-display.page:33(media/p)
7079
msgid "File manager icons with captions"
7080
msgstr ""
7081
7082
#: C/nautilus-display.page:35(section/p)
7083
msgid ""
7084
"When you use icon view, you can choose to have extra information about files "
7085
"and folders displayed in a caption under each icon. This is useful, for "
7086
"example, if you often need to see who owns a file or when it was last "
7087
"modified."
7088
msgstr ""
7089
7090
#: C/nautilus-display.page:39(section/p)
7091
msgid ""
7092
"As you zoom in on a folder (under the <gui>View</gui> menu), the file "
7093
"manager will display more and more information in captions. You can choose "
7094
"up to three things to show in captions. The first will be displayed at most "
7095
"zoom levels. The last will only be shown at very large sizes."
7096
msgstr ""
7097
7098
#: C/nautilus-display.page:43(section/p)
7099
msgid ""
7100
"The information you can show in icon captions is the same as the columns you "
7101
"can use in list view. See <link xref=\"nautilus-list\"/> for more "
7102
"information."
7103
msgstr ""
7104
7105
#: C/nautilus-display.page:46(note/p)
7106
msgid ""
7107
"If you have a file manager window open, you may have to reload for icon "
7108
"caption changes to take effect. Click "
7109
"<guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Reload</gui></guiseq> or press "
7110
"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>R</key></keyseq>."
7111
msgstr ""
7112
7113
#: C/nautilus-display.page:52(section/title)
7114
msgid "Date format"
7115
msgstr ""
7116
7117
#: C/nautilus-display.page:53(section/p)
7118
msgid ""
7119
"Access and modification times for files can be displayed in icon captions or "
7120
"in list view columns. You can choose the date format that is easiest for you "
7121
"from the <gui>Format</gui> drop-down list. Available formats include a "
7122
"verbose format like you might write by hand, an international standard "
7123
"format, and a format that uses relative phrases like <em>today</em> and "
7124
"<em>yesterday</em>. The drop-down list shows the formats by example, by "
7125
"showing the current date and time in that format."
7126
msgstr ""
7127
7128
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:8(info/desc)
7129
msgid ""
7130
"View basic file information, set permissions, and choose default "
7131
"applications."
7132
msgstr ""
7133
7134
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:25(page/title)
7135
msgid "File properties"
7136
msgstr ""
7137
7138
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:27(page/p)
7139
msgid ""
7140
"To view information about a file or folder, right-click it and select "
7141
"<gui>Properties</gui>. You can also select the file and press "
7142
"<guiseq><gui>Alt</gui><gui>Enter</gui></guiseq>."
7143
msgstr ""
7144
7145
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:31(page/p)
7146
msgid ""
7147
"The file properties window shows you information like the type of file, the "
7148
"size of the file, and when you last modified it. If you need this "
7149
"information often, you can have it displayed in <link xref=\"nautilus-"
7150
"list\">list view columns</link> or <link xref=\"nautilus-display#icon-"
7151
"captions\">icon captions</link>. You can also use this window to <link "
7152
"xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-permissions\">set file permissions</link> "
7153
"and <link xref=\"files-open\">choose applications to open files</link>."
7154
msgstr ""
7155
7156
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:40(page/p)
7157
msgid ""
7158
"The information given on the <gui>Basic</gui> tab is explained below. There "
7159
"are also <gui><link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-"
7160
"permissions\">Permissions</link></gui> and <gui><link xref=\"files-"
7161
"open#default\">Open With</link></gui> tabs. For certain types of files, such "
7162
"as images and videos, there will be an extra tab that provides information "
7163
"like the dimensions, duration, and codec."
7164
msgstr ""
7165
7166
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:56(section/title)
7167
msgid "Basic properties"
7168
msgstr ""
7169
7170
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:59(title/gui)
7171
#: C/nautilus-list.page:31(title/gui)
7172
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:28(td/p)
7173
msgid "Name"
7174
msgstr ""
7175
7176
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:60(item/p)
7177
msgid ""
7178
"You can rename the file by changing this field. You can also rename a file "
7179
"outside the properties window. See <link xref=\"files-rename\"/>."
7180
msgstr ""
7181
7182
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:65(title/gui)
7183
#: C/nautilus-list.page:40(title/gui)
7184
msgid "Type"
7185
msgstr ""
7186
7187
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:66(item/p)
7188
msgid ""
7189
"This helps you identify the type of the file, such as PDF document, "
7190
"OpenDocument Text, or JPEG image. The file type determines which "
7191
"applications can open the file, among other things. For example, you can't "
7192
"open a picture with a music player. See <link xref=\"files-open\"/> for more "
7193
"information on this."
7194
msgstr ""
7195
7196
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:71(item/p)
7197
msgid ""
7198
"The <em>MIME type</em> of the file is shown in parentheses; MIME type is a "
7199
"standard way that computers use to refer to the file type."
7200
msgstr ""
7201
7202
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:76(item/title)
7203
msgid "Contents"
7204
msgstr ""
7205
7206
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:77(item/p)
7207
msgid ""
7208
"This field is displayed if you are looking at the properties of a folder "
7209
"rather than a file. It helps you see the number of items in the folder. If "
7210
"the folder includes other folders, each inner folder is counted as one item, "
7211
"even if it contains further items. Each file is also counted as one item. If "
7212
"the folder is empty, the contents will display <gui>nothing</gui>."
7213
msgstr ""
7214
7215
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:81(item/title)
7216
#: C/nautilus-list.page:35(title/gui)
7217
msgid "Size"
7218
msgstr ""
7219
7220
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:82(item/p)
7221
msgid ""
7222
"This field is displayed if you are looking at a file (not a folder). The "
7223
"size of a file tells you how much disk space it takes up. This is also an "
7224
"indicator of how long it will take to download a file or send it in an email "
7225
"(big files take longer to send/receive)."
7226
msgstr ""
7227
7228
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:83(item/p)
7229
msgid ""
7230
"Sizes may be given in bytes, KB, MB, or GB; in the case of the last three, "
7231
"the size in bytes will also be given in parentheses. Technically, 1 KB is "
7232
"1024 bytes, 1 MB is 1024 KB and so on."
7233
msgstr ""
7234
7235
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:87(item/title)
7236
#: C/nautilus-list.page:59(title/gui)
7237
msgid "Location"
7238
msgstr ""
7239
7240
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:88(item/p)
7241
msgid ""
7242
"The location of each file on your computer is given by its <em>absolute "
7243
"path</em>. This is a unique \"address\" of the file on your computer, made "
7244
"up of a list of the folders that you would need to go into to find the file. "
7245
"For example, if Jim had a file called <file>Resume.pdf</file> in his Home "
7246
"folder, its location would be <file>/home/jim/Resume.pdf</file>."
7247
msgstr ""
7248
7249
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:92(item/title)
7250
msgid "Volume"
7251
msgstr ""
7252
7253
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:93(item/p)
7254
msgid ""
7255
"The file system or device that the file is stored on. This shows you where "
7256
"the file is physically stored, for example if it is on the hard disk or on a "
7257
"CD, or a <link xref=\"nautilus-connect\">network share or file "
7258
"server</link>. Hard disks can be split up into several <link xref=\"disk-"
7259
"partitions\">disk partitions</link>; the partition will be displayed under "
7260
"<gui>Volume</gui> too."
7261
msgstr ""
7262
7263
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:103(item/title)
7264
msgid "Free Space"
7265
msgstr ""
7266
7267
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:104(item/p)
7268
msgid ""
7269
"This is only displayed for folders. It gives the amount of disk space which "
7270
"is available on the disk that the folder is on. This is useful for checking "
7271
"if the hard disk is full."
7272
msgstr ""
7273
7274
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:111(item/title)
7275
msgid "Accessed"
7276
msgstr ""
7277
7278
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:112(item/p)
7279
msgid "The date and time when the file was last opened."
7280
msgstr ""
7281
7282
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:116(item/title)
7283
msgid "Modified"
7284
msgstr ""
7285
7286
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:117(item/p)
7287
msgid "The date and time when the file was last changed and saved."
7288
msgstr ""
7289
7290
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:9(info/desc)
7291
msgid "Control who can view and edit your files and folders."
7292
msgstr ""
7293
7294
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:25(page/title)
7295
msgid "Set file permissions"
7296
msgstr ""
7297
7298
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:27(page/p)
7299
msgid ""
7300
"You can use file permissions control who can view and edit files that you "
7301
"own. To view and set the permissions for a file, right click it and select "
7302
"<gui>Properties</gui>, then select the <gui>Permissions</gui> tab."
7303
msgstr ""
7304
7305
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:31(page/p)
7306
msgid ""
7307
"See <link xref=\"#files\"/> and <link xref=\"#folders\"/> below for details "
7308
"on the types of permissions you can set."
7309
msgstr ""
7310
7311
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:35(section/title)
7312
msgid "Files"
7313
msgstr ""
7314
7315
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:37(section/p)
7316
msgid ""
7317
"You can set the permissions for the file owner, the group owner, and all "
7318
"other users of the system. For your files, you are the owner, and you can "
7319
"give yourself read-only or read-and-write permission. Set a file to read-"
7320
"only if you don't want to accidentally change it."
7321
msgstr ""
7322
7323
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:42(section/p)
7324
msgid ""
7325
"Every user on your computer belongs to a group. On home computers, it is "
7326
"common for each user to have their own group, and group permissions are not "
7327
"often used. In corporate environments, groups are sometimes used for "
7328
"departments or projects. As well as having an owner, each file belongs to a "
7329
"group. You can set the file's group and control the permissions for all "
7330
"users in that group. You can only set the file's group to a group you belong "
7331
"to."
7332
msgstr ""
7333
7334
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:50(section/p)
7335
msgid ""
7336
"You can also set the permissions for users other than the owner and those in "
7337
"the file's group."
7338
msgstr ""
7339
7340
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:53(section/p)
7341
msgid ""
7342
"If the file is a program, such as a script, you must select <gui>Allow "
7343
"executing file as program</gui> to run it. Even with this option selected, "
7344
"the file manager may still open the file in an application or ask you what "
7345
"to do. See <link xref=\"nautilus-behavior#executable\"/> for more "
7346
"information."
7347
msgstr ""
7348
7349
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:61(section/title)
7350
#: C/nautilus-preview.page:62(title/gui)
7351
msgid "Folders"
7352
msgstr ""
7353
7354
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:62(section/p)
7355
msgid ""
7356
"You can set permissions on folders for the owner, group, and other users. "
7357
"See the details of file permissions above for an explanation of owners, "
7358
"groups, and other users."
7359
msgstr ""
7360
7361
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:65(section/p)
7362
msgid ""
7363
"The permissions you can set for a folder are different from those you can "
7364
"set for a file."
7365
msgstr ""
7366
7367
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:69(title/gui)
7368
msgid "None"
7369
msgstr ""
7370
7371
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:70(item/p)
7372
msgid "The user will not even be able to see what files are in the folder."
7373
msgstr ""
7374
7375
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:74(title/gui)
7376
msgid "List files only"
7377
msgstr ""
7378
7379
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:75(item/p)
7380
msgid ""
7381
"The user will be able to see what files are in the folder, but will not be "
7382
"able to open, create, or delete files."
7383
msgstr ""
7384
7385
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:79(title/gui)
7386
msgid "Access files"
7387
msgstr ""
7388
7389
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:80(item/p)
7390
msgid ""
7391
"The user will be able to open files in the folder (provided they have "
7392
"permission to do so on the particular file), but will not be able to create "
7393
"new files or delete files."
7394
msgstr ""
7395
7396
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:85(title/gui)
7397
msgid "Create and delete files"
7398
msgstr ""
7399
7400
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:86(item/p)
7401
msgid ""
7402
"The user will have full access to the directory, including opening, "
7403
"creating, and deleting files."
7404
msgstr ""
7405
7406
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:91(section/p)
7407
msgid ""
7408
"You can also quickly set the file permissions for all the files in the "
7409
"folder by using the <gui>File access</gui> drop-down lists and the "
7410
"<gui>Execute</gui> option. Leave the drop-down lists as <gui>---</gui> for "
7411
"no change, or the <gui>Execute</gui> check box in the indeterminate state (a "
7412
"horizontal line across it)."
7413
msgstr ""
7414
7415
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:96(section/p)
7416
msgid ""
7417
"If you click <gui>Apply Permissions to Enclosed Files</gui>, the file "
7418
"manager will adjust the read, write, and execute permissions of contained "
7419
"files based on the <gui>File access</gui> and <gui>Execute</gui> options you "
7420
"set. It will also change the permissions of contained folders to match the "
7421
"permissions of that folder. Permissions for enclosed files are applied to "
7422
"files in subfolders as well, to any depth."
7423
msgstr ""
7424
7425
#: C/nautilus-list.page:7(info/desc)
7426
msgid "Control what information is displayed in columns in list view."
7427
msgstr ""
7428
7429
#: C/nautilus-list.page:20(page/title)
7430
msgid "File manager list columns preferences"
7431
msgstr ""
7432
7433
#: C/nautilus-list.page:22(page/p)
7434
msgid ""
7435
"There are 12 columns of information that you can display in the file "
7436
"manager's list view. Click "
7437
"<guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui></guiseq> and select the "
7438
"<gui>List Columns</gui> tab to select which columns will be visible."
7439
msgstr ""
7440
7441
#: C/nautilus-list.page:25(note/p)
7442
msgid ""
7443
"Use the <gui>Move Up</gui> and <gui>Move Down</gui> buttons to choose the "
7444
"order in which the selected columns will appear."
7445
msgstr ""
7446
7447
#: C/nautilus-list.page:32(item/p)
7448
msgid "The name of folders and files in the folder being viewed."
7449
msgstr ""
7450
7451
#: C/nautilus-list.page:36(item/p)
7452
msgid ""
7453
"The size of a folder is given as the number of items contained in the "
7454
"folder. The size of a file is given as bytes, KB, or MB."
7455
msgstr ""
7456
7457
#: C/nautilus-list.page:41(item/p)
7458
msgid ""
7459
"Displayed as folder, or file type such as PDF document, JPEG image, MP3 "
7460
"audio, and more."
7461
msgstr ""
7462
7463
#: C/nautilus-list.page:44(title/gui)
7464
msgid "Date Modified"
7465
msgstr ""
7466
7467
#: C/nautilus-list.page:45(item/p)
7468
msgid "Gives the date and time of the last time the file was modified."
7469
msgstr ""
7470
7471
#: C/nautilus-list.page:49(title/gui)
7472
msgid "Date Accessed"
7473
msgstr ""
7474
7475
#: C/nautilus-list.page:50(item/p)
7476
msgid "Gives the date and time of the last time the file was accessed."
7477
msgstr ""
7478
7479
#: C/nautilus-list.page:53(title/gui)
7480
msgid "Group"
7481
msgstr ""
7482
7483
#: C/nautilus-list.page:54(item/p)
7484
msgid ""
7485
"The group the file is owned by. On my home computers, each user is in their "
7486
"own group. Groups are sometimes used in corporate environments, where users "
7487
"might be in groups according to department or project."
7488
msgstr ""
7489
7490
#: C/nautilus-list.page:60(item/p)
7491
msgid "The path to the location of the file."
7492
msgstr ""
7493
7494
#: C/nautilus-list.page:63(title/gui)
7495
msgid "MIME Type"
7496
msgstr ""
7497
7498
#: C/nautilus-list.page:64(item/p)
7499
msgid "Displays the MIME type of the item."
7500
msgstr ""
7501
7502
#: C/nautilus-list.page:68(title/gui)
7503
msgid "Permissions"
7504
msgstr ""
7505
7506
#: C/nautilus-list.page:69(item/p)
7507
msgid "Displays the file access permissions e.g. <gui>drwxrw-r--</gui>"
7508
msgstr ""
7509
7510
#: C/nautilus-list.page:72(item/p)
7511
msgid ""
7512
"The first character <gui>-</gui> is the file type. <gui>-</gui> means "
7513
"regular file and <gui>d</gui> means directory (folder)."
7514
msgstr ""
7515
7516
#: C/nautilus-list.page:75(item/p)
7517
msgid ""
7518
"The next three characters <gui>rwx</gui> specify permissions for the user "
7519
"who owns the file."
7520
msgstr ""
7521
7522
#: C/nautilus-list.page:78(item/p)
7523
msgid ""
7524
"The next three <gui>rw-</gui> specify permissions for all members of the "
7525
"group that owns the file."
7526
msgstr ""
7527
7528
#: C/nautilus-list.page:81(item/p)
7529
msgid ""
7530
"The last three characters in the column <gui>r--</gui> specify permissions "
7531
"for all other users on the system."
7532
msgstr ""
7533
7534
#: C/nautilus-list.page:84(item/p)
7535
msgid "Each character has the following meanings:"
7536
msgstr ""
7537
7538
#: C/nautilus-list.page:88(item/p)
7539
msgid "r : Read permission."
7540
msgstr ""
7541
7542
#: C/nautilus-list.page:89(item/p)
7543
msgid "w : Write permission."
7544
msgstr ""
7545
7546
#: C/nautilus-list.page:90(item/p)
7547
msgid "x : Execute permission."
7548
msgstr ""
7549
7550
#: C/nautilus-list.page:91(item/p)
7551
msgid "- : No permission."
7552
msgstr ""
7553
7554
#: C/nautilus-list.page:96(title/gui)
7555
msgid "Octal Permissions"
7556
msgstr ""
7557
7558
#: C/nautilus-list.page:97(item/p)
7559
msgid ""
7560
"Displays the file permissions in octal notation prefixed with '40' for "
7561
"folders and '100' for files. In the last three digits, each digit represents "
7562
"user class, group class and other users respectively."
7563
msgstr ""
7564
7565
#: C/nautilus-list.page:99(item/p)
7566
msgid "Read adds 4 to the total of each of the last three digits."
7567
msgstr ""
7568
7569
#: C/nautilus-list.page:100(item/p)
7570
msgid "Write adds 2 to the total."
7571
msgstr ""
7572
7573
#: C/nautilus-list.page:101(item/p)
7574
msgid "Execute adds 1 to the total."
7575
msgstr ""
7576
7577
#: C/nautilus-list.page:105(title/gui)
7578
msgid "Owner"
7579
msgstr ""
7580
7581
#: C/nautilus-list.page:106(item/p)
7582
msgid "The name of the user the folder or file is owned by."
7583
msgstr ""
7584
7585
#: C/nautilus-list.page:110(title/gui)
7586
msgid "SELinux Context"
7587
msgstr ""
7588
7589
#: C/nautilus-list.page:111(item/p)
7590
msgid "Displays the SELinux Context of the file, if applicable."
7591
msgstr ""
7592
7593
#: C/nautilus-prefs.page:16(page/title)
7594
msgid "File manager preferences"
7595
msgstr ""
7596
7597
#: C/nautilus-preview.page:8(info/desc)
7598
msgid "Control when thumbnails and previews are used for files."
7599
msgstr ""
7600
7601
#: C/nautilus-preview.page:21(page/title)
7602
msgid "File manager preview preferences"
7603
msgstr ""
7604
7605
#: C/nautilus-preview.page:23(page/p)
7606
msgid ""
7607
"The file manager creates thumbnails to preview image and video files, and "
7608
"can also preview text files and sound files. Previews can be slow for large "
7609
"files or over networks, so you can control when previews are made. In any "
7610
"file manager window, click <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui> "
7611
"<gui>Preferences</gui></guiseq> and select the <gui>Preview</gui> tab."
7612
msgstr ""
7613
7614
#: C/nautilus-preview.page:29(page/p)
7615
msgid ""
7616
"By default, all previews are only done for local files on your computer or "
7617
"connected external drives. The file manager can <link xref=\"nautilus-"
7618
"connect\">browse files on other computers</link> over a local area network "
7619
"or the internet. If you often browse files over a local area network, and "
7620
"the network has high bandwidth, you may want to set some or all of the "
7621
"preview options to <gui>Always</gui>."
7622
msgstr ""
7623
7624
#: C/nautilus-preview.page:38(title/gui)
7625
msgid "Text Files"
7626
msgstr ""
7627
7628
#: C/nautilus-preview.page:39(item/p)
7629
msgid ""
7630
"The icon for plain text files looks like a piece of paper with text inside. "
7631
"The file manager automatically extracts the first few lines of text from the "
7632
"file and shows it in the icon. You can turn this feature on or off, or turn "
7633
"it on only for files on your computer and local external drives."
7634
msgstr ""
7635
7636
#: C/nautilus-preview.page:46(title/gui)
7637
msgid "Other Previewable Files"
7638
msgstr ""
7639
7640
#: C/nautilus-preview.page:47(item/p)
7641
msgid ""
7642
"The file manager can automatically create thumbnails for images, videos, PDF "
7643
"files, and various other file types. Applications with custom file types can "
7644
"even provide thumbnail support for files they create. You can turn this "
7645
"feature on or off, or turn it on only for files on your computer and local "
7646
"external drives. You can also only allow thumbnails to be created for files "
7647
"below a certain file size."
7648
msgstr ""
7649
7650
#: C/nautilus-preview.page:55(title/gui)
7651
msgid "Sound Files"
7652
msgstr ""
7653
7654
#: C/nautilus-preview.page:56(item/p)
7655
msgid ""
7656
"You can <link xref=\"files-preview-music\">preview music and other sounds "
7657
"files</link> by hovering your mouse. You can turn this feature on or off, or "
7658
"turn it on only for files on your computer and local external drives."
7659
msgstr ""
7660
7661
#: C/nautilus-preview.page:63(item/p)
7662
msgid ""
7663
"If you show file sizes in <link xref=\"nautilus-list\">list view "
7664
"columns</link> or <link xref=\"nautilus-display#icon-captions\">icon "
7665
"captions</link>, folders will be shown with a count of how many files and "
7666
"folders they contain. Counting items in a folder can be slow, especially for "
7667
"very large folders, or over a network. You can turn this feature on or off, "
7668
"or turn it on only for files on your computer and local external drives."
7669
msgstr ""
7670
7671
#: C/nautilus-views.page:8(info/desc)
7672
msgid ""
7673
"Specify the default view, sort order, and zoom levels for the file manager."
7674
msgstr ""
7675
7676
#: C/nautilus-views.page:26(page/title)
7677
msgid "File manager views preferences"
7678
msgstr ""
7679
7680
#: C/nautilus-views.page:27(page/p)
7681
msgid ""
7682
"You can control the default view for new folders, how files and folders are "
7683
"sorted by default, the zoom level for the icon and compact views, and "
7684
"whether files are displayed in the tree sidebar. In any file manager window, "
7685
"click <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui></guiseq> and select the "
7686
"<gui>Views</gui> tab."
7687
msgstr ""
7688
7689
#: C/nautilus-views.page:34(section/title)
7690
msgid "Default view"
7691
msgstr ""
7692
7693
#: C/nautilus-views.page:37(title/gui)
7694
msgid "View new folders using"
7695
msgstr ""
7696
7697
#: C/nautilus-views.page:38(item/p)
7698
msgid ""
7699
"By default, new folders are shown in icon view. You can select a view for "
7700
"each folder as you browse, and the file manager will remember which view you "
7701
"prefer for each folder. But if you often use the list or compact views, you "
7702
"can use these views by default."
7703
msgstr ""
7704
7705
#: C/nautilus-views.page:42(item/p)
7706
msgid ""
7707
"Change the view for an individual folder from the <gui>View</gui> menu by "
7708
"clicking <gui>Icons</gui>, <gui>List</gui>, or <gui>Compact</gui>."
7709
msgstr ""
7710
7711
#: C/nautilus-views.page:46(title/gui)
7712
msgid "Arrange items"
7713
msgstr ""
7714
7715
#: C/nautilus-views.page:47(item/p)
7716
msgid ""
7717
"You can arrange the items in your folder by name, file size, file type, when "
7718
"they were last modified, when they were last accessed, or when they were "
7719
"trashed. You can change how files are sorted in an individual folder using "
7720
"the <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Arrange Items</gui></guiseq> menu, or by "
7721
"clicking the list column headers in list view. See <link xref=\"files-"
7722
"sort\"/> for details. This menu only affects the current folder, and the "
7723
"file manager will remember your preferred sorting technique for each folder."
7724
msgstr ""
7725
7726
#: C/nautilus-views.page:54(item/p)
7727
msgid ""
7728
"Use the <gui>Arrange items</gui> drop-down list in the preferences to change "
7729
"the default order used in new folders."
7730
msgstr ""
7731
7732
#: C/nautilus-views.page:58(title/gui)
7733
msgid "Sort folders before files"
7734
msgstr ""
7735
7736
#: C/nautilus-views.page:59(item/p)
7737
msgid ""
7738
"By default, the file manager will show all folders before files. Folders and "
7739
"files will each be arranged according to the selected sort order. If you "
7740
"would rather not treat folders specially and have them mixed with files "
7741
"according to the sort order, select this option."
7742
msgstr ""
7743
7744
#: C/nautilus-views.page:65(title/gui)
7745
msgid "Show hidden and backup files"
7746
msgstr ""
7747
7748
#: C/nautilus-views.page:66(item/p)
7749
msgid ""
7750
"The file manager does not display hidden files or folders by default. See "
7751
"<link xref=\"files-hidden\"/> for information on hidden files. You can show "
7752
"hidden files in an individual window from the <gui>View</gui> menu. If you "
7753
"prefer to always show hidden files, or want to see hidden files in every "
7754
"open file manager window, select this option."
7755
msgstr ""
7756
7757
#: C/nautilus-views.page:77(section/title)
7758
msgid "Icon view defaults"
7759
msgstr ""
7760
7761
#: C/nautilus-views.page:80(title/gui)
7762
#: C/nautilus-views.page:103(title/gui)
7763
#: C/nautilus-views.page:125(title/gui)
7764
msgid "Default zoom level"
7765
msgstr ""
7766
7767
#: C/nautilus-views.page:81(item/p)
7768
msgid ""
7769
"You can make the icons and text larger or smaller in icon view. You can do "
7770
"this in an individual folder from the <gui>View</gui> menu, and the file "
7771
"manager will remember your zoom choice for each folder. If you frequently "
7772
"use a larger or smaller zoom level, you can set the default with this option."
7773
msgstr ""
7774
7775
#: C/nautilus-views.page:85(item/p)
7776
msgid ""
7777
"In icon view, more or fewer captions are shown based on your zoom level. See "
7778
"<link xref=\"nautilus-display#icon-captions\"/> for more information."
7779
msgstr ""
7780
7781
#: C/nautilus-views.page:89(title/gui)
7782
msgid "Text beside icons"
7783
msgstr ""
7784
7785
#: C/nautilus-views.page:90(item/p)
7786
msgid ""
7787
"Selecting this option will place folder and file names to the right of "
7788
"icons, rather than below them. This is a more compact layout that allows you "
7789
"to see more information at once."
7790
msgstr ""
7791
7792
#: C/nautilus-views.page:99(section/title)
7793
msgid "Compact view defaults"
7794
msgstr ""
7795
7796
#: C/nautilus-views.page:104(item/p)
7797
msgid ""
7798
"You can make the icons and text larger or smaller in compact view. You can "
7799
"do this in an individual folder from the <gui>View</gui> menu, and the file "
7800
"manager will remember your zoom choice for each folder. If you frequently "
7801
"use a larger or smaller zoom level, you can set the default with this option."
7802
msgstr ""
7803
7804
#: C/nautilus-views.page:110(title/gui)
7805
msgid "All columns have the same width"
7806
msgstr ""
7807
7808
#: C/nautilus-views.page:111(item/p)
7809
msgid ""
7810
"By default, each column in compact view is as wide as it needs to be to fit "
7811
"the names of the items in that column. Selecting this option will make all "
7812
"the columns have the same width. This will make files and folders that have "
7813
"names longer than the column width be displayed with an ellipsis (...) at "
7814
"the end."
7815
msgstr ""
7816
7817
#: C/nautilus-views.page:122(section/title)
7818
msgid "List view defaults"
7819
msgstr ""
7820
7821
#: C/nautilus-views.page:126(item/p)
7822
msgid ""
7823
"You can make the icons and text larger or smaller in list view. You can do "
7824
"this in an individual folder from the <gui>View</gui> menu, and the file "
7825
"manager will remember your zoom choice for each folder. If you frequently "
7826
"use a larger or smaller zoom level, you can set the default with this option."
7827
msgstr ""
7828
7829
#: C/nautilus-views.page:136(section/title)
7830
msgid "Tree view defaults"
7831
msgstr ""
7832
7833
#: C/nautilus-views.page:137(section/p)
7834
msgid ""
7835
"You can show a full folder tree in your file manager sidebar by selecting "
7836
"<guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Sidebar</gui><gui>Tree</gui></guiseq>. By "
7837
"default, the tree sidebar only shows folders. If you want to show files in "
7838
"the sidebar as well, turn <gui>Show only folders</gui> off."
7839
msgstr ""
7840
7841
#: C/net-adhoc.page:13(info/desc)
7842
msgid ""
7843
"You can connect computers together by forming an <em>ad-hoc</em> wireless "
7844
"network."
7845
msgstr ""
7846
7847
#: C/net-adhoc.page:17(page/title)
7848
msgid "Connect directly to another computer with a wireless connection"
7849
msgstr ""
7850
7851
#: C/net-adhoc.page:19(page/p)
7852
msgid ""
7853
"You can connect computers together by forming an <em>ad-hoc</em> wireless "
7854
"network. This is useful if one of the computers has a printer connected to "
7855
"it that you want to share, or if you want to transfer files between them."
7856
msgstr ""
7857
7858
#: C/net-adhoc.page:21(page/p)
7859
msgid ""
7860
"With a normal (<em>infrastructure</em>) wireless network, you would connect "
7861
"both computers to a wireless network provided by wireless base station or "
7862
"router. If you don't have a base station, however, an ad-hoc network will "
7863
"still allow you to connect the computers to each other."
7864
msgstr ""
7865
7866
#: C/net-adhoc.page:23(page/p)
7867
msgid "To set-up an ad-hoc wireless network:"
7868
msgstr ""
7869
7870
#: C/net-adhoc.page:26(item/p)
7871
msgid ""
7872
"On one of the computers, click the <gui>network menu</gui> on the top panel "
7873
"and select <gui>Edit Connections</gui>."
7874
msgstr ""
7875
7876
#: C/net-adhoc.page:30(item/p)
7877
msgid "Go to the <gui>Wireless</gui> tab and click <gui>Add</gui>."
7878
msgstr ""
7879
7880
#: C/net-adhoc.page:34(item/p)
7881
msgid ""
7882
"In the window that appears, choose a name for the wireless network and then "
7883
"look at the <gui>Wireless</gui> tab."
7884
msgstr ""
7885
7886
#: C/net-adhoc.page:38(item/p)
7887
msgid ""
7888
"Choose an <gui>SSID</gui>. This is the name of the network that other people "
7889
"will be able to see."
7890
msgstr ""
7891
7892
#: C/net-adhoc.page:42(item/p)
7893
msgid ""
7894
"Change the <gui>Mode</gui> to <gui>Ad-hoc</gui> and leave the other settings "
7895
"at their defaults. Click <gui>Save</gui>."
7896
msgstr ""
7897
7898
#: C/net-adhoc.page:46(item/p)
7899
msgid ""
7900
"On the other computer, click the <gui>network indicator</gui> on the top bar "
7901
"and look for a network with the SSID you chose. It might take a minute or "
7902
"two to appear in the list."
7903
msgstr ""
7904
7905
#: C/net-adhoc.page:47(item/p)
7906
msgid ""
7907
"Click the name of your new ad-hoc network to connect to it. Once connected, "
7908
"you will be able to access network shares and so on, like you would if both "
7909
"computers were connected to a conventional wireless network."
7910
msgstr ""
7911
7912
#: C/net-adhoc.page:51(page/p)
7913
msgid ""
7914
"These instructions will be different if one of the computers is not running "
7915
"Linux. You may find it easiest to set-up the ad-hoc network on the Linux "
7916
"computer and connect to it using the other computer."
7917
msgstr ""
7918
7919
#: C/net-adhoc.page:53(page/p)
7920
msgid ""
7921
"Also note that some wireless network cards do not support ad-hoc networking, "
7922
"so you will not be able to use them to create an ad-hoc network."
7923
msgstr ""
7924
7925
#: C/net-adhoc.page:56(section/title)
7926
msgid "Securing an ad-hoc network"
7927
msgstr ""
7928
7929
#: C/net-adhoc.page:57(section/p)
7930
msgid ""
7931
"Anyone in the area will be able to connect to your ad-hoc network, so it's "
7932
"not very secure. You can add a <link xref=\"net-wireless-wepwpa\">WEP/WPA "
7933
"password</link> to the network to protect it from unauthorized access."
7934
msgstr ""
7935
7936
#: C/net-adhoc.page:59(section/p)
7937
msgid "To add a password:"
7938
msgstr ""
7939
7940
#: C/net-adhoc.page:63(item/p)
7941
#: C/net-manual.page:25(item/p)
7942
#: C/net-othersconnect.page:27(item/p)
7943
#: C/net-otherscontrol.page:28(item/p)
7944
msgid ""
7945
"Click the <gui>network menu</gui> on the top panel and click <gui>Edit "
7946
"Connections</gui>."
7947
msgstr ""
7948
7949
#: C/net-adhoc.page:67(item/p)
7950
msgid ""
7951
"Go to the <gui>Wireless</gui> tab, select the ad-hoc wireless network and "
7952
"click <gui>Edit</gui>."
7953
msgstr ""
7954
7955
#: C/net-adhoc.page:71(item/p)
7956
msgid ""
7957
"Go to the <gui>Wireless Security</gui> tab and change the "
7958
"<gui>Security</gui> from <gui>None</gui>."
7959
msgstr ""
7960
7961
#: C/net-adhoc.page:75(item/p)
7962
msgid ""
7963
"Choose your own password and then click <gui>Save</gui>. The other computers "
7964
"connected to the ad-hoc connection will have to reconnect and you'll have to "
7965
"enter the password on each of them."
7966
msgstr ""
7967
7968
#: C/net-antivirus.page:8(info/desc)
7969
msgid ""
7970
"There are few Linux viruses, so you probably don't need anti-virus software."
7971
msgstr ""
7972
7973
#: C/net-antivirus.page:23(page/title)
7974
msgid "Do I need anti-virus software?"
7975
msgstr ""
7976
7977
#: C/net-antivirus.page:25(page/p)
7978
msgid ""
7979
"If you are used to Windows or Mac OS, you are probably also used to having "
7980
"anti-virus software running all of the time. Anti-virus software runs in the "
7981
"background, constantly checking for computer viruses which might find their "
7982
"way onto your computer and cause problems."
7983
msgstr ""
7984
7985
#: C/net-antivirus.page:27(page/p)
7986
msgid ""
7987
"Anti-virus software does exist for Linux, but you probably don't need to use "
7988
"it. Viruses which affect Linux are still very rare. Some argue that this is "
7989
"because Linux is not as widely used as other operating systems, so no-one "
7990
"writes viruses for it. Others argue that Linux is intrinsically more secure, "
7991
"and security problems which viruses could make use of are fixed very quickly."
7992
msgstr ""
7993
7994
#: C/net-antivirus.page:29(page/p)
7995
msgid ""
7996
"Whatever the reason, Linux viruses are so rare that you don't really need to "
7997
"worry about them at the moment."
7998
msgstr ""
7999
8000
#: C/net-antivirus.page:31(page/p)
8001
msgid ""
8002
"If you want to be extra-safe, or if you want to check for viruses in files "
8003
"that you are passing between yourself and people using Windows and Mac OS, "
8004
"you can still install anti-virus software. Check in the <app>Ubuntu Software "
8005
"Center</app> where a number of applications are available."
8006
msgstr ""
8007
8008
#: C/net-browser.page:10(info/desc)
8009
msgid ""
8010
"<link xref=\"net-default-browser\">Change the default browser</link>, <link "
8011
"xref=\"net-install-flash\">install flash</link>, <link xref=\"net-install-"
8012
"java-plugin\">install the java plugin</link>..."
8013
msgstr ""
8014
8015
#: C/net-browser.page:17(credit/name)
8016
#: C/net-chat.page:19(credit/name)
8017
#: C/net-email.page:15(credit/name)
8018
#: C/net-general.page:18(credit/name)
8019
#: C/net-problem.page:16(credit/name)
8020
#: C/net-security.page:16(credit/name)
8021
#: C/net-wired.page:16(credit/name)
8022
#: C/net-wireless.page:20(credit/name)
8023
#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:17(credit/name)
8024
msgid "The Ubuntu Documentation Team"
8025
msgstr ""
8026
8027
#: C/net-browser.page:22(page/title)
8028
msgid "Web Browsers"
8029
msgstr ""
8030
8031
#: C/net-chat.page:11(info/desc)
8032
msgid ""
8033
"<link xref=\"net-chat-empathy\">Chat on any network using "
8034
"<app>Empathy</app></link>, <link xref=\"net-chat-video\">make video "
8035
"calls</link>, <link xref=\"net-chat-skype\">install skype</link>, <link "
8036
"xref=\"net-chat-social\">social networking apps</link>"
8037
msgstr ""
8038
8039
#: C/net-chat.page:24(page/title)
8040
msgid "Chat & Social Networking"
8041
msgstr ""
8042
8043
#: C/net-chat-empathy.page:15(info/desc)
8044
msgid ""
8045
"With <app>Empathy</app> you can chat, call and video call with friends and "
8046
"colleagues on a variety of networks"
8047
msgstr ""
8048
8049
#: C/net-chat-empathy.page:20(page/title)
8050
msgid "Instant messaging on Ubuntu"
8051
msgstr ""
8052
8053
#: C/net-chat-empathy.page:22(page/p)
8054
msgid ""
8055
"With the <app>Empathy</app> application, you can chat with people online and "
8056
"with friends and colleagues who use Google Talk, AIM, Windows Live and many "
8057
"other chat programs. With a microphone or a webcam you can also have audio "
8058
"or video calls."
8059
msgstr ""
8060
8061
#: C/net-chat-empathy.page:29(page/p)
8062
msgid ""
8063
"Empathy is installed by default in Ubuntu. Start <app>Empathy Instant "
8064
"Messaging</app> from the <link xref=\"unity-dash-intro\">dash</link>, the "
8065
"<link xref=\"unity-launcher-intro\">launcher</link> or choose "
8066
"<gui>Chat</gui> from the <link xref=\"unity-appmenu-intro\">Messaging "
8067
"Menu</link>."
8068
msgstr ""
8069
8070
#: C/net-chat-empathy.page:37(note/p)
8071
msgid ""
8072
"You can change your instant messaging status (Available, Away, Busy etc) "
8073
"from the <link xref=\"unity-appmenu-intro\">Me Menu</link>."
8074
msgstr ""
8075
8076
#: C/net-chat-empathy.page:43(page/p)
8077
msgid ""
8078
"For help with using Empathy, read the <link href=\"ghelp:empathy\">Empathy "
8079
"manual</link>."
8080
msgstr ""
8081
8082
#: C/net-chat-skype.page:14(info/desc)
8083
msgid ""
8084
"<app>Skype</app> is proprietary software and must be installed manually on "
8085
"Ubuntu"
8086
msgstr ""
8087
8088
#: C/net-chat-skype.page:19(page/title)
8089
msgid "How can I use Skype on Ubuntu?"
8090
msgstr ""
8091
8092
#: C/net-chat-skype.page:21(page/p)
8093
msgid ""
8094
"<app>Skype</app> is proprietary software that allows you to make calls over "
8095
"the Internet using your computer."
8096
msgstr ""
8097
8098
#: C/net-chat-skype.page:26(page/p)
8099
msgid ""
8100
"Skype uses decentralized peer-to-peer technologies, so your calls do not go "
8101
"through a central server, but through distributed servers and other users."
8102
msgstr ""
8103
8104
#: C/net-chat-skype.page:31(page/p)
8105
msgid ""
8106
"The Skype software is free to use, but it is not free software; the source "
8107
"code is proprietary and not available for modification."
8108
msgstr ""
8109
8110
#: C/net-chat-skype.page:36(page/p)
8111
msgid ""
8112
"Skype is not installed by default on Ubuntu. <link "
8113
"href=\"apt:skype\">Install the <em>skype</em> package</link> to use it."
8114
msgstr ""
8115
8116
#: C/net-chat-skype.page:41(note/p)
8117
msgid ""
8118
"You need to <link xref=\"addremove-sources#canonical-partner\">activate the "
8119
"Canonical Partner Repository</link> to install <app>Skype</app>"
8120
msgstr ""
8121
8122
#: C/net-chat-skype.page:55(list/title)
8123
msgid "Additional resources for help with <app>Skype</app>"
8124
msgstr ""
8125
8126
#: C/net-chat-skype.page:57(item/p)
8127
msgid ""
8128
"<link href=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/SkypeRecordingHowto\"> How to "
8129
"record Skype conversations </link>"
8130
msgstr ""
8131
8132
#: C/net-chat-skype.page:63(item/p)
8133
msgid ""
8134
"<link href=\"https://wiki.ubuntu.com/SkypeWebCams\"> A list of webcams which "
8135
"are compatible with Skype </link>"
8136
msgstr ""
8137
8138
#: C/net-chat-skype.page:69(item/p)
8139
msgid ""
8140
"<link href=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/SkypeTroubleshooting\"> "
8141
"Troubleshooting Skype - for advanced users </link>"
8142
msgstr ""
8143
8144
#: C/net-chat-social.page:13(info/desc)
8145
msgid ""
8146
"Post to <em>Twitter</em>, <em>Facebook</em> and other social networking "
8147
"sites directly from your desktop"
8148
msgstr ""
8149
8150
#: C/net-chat-social.page:18(page/title)
8151
msgid "Social networking from the desktop"
8152
msgstr ""
8153
8154
#: C/net-chat-social.page:20(page/p)
8155
msgid ""
8156
"With Ubuntu you can post to your favorite social networking sites from your "
8157
"desktop. Ubuntu uses the <app>Gwibber</app> application to allow you to "
8158
"organize your social networking sites in one place, and to post updates from "
8159
"the <gui>Me Menu</gui> without opening any website."
8160
msgstr ""
8161
8162
#: C/net-chat-social.page:27(page/p)
8163
msgid "To set up your social networking accounts:"
8164
msgstr ""
8165
8166
#: C/net-chat-social.page:32(item/p)
8167
msgid ""
8168
"Click the <link xref=\"unity-appmenu-intro\">Me menu</link> on the right "
8169
"hand side of the top panel."
8170
msgstr ""
8171
8172
#: C/net-chat-social.page:36(item/p)
8173
msgid "Choose <gui>Broadcast Accounts...</gui>"
8174
msgstr ""
8175
8176
#: C/net-chat-social.page:40(item/p)
8177
msgid ""
8178
"Choose the social networking site you want to set up and click <gui>Add</gui>"
8179
msgstr ""
8180
8181
#: C/net-chat-social.page:44(item/p)
8182
msgid ""
8183
"Click <gui>Authorize</gui> and insert your account settings for that site, "
8184
"and follow the instructions"
8185
msgstr ""
8186
8187
#: C/net-chat-social.page:51(page/p)
8188
msgid ""
8189
"You can now view your social networking messages from the <link xref=\"unity-"
8190
"appmenu-intro\"> Messaging menu</link> on the right hand side of the top "
8191
"bar, in the <gui>Broadcast</gui> section. Click on any of the items in that "
8192
"section to open <gui>Gwibber</gui> and to read or post messages to your "
8193
"social network."
8194
msgstr ""
8195
8196
#: C/net-chat-social.page:59(note/p)
8197
msgid ""
8198
"You can download a PDF guide to using <app>Gwibber</app> <link href=\" "
8199
"http://gwibber.com/docs/user-"
8200
"guide/current/master_social_networking_with_gwibber.pdf\"> from the Gwibber "
8201
"website</link>."
8202
msgstr ""
8203
8204
#: C/net-chat-video.page:13(info/desc)
8205
msgid "What applications can I use to make video calls?"
8206
msgstr ""
8207
8208
#: C/net-chat-video.page:17(page/title)
8209
msgid "Video calls"
8210
msgstr ""
8211
8212
#: C/net-chat-video.page:19(page/p)
8213
msgid ""
8214
"You can make video calls from Ubuntu without installing any additional "
8215
"software using <app>Empathy</app> - via the <em>Google Talk</em>, <em>MSN "
8216
"</em>, <em>Jabber </em>, and <em>SIP</em> networks. See <link "
8217
"href=\"ghelp:empathy?audio-video\">the Empathy manual</link> for help on "
8218
"making video calls with <app>Empathy</app>."
8219
msgstr ""
8220
8221
#: C/net-chat-video.page:28(list/title)
8222
msgid "Other applications which support video calls include"
8223
msgstr ""
8224
8225
#: C/net-chat-video.page:30(item/p)
8226
msgid "<app>Skype</app>"
8227
msgstr ""
8228
8229
#: C/net-chat-video.page:34(item/p)
8230
msgid "<app>Ekiga</app>"
8231
msgstr ""
8232
8233
#: C/net-default-browser.page:14(info/desc)
8234
msgid ""
8235
"Change the default web browser by going to <gui>System Info</gui> in the "
8236
"<gui>System Settings</gui>."
8237
msgstr ""
8238
8239
#: C/net-default-browser.page:18(page/title)
8240
msgid "Change the default web browser"
8241
msgstr ""
8242
8243
#: C/net-default-browser.page:20(page/p)
8244
msgid ""
8245
"When you click a link to a web page in any application, a web browser will "
8246
"automatically open up to that page. If you have more than one browser "
8247
"installed, however, the page may not open up in your preferred web browser. "
8248
"To fix this, change the default web browser:"
8249
msgstr ""
8250
8251
#: C/net-default-browser.page:28(item/p)
8252
#: C/net-default-email.page:28(item/p)
8253
msgid ""
8254
"Open <gui>System Info</gui> and choose <gui>Default Applications</gui> from "
8255
"the list on the left side of the window."
8256
msgstr ""
8257
8258
#: C/net-default-browser.page:32(item/p)
8259
msgid ""
8260
"Choose which web browser you would like links to be opened in by changing "
8261
"the <gui>Web</gui> option."
8262
msgstr ""
8263
8264
#: C/net-default-browser.page:36(page/p)
8265
msgid ""
8266
"When you open up a different web browser, it might tell you that it's not "
8267
"the default browser any more. If this happens, click the <gui>Cancel</gui> "
8268
"button (or similar) so that it doesn't try to set itself as the default "
8269
"browser again."
8270
msgstr ""
8271
8272
#: C/net-default-email.page:14(info/desc)
8273
msgid ""
8274
"Change the default email client by going to <gui>System Info</gui> in the "
8275
"<gui>System Settings</gui>."
8276
msgstr ""
8277
8278
#: C/net-default-email.page:18(page/title)
8279
msgid "Change which mail application is used to write emails"
8280
msgstr ""
8281
8282
#: C/net-default-email.page:20(page/p)
8283
msgid ""
8284
"When you click a button or link to send a new email (for example, in your "
8285
"word processing application), your default mail application will open up "
8286
"with a blank message, ready for you to write. If you have more than one mail "
8287
"application installed, however, the wrong mail application might open up. "
8288
"You can fix this by changing which one is the default email application:"
8289
msgstr ""
8290
8291
#: C/net-default-email.page:32(item/p)
8292
msgid ""
8293
"Choose which email client you would like to be used by default by changing "
8294
"the <gui>Mail</gui> option."
8295
msgstr ""
8296
8297
#: C/net-editcon.page:24(info/desc)
8298
msgid "Learn how to change wireless connection options."
8299
msgstr ""
8300
8301
#: C/net-editcon.page:31(page/title)
8302
msgid "Edit a wireless connection"
8303
msgstr ""
8304
8305
#: C/net-editcon.page:37(page/p)
8306
msgid ""
8307
"This topic describes all of the options that are available when you edit a "
8308
"wireless network connection. To edit a connection, click the <gui>network "
8309
"menu</gui> in the top panel and select <gui>Edit Connections</gui>."
8310
msgstr ""
8311
8312
#: C/net-editcon.page:42(note/p)
8313
msgid ""
8314
"Most networks will work fine if you leave these settings at their defaults, "
8315
"so you probably don't need to change any of them. Many of the options here "
8316
"are provided to give you greater control over more advanced networks."
8317
msgstr ""
8318
8319
#: C/net-editcon.page:46(section/title)
8320
msgid "Available to all users / Connect automatically"
8321
msgstr ""
8322
8323
#: C/net-editcon.page:49(title/gui)
8324
msgid "Connect automatically"
8325
msgstr ""
8326
8327
#: C/net-editcon.page:50(item/p)
8328
msgid ""
8329
"Check this option if you would like the computer to try to connect to this "
8330
"wireless network whenever it is in range."
8331
msgstr ""
8332
8333
#: C/net-editcon.page:51(item/p)
8334
msgid ""
8335
"If several networks which are set to connect automatically are in range, the "
8336
"computer will connect to the first one shown in the <gui>Wireless</gui> tab "
8337
"in the <gui>Network Connections</gui> window. It won't disconnect from one "
8338
"available network to connect to a different one that has just come in range."
8339
msgstr ""
8340
8341
#: C/net-editcon.page:55(title/gui)
8342
msgid "Available to all users"
8343
msgstr ""
8344
8345
#: C/net-editcon.page:56(item/p)
8346
msgid ""
8347
"Check this if you would like all of the users on the computer to have access "
8348
"to this wireless network. If the network has a <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
8349
"wepwpa\">WEP/WPA password</link> and you have checked this option, you will "
8350
"only need to enter the password once. All of the other users on your "
8351
"computer will be able to connect to the network without having to know the "
8352
"password themselves."
8353
msgstr ""
8354
8355
#: C/net-editcon.page:57(item/p)
8356
msgid ""
8357
"If this is checked, you need to be an <link xref=\"user-admin-"
8358
"explain\">administrator</link> to change any of the settings for this "
8359
"network. You may be asked to enter your admin password."
8360
msgstr ""
8361
8362
#: C/net-editcon.page:63(section/title)
8363
msgid "Wireless"
8364
msgstr ""
8365
8366
#: C/net-editcon.page:66(title/gui)
8367
msgid "SSID"
8368
msgstr ""
8369
8370
#: C/net-editcon.page:67(item/p)
8371
msgid ""
8372
"This is the name of the wireless network you are connecting to, otherwise "
8373
"known as the <em>Service Set Identifier</em>. Don't change this unless you "
8374
"have changed the name of the wireless network (for example, by changing the "
8375
"settings of your wireless router or base station)."
8376
msgstr ""
8377
8378
#: C/net-editcon.page:71(title/gui)
8379
msgid "Mode"
8380
msgstr ""
8381
8382
#: C/net-editcon.page:72(item/p)
8383
msgid ""
8384
"Use this to specify whether you are connecting to an "
8385
"<gui>Infrastructure</gui> network (one where computers wirelessly connect to "
8386
"a central base station or router) or an <gui>Ad-hoc</gui> network (where "
8387
"there is no base station, and the computers in the network connect to one "
8388
"another). Most networks are infrastructure ones; you may wish to <link "
8389
"xref=\"net-adhoc\">set-up your own ad-hoc network</link> though."
8390
msgstr ""
8391
8392
#: C/net-editcon.page:73(item/p)
8393
msgid ""
8394
"If you choose <gui>Ad-hoc</gui>, you will see two other options, "
8395
"<gui>Band</gui> and <gui>Channel</gui>. These determine which wireless "
8396
"frequency band the ad-hoc wireless network will operate on. Some computers "
8397
"are only able to work on certain bands (for example, only <gui>A</gui> or "
8398
"only <gui>B/G</gui>), so you might want to pick a band that all of the "
8399
"computers in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be "
8400
"several wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down "
8401
"your connection, so you can change which channel you are using too."
8402
msgstr ""
8403
8404
#: C/net-editcon.page:77(title/gui)
8405
msgid "BSSID"
8406
msgstr ""
8407
8408
#: C/net-editcon.page:78(item/p)
8409
msgid ""
8410
"This is the <em>Basic Service Set Identifier</em>. The SSID (see above) is "
8411
"the name of the network which humans are intended to read; the BSSID is a "
8412
"name which the computer understands (it's a string of letters and numbers "
8413
"that is supposed to be unique to the wireless network). If a <link "
8414
"xref=\"net-wireless-hidden\">network is hidden</link>, it will not have an "
8415
"SSID but it will have a BSSID."
8416
msgstr ""
8417
8418
#: C/net-editcon.page:82(title/gui)
8419
msgid "Device MAC address"
8420
msgstr ""
8421
8422
#: C/net-editcon.page:83(item/p)
8423
msgid ""
8424
"A <link xref=\"net-macaddress\">MAC address</link> is a code which "
8425
"identifies a piece of network hardware (for example, a wireless card, an "
8426
"Ethernet network card or a router). Every device that you can connect to a "
8427
"network has a unique MAC address which was given to it in the factory."
8428
msgstr ""
8429
8430
#: C/net-editcon.page:84(item/p)
8431
msgid ""
8432
"This option can be used to change the MAC address of your network card."
8433
msgstr ""
8434
8435
#: C/net-editcon.page:88(title/gui)
8436
msgid "Cloned MAC address"
8437
msgstr ""
8438
8439
#: C/net-editcon.page:89(item/p)
8440
msgid ""
8441
"Your network hardware (wireless card) can pretend to have a different MAC "
8442
"address. This is useful if you have a device or service which will only "
8443
"communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable broadband "
8444
"modem). If you put that MAC address into the <gui>cloned MAC address</gui> "
8445
"box, the device/service will think that your computer has the cloned MAC "
8446
"address rather than its real one."
8447
msgstr ""
8448
8449
#: C/net-editcon.page:93(title/gui)
8450
msgid "MTU"
8451
msgstr ""
8452
8453
#: C/net-editcon.page:94(item/p)
8454
msgid ""
8455
"This setting changes the <em>Maximum Transmission Unit</em>, which is the "
8456
"maximum size of a chunk of data that can be sent over the network. When "
8457
"files are sent over a network, data is broken up into small chunks (or "
8458
"packets). The optimal MTU for your network will depend on how likely it is "
8459
"for packets to be lost (due to a noisy connection) and how fast the "
8460
"connection is. In general, you should not need to change this setting."
8461
msgstr ""
8462
8463
#: C/net-editcon.page:101(section/title)
8464
msgid "Wireless Security"
8465
msgstr ""
8466
8467
#: C/net-editcon.page:104(title/gui)
8468
msgid "Security"
8469
msgstr ""
8470
8471
#: C/net-editcon.page:105(item/p)
8472
msgid ""
8473
"This defines what sort of <em>encryption</em> your wireless network uses. "
8474
"Encrypted connections help protect your wireless connection from being "
8475
"intercepted, so other people can't \"listen in\" and see what websites "
8476
"you're visiting and so on."
8477
msgstr ""
8478
8479
#: C/net-editcon.page:106(item/p)
8480
msgid ""
8481
"Some types of encryption are stronger than others, but may not be supported "
8482
"by older wireless networking equipment. You'll normally need to type a "
8483
"password for the connection; more sophisticated types of security may also "
8484
"require a username and a digital \"certificate\". See <link xref=\"net-"
8485
"wireless-wepwpa\"/> for more information on popular types of wireless "
8486
"encryption."
8487
msgstr ""
8488
8489
#: C/net-editcon.page:112(section/title)
8490
msgid "IPv4 Settings"
8491
msgstr ""
8492
8493
#: C/net-editcon.page:121(section/p)
8494
msgid ""
8495
"Use this tab to define information like the IP address of your computer and "
8496
"which DNS servers it should use. Change the <gui>Method</gui> to see "
8497
"different ways of getting/setting that information."
8498
msgstr ""
8499
8500
#: C/net-editcon.page:122(section/p)
8501
msgid "The following methods are available:"
8502
msgstr ""
8503
8504
#: C/net-editcon.page:125(title/gui)
8505
msgid "Automatic (DHCP)"
8506
msgstr ""
8507
8508
#: C/net-editcon.page:126(item/p)
8509
msgid ""
8510
"Get information like the IP address and DNS server to use from a <em>DHCP "
8511
"server</em>. A DHCP server is a computer (or other device, like a router) "
8512
"connected to the network which decides which network settings your computer "
8513
"should have - when you first connect to the network, you will automatically "
8514
"be assigned the correct settings. Most networks use DHCP."
8515
msgstr ""
8516
8517
#: C/net-editcon.page:130(title/gui)
8518
msgid "Automatic (DHCP) addresses only"
8519
msgstr ""
8520
8521
#: C/net-editcon.page:131(item/p)
8522
msgid ""
8523
"If you choose this setting, your computer will get its IP address from a "
8524
"DHCP server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which "
8525
"DNS server to use)."
8526
msgstr ""
8527
8528
#: C/net-editcon.page:135(title/gui)
8529
msgid "Manual"
8530
msgstr ""
8531
8532
#: C/net-editcon.page:136(item/p)
8533
msgid ""
8534
"Choose this option if you would like to define all of the network settings "
8535
"yourself, including which IP address the computer should use."
8536
msgstr ""
8537
8538
#: C/net-editcon.page:140(title/gui)
8539
msgid "Link-Local Only"
8540
msgstr ""
8541
8542
#: C/net-editcon.page:141(item/p)
8543
msgid ""
8544
"<em>Link-Local</em> is a way of connecting computers together on a network "
8545
"without requiring a DHCP server or manually defining IP addresses and other "
8546
"information. If you connect to a Link-Local network, the computers on the "
8547
"network will decide amongst themselves which IP addresses to use and so on. "
8548
"This is useful if you want to temporarily connect a few computers together "
8549
"so they communicate with each other."
8550
msgstr ""
8551
8552
#: C/net-editcon.page:145(title/gui)
8553
msgid "Disabled"
8554
msgstr ""
8555
8556
#: C/net-editcon.page:146(item/p)
8557
msgid ""
8558
"This option will disable the network connection and prevent you from "
8559
"connecting to it. Note that <gui>IPv4</gui> and <gui>IPv6</gui> are treated "
8560
"as separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If "
8561
"you have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled."
8562
msgstr ""
8563
8564
#: C/net-editcon.page:153(section/title)
8565
msgid "IPv6 Settings"
8566
msgstr ""
8567
8568
#: C/net-editcon.page:158(section/p)
8569
msgid ""
8570
"This is similar to the <gui>IPv4</gui> tab except it deals with the newer "
8571
"IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more popular "
8572
"at the moment."
8573
msgstr ""
8574
8575
#: C/net-email.page:10(info/desc)
8576
msgid "<link xref=\"net-default-email\">Default email apps</link>"
8577
msgstr ""
8578
8579
#: C/net-email.page:19(credit/name)
8580
#: C/net-general.page:22(credit/name)
8581
msgid "The GNOME Documentation Team"
8582
msgstr ""
8583
8584
#: C/net-email.page:23(page/title)
8585
msgid "Email & email software"
8586
msgstr ""
8587
8588
#: C/net-email-virus.page:16(info/desc)
8589
msgid ""
8590
"Viruses are unlikely to infect your Linux computer but could infect other "
8591
"people you email."
8592
msgstr ""
8593
8594
#: C/net-email-virus.page:20(page/title)
8595
msgid "Do I need to scan my emails for viruses?"
8596
msgstr ""
8597
8598
#: C/net-email-virus.page:22(page/p)
8599
msgid ""
8600
"Viruses are programs which cause problems if they manage to find their way "
8601
"onto your computer. A common way of them getting onto your computer is "
8602
"through email messages."
8603
msgstr ""
8604
8605
#: C/net-email-virus.page:24(page/p)
8606
msgid ""
8607
"Viruses which can affect computers running Linux are rare, so you are <link "
8608
"xref=\"net-antivirus\">unlikely to get a virus through email or "
8609
"otherwise</link>. If you receive an email with a virus hidden in it, it will "
8610
"probably have no effect on your computer. As such, you probably don't need "
8611
"to scan your email for viruses."
8612
msgstr ""
8613
8614
#: C/net-email-virus.page:26(page/p)
8615
msgid ""
8616
"You may, however, wish to scan your email for viruses in case you happen to "
8617
"forward a virus from one person to another. For example, if one of your "
8618
"friends has a Windows computer with a virus and sends you a virus-infected "
8619
"email, and you then forward that email to another friend with a Windows "
8620
"computer, then the second friend might get the virus too. You could install "
8621
"an anti-virus application to scan your emails to prevent this, but it's "
8622
"unlikely to happen and most people using Windows and Mac OS have anti-virus "
8623
"software of their own anyway."
8624
msgstr ""
8625
8626
#: C/net-findip.page:18(info/desc)
8627
msgid "Knowing your IP address can help you troubleshoot network problems."
8628
msgstr ""
8629
8630
#: C/net-findip.page:22(page/title)
8631
msgid "Find your IP address"
8632
msgstr ""
8633
8634
#: C/net-findip.page:24(page/p)
8635
msgid ""
8636
"Knowing your IP address can help you to troubleshoot problems with your "
8637
"internet connection. You may be surprised to learn that you have "
8638
"<em>two</em> IP addresses: an IP address for your computer on the internal "
8639
"network and an IP address for your computer on the internet."
8640
msgstr ""
8641
8642
#: C/net-findip.page:26(page/p)
8643
msgid "Find your internal IP address:"
8644
msgstr ""
8645
8646
#: C/net-findip.page:28(item/p)
8647
msgid "Click the <gui>network menu</gui> on the top panel."
8648
msgstr ""
8649
8650
#: C/net-findip.page:29(item/p)
8651
msgid "Select <gui>Connection information</gui>."
8652
msgstr ""
8653
8654
#: C/net-findip.page:30(item/p)
8655
msgid ""
8656
"Your internal IP address will be displayed as the <gui>IP Address</gui>."
8657
msgstr ""
8658
8659
#: C/net-findip.page:33(page/p)
8660
msgid ""
8661
"Click <gui>Close</gui> to close the <gui>Connection Information</gui> window."
8662
msgstr ""
8663
8664
#: C/net-findip.page:35(page/p)
8665
msgid "Find your external, internet IP address:"
8666
msgstr ""
8667
8668
#: C/net-findip.page:37(item/p)
8669
msgid ""
8670
"Visit <link "
8671
"href=\"http://whatismyipaddress.com/\">whatismyipaddress.com</link>."
8672
msgstr ""
8673
8674
#: C/net-findip.page:38(item/p)
8675
msgid "The site will display your external IP address for you"
8676
msgstr ""
8677
8678
#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:7(info/desc)
8679
msgid "You can control what programs are accessible by the network."
8680
msgstr ""
8681
8682
#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:14(credit/name)
8683
msgid "Jeremy Bicha"
8684
msgstr ""
8685
8686
#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:21(page/title)
8687
msgid "Enabling and blocking firewall access"
8688
msgstr ""
8689
8690
#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:23(page/p)
8691
msgid ""
8692
"Ubuntu comes equipped with the <app>Uncomplicated Firewall</app> "
8693
"(<app>ufw</app>) but the firewall is not enabled by default. Because Ubuntu "
8694
"does not have any open network services (except for basic network "
8695
"infrastructure) in the default installation, a firewall is not needed to "
8696
"block incoming attempted malicious connections."
8697
msgstr ""
8698
8699
#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:25(page/p)
8700
msgid ""
8701
"For more information about how to use ufw, see the <link "
8702
"href=\"https://wiki.ubuntu.com/UncomplicatedFirewall\">online "
8703
"documentation</link>."
8704
msgstr ""
8705
8706
#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:28(section/title)
8707
msgid "Turn the firewall on or off"
8708
msgstr ""
8709
8710
#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:29(section/p)
8711
msgid ""
8712
"To turn on the firewall, enter <cmd>sudo ufw enable</cmd> in a terminal. To "
8713
"turn off ufw, enter <cmd>sudo ufw disable</cmd>."
8714
msgstr ""
8715
8716
#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:33(section/title)
8717
msgid "Allow or block specific network activity"
8718
msgstr ""
8719
8720
#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:34(section/p)
8721
msgid ""
8722
"Many programs are built to offer network services. For instance, you can "
8723
"share content, or let someone view your desktop remotely. Depending on which "
8724
"additional programs you install, you may need to adjust the firewall to "
8725
"allow these services to work as intended. UfW comes with a number of rules "
8726
"already pre-configured. For instance, to allow <app>SSH</app> connections, "
8727
"enter <cmd>sudo ufw allow ssh</cmd> in a terminal. To block ssh, enter "
8728
"<cmd>sudo ufw block ssh</cmd>."
8729
msgstr ""
8730
8731
#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:35(section/p)
8732
msgid ""
8733
"Each program that provides services uses a specific <em>network port</em>. "
8734
"To enable access to that program's services, you may need to allow access to "
8735
"its assigned port on the firewall. To allow connections on port 53, enter "
8736
"<cmd>sudo ufw allow 53</cmd> in a terminal. To block port 53, enter "
8737
"<cmd>sudo ufw block 53</cmd>."
8738
msgstr ""
8739
8740
#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:36(section/p)
8741
msgid ""
8742
"To check the current status of ufw, enter <cmd>sudo ufw status</cmd> in a "
8743
"terminal."
8744
msgstr ""
8745
8746
#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:40(section/title)
8747
msgid "Use ufw without a terminal"
8748
msgstr ""
8749
8750
#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:41(section/p)
8751
msgid ""
8752
"You can also install <app>gufw</app> if you prefer to set up the firewall "
8753
"without using a terminal. To install, click <link href=\"apt:gufw\">this "
8754
"link</link>."
8755
msgstr ""
8756
8757
#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:42(section/p)
8758
msgid ""
8759
"You can launch this program by searching for <app>Firewall "
8760
"Configuration</app> in the <gui>Dash</gui>. The program does not need to be "
8761
"kept open for the firewall to work."
8762
msgstr ""
8763
8764
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:8(info/desc)
8765
msgid ""
8766
"You need to specify the right network port to enable/disable network access "
8767
"for a program with your firewall."
8768
msgstr ""
8769
8770
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:18(page/title)
8771
msgid "Commonly-used network ports"
8772
msgstr ""
8773
8774
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:19(page/p)
8775
msgid ""
8776
"This is a list of network ports commonly used by applications which provide "
8777
"network services, like file sharing or remote desktop viewing. You can "
8778
"change your system's firewall to <link xref=\"net-firewall-on-off\">block or "
8779
"allow access</link> to these applications. There are thousands of ports in "
8780
"use, so this table isn't complete."
8781
msgstr ""
8782
8783
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:25(td/p)
8784
msgid "Port"
8785
msgstr ""
8786
8787
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:31(td/p)
8788
msgid "Description"
8789
msgstr ""
8790
8791
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:38(td/p)
8792
msgid "5353/udp"
8793
msgstr ""
8794
8795
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:41(td/p)
8796
msgid "mDNS, Avahi"
8797
msgstr ""
8798
8799
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:44(td/p)
8800
msgid ""
8801
"Allows systems to find each other, and describe which services they offer, "
8802
"without you having to specify the details manually."
8803
msgstr ""
8804
8805
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:49(td/p)
8806
msgid "631/udp"
8807
msgstr ""
8808
8809
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:52(td/p)
8810
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:63(td/p)
8811
#: C/printing.page:26(page/title)
8812
msgid "Printing"
8813
msgstr ""
8814
8815
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:55(td/p)
8816
msgid "Allows you to send print jobs to a printer over the network."
8817
msgstr ""
8818
8819
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:60(td/p)
8820
msgid "631/tcp"
8821
msgstr ""
8822
8823
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:66(td/p)
8824
msgid "Allows you to share your printer with other people over the network."
8825
msgstr ""
8826
8827
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:71(td/p)
8828
msgid "5298/tcp"
8829
msgstr ""
8830
8831
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:74(td/p)
8832
msgid "Presence"
8833
msgstr ""
8834
8835
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:77(td/p)
8836
msgid ""
8837
"Allows you to advertise your instant messaging status to other people on the "
8838
"network, such as \"online\" or \"busy\"."
8839
msgstr ""
8840
8841
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:82(td/p)
8842
msgid "5900/tcp"
8843
msgstr ""
8844
8845
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:85(td/p)
8846
msgid "Remote desktop"
8847
msgstr ""
8848
8849
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:88(td/p)
8850
msgid ""
8851
"Allows you to share your desktop so other people can view it or provide "
8852
"remote assistance."
8853
msgstr ""
8854
8855
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:93(td/p)
8856
msgid "3689/tcp"
8857
msgstr ""
8858
8859
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:96(td/p)
8860
msgid "Music sharing (DAAP)"
8861
msgstr ""
8862
8863
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:99(td/p)
8864
msgid "Allows you to share your music library with others on your network."
8865
msgstr ""
8866
8867
#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:13(info/desc)
8868
msgid ""
8869
"Using a static IP address can make it easier to administer some network "
8870
"services."
8871
msgstr ""
8872
8873
#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:17(page/title)
8874
msgid "Create a connection with a fixed IP address"
8875
msgstr ""
8876
8877
#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:19(page/p)
8878
msgid ""
8879
"Most networks will automatically assign an IP address and other details to "
8880
"your computer when you connect to the network. These details can change "
8881
"periodically, but you might want to have a fixed IP address for the computer "
8882
"so you always know what its address is (for example, if it is a file server)."
8883
msgstr ""
8884
8885
#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:20(page/p)
8886
msgid "To give your computer a fixed (static) IP address:"
8887
msgstr ""
8888
8889
#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:23(item/p)
8890
#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:29(item/p)
8891
msgid ""
8892
"Click the <gui>network menu</gui> on the top panel and select <gui>Edit "
8893
"Connections</gui>."
8894
msgstr ""
8895
8896
#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:24(item/p)
8897
msgid ""
8898
"Select the Auto eth connection on the <gui>Wired</gui>tab or your WiFi "
8899
"network on the <gui>Wireless</gui> tab and click <gui>Edit</gui>."
8900
msgstr ""
8901
8902
#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:25(item/p)
8903
msgid ""
8904
"Click on the <gui>IPv4 Settings</gui> tab and change the <gui>Method</gui> "
8905
"to <em>Manual</em>."
8906
msgstr ""
8907
8908
#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:26(item/p)
8909
msgid ""
8910
"If no connection information is listed in the <gui>Addresses</gui> list, or "
8911
"if you want to set up a new connection, click <gui>Add</gui>."
8912
msgstr ""
8913
8914
#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:27(item/p)
8915
msgid ""
8916
"Enter the <em>IP Address</em>, <em>Netmask</em>, and <em>Gateway</em> "
8917
"information into the appropriate boxes. How you choose these will depend on "
8918
"your network setup; there are specific rules governing which IP addresses "
8919
"and netmasks are valid for a given network."
8920
msgstr ""
8921
8922
#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:28(item/p)
8923
msgid ""
8924
"If necessary, enter a <em>Domain Name Server</em> address into the <gui>DNS "
8925
"servers</gui> box. This is the IP address of a server which looks up domain "
8926
"names; most corporate networks and internet providers have dedicated DNS "
8927
"servers."
8928
msgstr ""
8929
8930
#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:29(item/p)
8931
msgid "Click <gui>Save</gui>."
8932
msgstr ""
8933
8934
#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:30(item/p)
8935
msgid "Close the network settings window."
8936
msgstr ""
8937
8938
#: C/net-general.page:10(info/desc)
8939
msgid ""
8940
"<link xref=\"net-findip\">Find your IP address</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
8941
"wireless-wepwpa\">WEP & WPA security</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
8942
"macaddress\">MAC addresses</link>, <link xref=\"net-proxy\">proxies</link>..."
8943
msgstr ""
8944
8945
#: C/net-general.page:28(page/title)
8946
msgid "Networking terms & tips"
8947
msgstr ""
8948
8949
#: C/net-install-flash.page:14(info/desc)
8950
msgid ""
8951
"You may need to install Flash to be able to view websites like YouTube, "
8952
"which display videos and interactive web pages."
8953
msgstr ""
8954
8955
#: C/net-install-flash.page:18(page/title)
8956
msgid "Install the Flash plug-in"
8957
msgstr ""
8958
8959
#: C/net-install-flash.page:20(page/p)
8960
msgid ""
8961
"<app>Flash</app> is a <em>plug-in</em> for your web browser which allows you "
8962
"to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. Some "
8963
"websites won't work without Flash."
8964
msgstr ""
8965
8966
#: C/net-install-flash.page:27(page/p)
8967
msgid ""
8968
"If you do not have Flash installed, you will probably see a message telling "
8969
"you so when you visit a website that needs it. Flash is available as a free "
8970
"(but not open-source) download for most web browsers."
8971
msgstr ""
8972
8973
#: C/net-install-flash.page:30(steps/title)
8974
msgid "How to install Flash"
8975
msgstr ""
8976
8977
#: C/net-install-flash.page:32(item/p)
8978
msgid ""
8979
"Click <link href=\"apt:flashplugin-installer\">this link</link> to launch "
8980
"the <app>Software Center</app>."
8981
msgstr ""
8982
8983
#: C/net-install-flash.page:35(item/p)
8984
msgid ""
8985
"Read the information and reviews to make sure you want to install Flash."
8986
msgstr ""
8987
8988
#: C/net-install-flash.page:38(item/p)
8989
msgid ""
8990
"If you choose to install Flash, click <gui>Install</gui> from the Software "
8991
"Center window."
8992
msgstr ""
8993
8994
#: C/net-install-flash.page:41(item/p)
8995
msgid ""
8996
"If you have any web browser windows open, close them and then re-open them. "
8997
"The web browser should detect that Flash is installed when you open it "
8998
"again, and you should now be able to view websites using Flash."
8999
msgstr ""
9000
9001
#: C/net-install-flash.page:46(section/title)
9002
msgid "Open-source alternatives to Flash"
9003
msgstr ""
9004
9005
#: C/net-install-flash.page:47(section/p)
9006
msgid ""
9007
"A handful of free, open-source alternatives to Flash are available. These "
9008
"tend to work better than the Flash plug-in in some ways (for example, by "
9009
"handling sound playback better), but worse in others (for example, by not "
9010
"being able to display some of the more complicated Flash pages on the web)."
9011
msgstr ""
9012
9013
#: C/net-install-flash.page:48(section/p)
9014
msgid ""
9015
"You might like to try one of these if you are dissatisfied with the Flash "
9016
"player, or if you would like to use as much open-source software as possible "
9017
"on your computer. Here are a few of the options:"
9018
msgstr ""
9019
9020
#: C/net-install-flash.page:50(item/p)
9021
msgid "<link href=\"apt:browser-plugin-gnash\">Gnash</link>"
9022
msgstr ""
9023
9024
#: C/net-install-flash.page:51(item/p)
9025
msgid "<link href=\"apt:browser-plugin-lightspark\">LightSpark</link>"
9026
msgstr ""
9027
9028
#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:13(info/desc)
9029
msgid "Help your browser work with websites that require Java."
9030
msgstr ""
9031
9032
#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:17(page/title)
9033
msgid "Install the Java browser plug-in"
9034
msgstr ""
9035
9036
#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:18(page/p)
9037
msgid ""
9038
"Some websites use small <em>Java</em> programs, which require a Java plugin "
9039
"to be installed in order to run."
9040
msgstr ""
9041
9042
#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:20(page/p)
9043
msgid ""
9044
"<link href=\"apt:icedtea6-plugin\">Install the icedtea6-plugin "
9045
"package</link> to view Java programs in your browser."
9046
msgstr ""
9047
9048
#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:14(info/desc)
9049
msgid ""
9050
"Some websites use Silverlight to display web pages. The Moonlight plug-in "
9051
"lets you view these pages."
9052
msgstr ""
9053
9054
#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:18(page/title)
9055
msgid "Install the Silverlight plug-in"
9056
msgstr ""
9057
9058
#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:25(page/p)
9059
msgid ""
9060
"<app>Silverlight</app> is a <em>plug-in</em> for your web browser which "
9061
"allows you to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. "
9062
"Some websites won't work without Silverlight."
9063
msgstr ""
9064
9065
#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:27(page/p)
9066
msgid ""
9067
"If you view a Silverlight-enabled website but don't have the plug-in "
9068
"installed, you will probably see a message telling you so. This message "
9069
"should have instructions telling you how to get the plug-in, but these "
9070
"instructions might not be suitable for your web browser or version of Linux."
9071
msgstr ""
9072
9073
#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:29(page/p)
9074
msgid ""
9075
"If you want to view Silverlight-enabled websites, you should install the "
9076
"<em>Moonlight</em> plug-in instead. This is a free, open-source version of "
9077
"Silverlight which runs on Linux."
9078
msgstr ""
9079
9080
#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:32(page/p)
9081
msgid ""
9082
"Please see the <link href=\"http://www.go-mono.com/moonlight/\">Moonlight "
9083
"website</link> for more information and installation instructions."
9084
msgstr ""
9085
9086
#: C/net-macaddress.page:17(info/desc)
9087
msgid "The unique code assigned to network hardware."
9088
msgstr ""
9089
9090
#: C/net-macaddress.page:21(page/title)
9091
msgid "What is a MAC address?"
9092
msgstr ""
9093
9094
#: C/net-macaddress.page:23(page/p)
9095
msgid ""
9096
"A <em>MAC address</em> is the unique code that is assigned by the "
9097
"manufacturer to a piece of network hardware (like a wireless card or an "
9098
"ethernet card). <em>MAC</em> stands for <em>Media Access Control</em>, and "
9099
"each code is intended to be unique to a particular device."
9100
msgstr ""
9101
9102
#: C/net-macaddress.page:25(page/p)
9103
msgid ""
9104
"A MAC address consists of six sets of two characters, each separated by a "
9105
"colon. <code>00:1B:44:11:3A:B7</code> is an example of a MAC address."
9106
msgstr ""
9107
9108
#: C/net-macaddress.page:27(page/p)
9109
msgid "To identify the MAC address of your own network hardware:"
9110
msgstr ""
9111
9112
#: C/net-macaddress.page:29(item/p)
9113
msgid "Click the <gui>network indicator</gui> on the top bar."
9114
msgstr ""
9115
9116
#: C/net-macaddress.page:30(item/p)
9117
msgid "Select <gui>Connection Information</gui>."
9118
msgstr ""
9119
9120
#: C/net-macaddress.page:31(item/p)
9121
msgid ""
9122
"Your MAC address will be displayed as the <gui>Hardware Address</gui>."
9123
msgstr ""
9124
9125
#: C/net-macaddress.page:34(note/p)
9126
msgid ""
9127
"In practice, you may need to <link xref=\"net-editcon\">modify or \"spoof\" "
9128
"a MAC address</link>. For example, some internet service providers may "
9129
"require that a specific MAC address be used to access their service. If the "
9130
"network card stops working, and you need to change your network card, the "
9131
"service won't work anymore. In such cases, you would need to spoof the MAC "
9132
"address."
9133
msgstr ""
9134
9135
#: C/net-manual.page:17(page/title)
9136
msgid "Manually set network settings"
9137
msgstr ""
9138
9139
#: C/net-manual.page:19(page/p)
9140
msgid ""
9141
"If your network doesn't automatically assign network settings to your "
9142
"computer, you may have to manually enter the settings yourself. This topic "
9143
"assumes that you already know the correct settings to use. If not, you may "
9144
"need to ask your network administrator or look at the settings of your "
9145
"router or switch."
9146
msgstr ""
9147
9148
#: C/net-manual.page:21(page/p)
9149
msgid "To manually set your network settings:"
9150
msgstr ""
9151
9152
#: C/net-manual.page:29(item/p)
9153
msgid ""
9154
"Find the network connection that you want to set up manually. For example, "
9155
"if you plug in to the network with a cable, look at the <gui>Wired</gui> tab."
9156
msgstr ""
9157
9158
#: C/net-manual.page:33(item/p)
9159
msgid ""
9160
"Click the connection you want to edit to select it, then click "
9161
"<gui>Edit</gui>."
9162
msgstr ""
9163
9164
#: C/net-manual.page:37(item/p)
9165
msgid ""
9166
"Go to the <gui>IPv4 Settings</gui> tab and change the <gui>Method</gui> to "
9167
"<gui>Manual</gui>."
9168
msgstr ""
9169
9170
#: C/net-manual.page:41(item/p)
9171
msgid ""
9172
"Click <gui>Add</gui> and type the <em>IP address</em>, <em>network mask</em> "
9173
"and <em>default gateway IP address</em> into the columns in the "
9174
"<gui>Addresses</gui> list. Press <key>Enter</key> when you've finished "
9175
"typing each address."
9176
msgstr ""
9177
9178
#: C/net-manual.page:42(item/p)
9179
msgid ""
9180
"All three of these addresses must be \"IP addresses\", which will be four "
9181
"numbers separated by periods (e.g. 123.45.6.78)."
9182
msgstr ""
9183
9184
#: C/net-manual.page:46(item/p)
9185
msgid ""
9186
"Type the IP addresses of the DNS servers you want to use, separated by "
9187
"commas."
9188
msgstr ""
9189
9190
#: C/net-manual.page:50(item/p)
9191
msgid ""
9192
"Click <gui>Save</gui>. If you are not connected to the network, go to the "
9193
"network icon on the top bar and connect to it. Test the network settings by "
9194
"trying to visit a website or look at shared files on the network, for "
9195
"example."
9196
msgstr ""
9197
9198
#: C/net-mobile.page:13(info/desc)
9199
msgid "Connect to the internet using mobile broadband"
9200
msgstr ""
9201
9202
#: C/net-mobile.page:17(page/title)
9203
msgid "Connect to mobile broadband"
9204
msgstr ""
9205
9206
#: C/net-mobile.page:19(page/p)
9207
msgid ""
9208
"<em>Mobile Broadband</em> refers to any kind of high speed Internet "
9209
"connection which is provided by an external device such as a 3G USB stick or "
9210
"mobile phone with built-in HSPA/UMTS/GPRS data connection. Some laptops have "
9211
"recently been produced with mobile broadband devices already inside them."
9212
msgstr ""
9213
9214
#: C/net-mobile.page:26(page/p)
9215
msgid ""
9216
"Most mobile broadband devices should be recognised automatically when you "
9217
"connect them to your computer. Ubuntu will prompt you to configure the "
9218
"device."
9219
msgstr ""
9220
9221
#: C/net-mobile.page:33(item/p)
9222
msgid ""
9223
"The <gui>New Mobile Broadband Connection</gui> wizard will open "
9224
"automatically when you connect the device."
9225
msgstr ""
9226
9227
#: C/net-mobile.page:39(item/p)
9228
msgid ""
9229
"Click <gui>Forward</gui> and enter your details, including the country where "
9230
"your Mobile Broadband device was issued, the network provider and type of "
9231
"connection (for example, <em>Contract</em> or <em>pre-pay</em>)."
9232
msgstr ""
9233
9234
#: C/net-mobile.page:47(item/p)
9235
msgid "Give your connection a name and click <gui>Apply</gui>."
9236
msgstr ""
9237
9238
#: C/net-mobile.page:52(item/p)
9239
msgid ""
9240
"Your connection is now ready to use. To connect, click the <gui>network "
9241
"menu</gui> in the <gui>top panel</gui> and select your new connection."
9242
msgstr ""
9243
9244
#: C/net-mobile.page:58(item/p)
9245
msgid ""
9246
"To disconnect, click the <gui>network menu</gui> in the top panel and click "
9247
"<gui>Disconnect</gui>."
9248
msgstr ""
9249
9250
#: C/net-mobile.page:64(page/p)
9251
msgid ""
9252
"If you are not prompted to configure the device when you connect it, it may "
9253
"still be recognised by Ubuntu. In such cases you can add the connection "
9254
"manually."
9255
msgstr ""
9256
9257
#: C/net-mobile.page:71(item/p)
9258
msgid ""
9259
"Click the <link xref=\"unity-appmenu-intro\">network menu</link> in the top "
9260
"panel and select <gui>Edit Connections...</gui>"
9261
msgstr ""
9262
9263
#: C/net-mobile.page:77(item/p)
9264
msgid "Swith to the <gui>Mobile Broadband</gui> tab."
9265
msgstr ""
9266
9267
#: C/net-mobile.page:82(item/p)
9268
msgid "Click <gui>Add</gui>."
9269
msgstr ""
9270
9271
#: C/net-mobile.page:87(item/p)
9272
msgid ""
9273
"This should open the <gui>New Mobile Broadband Connection</gui> wizard. "
9274
"Enter your details as described above."
9275
msgstr ""
9276
9277
#: C/net-nonm.page:13(info/desc)
9278
msgid ""
9279
"Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq>. Type <input>nm-"
9280
"applet</input>"
9281
msgstr ""
9282
9283
#: C/net-nonm.page:17(page/title)
9284
msgid "There's no network menu in the top panel"
9285
msgstr ""
9286
9287
#: C/net-nonm.page:19(page/p)
9288
msgid ""
9289
"If the network menu has disappeared from the top panel, your <app>Network "
9290
"Manager</app> may not be running. To start it up again:"
9291
msgstr ""
9292
9293
#: C/net-nonm.page:22(item/p)
9294
msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq>"
9295
msgstr ""
9296
9297
#: C/net-nonm.page:23(item/p)
9298
msgid "Type <input>nm-applet</input> and press <gui>Enter</gui>."
9299
msgstr ""
9300
9301
#: C/net-nonm.page:24(item/p)
9302
msgid ""
9303
"The <gui>Wireless Network Authentication</gui> box may pop up. Enter your "
9304
"password in the appropriate box and click <gui>Connect</gui>."
9305
msgstr ""
9306
9307
#: C/net-nonm.page:27(page/p)
9308
msgid ""
9309
"If this doesn't work, there could be a problem with the Network Manager. To "
9310
"see if this is the case, go to the <link xref=\"unity-dash-"
9311
"intro\">dash</link> and open the Terminal. Type <cmd>nm-applet</cmd> and "
9312
"press <key>Enter</key> and see if the network menu appears. If it doesn't, "
9313
"you should see some error messages appear in the Terminal. These should tell "
9314
"you what is going wrong, but they may be quite technical in nature. If so, "
9315
"ask for help on a support forum and quote these error messages."
9316
msgstr ""
9317
9318
#: C/net-othersconnect.page:15(info/desc)
9319
msgid "Make your network connection available to all users."
9320
msgstr ""
9321
9322
#: C/net-othersconnect.page:19(page/title)
9323
msgid "Other users can't connect to the internet"
9324
msgstr ""
9325
9326
#: C/net-othersconnect.page:21(page/p)
9327
msgid ""
9328
"If you have set up a network connection but other users on your computer "
9329
"can't connect to it, they probably aren't entering the right settings when "
9330
"they try to connect. For example, if you have a wireless connection, they "
9331
"may not be entering the right wireless security password."
9332
msgstr ""
9333
9334
#: C/net-othersconnect.page:23(page/p)
9335
msgid ""
9336
"You can make it so that everyone can share the settings for a network "
9337
"connection once you have set it up. This means that you only need to set it "
9338
"up once, and everyone else on the computer will be able to connect to it "
9339
"without being asked any questions. To do this:"
9340
msgstr ""
9341
9342
#: C/net-othersconnect.page:31(item/p)
9343
msgid ""
9344
"Find the connection you want everyone to be able to use. You will probably "
9345
"need to switch to the <gui>Wireless</gui> tab. Select the network name and "
9346
"then click <gui>Edit</gui>."
9347
msgstr ""
9348
9349
#: C/net-othersconnect.page:35(item/p)
9350
msgid ""
9351
"Check <gui>Available to all users</gui> and click <gui>Save</gui>. You will "
9352
"have to enter your admin password to save the changes. Only admin users can "
9353
"do this."
9354
msgstr ""
9355
9356
#: C/net-othersconnect.page:39(item/p)
9357
msgid ""
9358
"Other users of the computer will now be able to use this connection without "
9359
"entering any further details."
9360
msgstr ""
9361
9362
#: C/net-otherscontrol.page:13(info/desc)
9363
msgid ""
9364
"You need to uncheck the <gui>Available to all users</gui> option in the "
9365
"connection settings."
9366
msgstr ""
9367
9368
#: C/net-otherscontrol.page:17(page/title)
9369
msgid "Other users can't control the network connections"
9370
msgstr ""
9371
9372
#: C/net-otherscontrol.page:19(page/p)
9373
msgid ""
9374
"If you can edit a network connection but other users on your computer can't, "
9375
"you may have set the connection to be <gui>available to all users</gui>. "
9376
"This makes it so that everyone on the computer can <em>connect</em> using "
9377
"that connection, but only users <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">with "
9378
"administrative rights</link> are allowed to change its settings."
9379
msgstr ""
9380
9381
#: C/net-otherscontrol.page:21(page/p)
9382
msgid ""
9383
"The reason for this is that, since everyone is affected if the settings are "
9384
"changed, only highly-trusted (admin) users should be allowed to modify the "
9385
"connection."
9386
msgstr ""
9387
9388
#: C/net-otherscontrol.page:23(page/p)
9389
msgid ""
9390
"If other users really need to be able to change the connection themselves, "
9391
"make it so the connection is <em>not</em> available to everyone on the "
9392
"computer. This way, everyone will be able to manage their own connection "
9393
"settings rather than relying on one set of shared, system-wide settings for "
9394
"the connection."
9395
msgstr ""
9396
9397
#: C/net-otherscontrol.page:26(steps/title)
9398
msgid "Make it so that the connection isn't shared any more"
9399
msgstr ""
9400
9401
#: C/net-otherscontrol.page:32(item/p)
9402
msgid ""
9403
"Find the connection you want everyone to be able to manage/edit themselves. "
9404
"Click to select it and then click <gui>Edit</gui>."
9405
msgstr ""
9406
9407
#: C/net-otherscontrol.page:36(item/p)
9408
msgid ""
9409
"You will have to enter your admin password to change the connection. Only "
9410
"admin users can do this."
9411
msgstr ""
9412
9413
#: C/net-otherscontrol.page:40(item/p)
9414
msgid ""
9415
"Uncheck <gui>Available to all users</gui> and click <gui>Save</gui>. Other "
9416
"users of the computer will now be able to manage the connection themselves."
9417
msgstr ""
9418
9419
#: C/net.page:15(info/desc)
9420
msgid ""
9421
"<link xref=\"net-wireless\">Wireless</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
9422
"wired\">wired</link>, <link xref=\"net-problem\">connection problems</link>, "
9423
"<link xref=\"net-browser\">web browsing</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
9424
"email\">email accounts</link>, <link xref=\"net-chat\">instant "
9425
"messaging</link>..."
9426
msgstr ""
9427
9428
#: C/net.page:26(page/title)
9429
msgid "Networking, web, email & chat"
9430
msgstr ""
9431
9432
#: C/net-passwordok-noconnect.page:13(info/desc)
9433
msgid ""
9434
"Double-check the password, try using the pass key instead of the password, "
9435
"turn the wireless card off and on again..."
9436
msgstr ""
9437
9438
#: C/net-passwordok-noconnect.page:17(page/title)
9439
msgid "I've entered the correct password, but I still can't connect"
9440
msgstr ""
9441
9442
#: C/net-passwordok-noconnect.page:19(page/p)
9443
msgid ""
9444
"If you're sure that you entered the correct <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
9445
"wepwpa\">wireless password</link> but you still can't successfully connect "
9446
"to a wireless network, try some of the following:"
9447
msgstr ""
9448
9449
#: C/net-passwordok-noconnect.page:23(item/p)
9450
msgid "Double-check that you have the right password"
9451
msgstr ""
9452
9453
#: C/net-passwordok-noconnect.page:24(item/p)
9454
msgid ""
9455
"Passwords are case-sensitive (it matters whether they have capital or lower-"
9456
"case letters), so check that you didn't get the case of one of the letters "
9457
"wrong."
9458
msgstr ""
9459
9460
#: C/net-passwordok-noconnect.page:28(item/p)
9461
msgid "Try the hex or ASCII pass key"
9462
msgstr ""
9463
9464
#: C/net-passwordok-noconnect.page:29(item/p)
9465
msgid ""
9466
"The password you enter can also be represented in a different way - as a "
9467
"string of characters in hexadecimal (numbers 0-9 and letters a-f). If you "
9468
"have access to the pass key as well as the password/passphrase, try typing "
9469
"the pass key instead. Make sure you select the correct <gui>wireless "
9470
"security</gui> option when asked for your password (for example, select "
9471
"<gui>WEP 40/128-bit Key</gui> if you're typing the 40-character pass key for "
9472
"a WEP-encrypted connection)."
9473
msgstr ""
9474
9475
#: C/net-passwordok-noconnect.page:33(item/p)
9476
msgid "Try turning your wireless card off and then on again"
9477
msgstr ""
9478
9479
#: C/net-passwordok-noconnect.page:34(item/p)
9480
msgid ""
9481
"Sometimes wireless cards get stuck or experience a minor problem that means "
9482
"they won't connect. Try turning the card off and then on again to reset it - "
9483
"see <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\"/> for more information."
9484
msgstr ""
9485
9486
#: C/net-passwordok-noconnect.page:38(item/p)
9487
msgid "Check that you're using the right type of wireless security"
9488
msgstr ""
9489
9490
#: C/net-passwordok-noconnect.page:39(item/p)
9491
msgid ""
9492
"When prompted for your wireless security password, you can choose which type "
9493
"of wireless security to use. Make sure you choose the one that is used by "
9494
"the router or wireless base station. This should be selected by default, but "
9495
"sometimes it will not be for some reason. If you don't know which one it is, "
9496
"use trial and error to go through the different options."
9497
msgstr ""
9498
9499
#: C/net-passwordok-noconnect.page:43(item/p)
9500
msgid "Check that your wireless card is properly supported"
9501
msgstr ""
9502
9503
#: C/net-passwordok-noconnect.page:44(item/p)
9504
msgid ""
9505
"Some wireless cards aren't supported very well. They show up as a wireless "
9506
"connection, but they can't connect to a network because their drivers lack "
9507
"the ability to do this. See if you can get an alternative wireless driver, "
9508
"or if you need to perform some extra set-up (like installing a different "
9509
"<em>firmware</em>). See <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\"/> for "
9510
"more information."
9511
msgstr ""
9512
9513
#: C/net-problem.page:10(info/desc)
9514
msgid ""
9515
"<link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\">Troubleshooting wireless "
9516
"connections</link>, <link xref=\"net-wireless-find\">Finding your wifi "
9517
"network</link>,"
9518
msgstr ""
9519
9520
#: C/net-problem.page:21(page/title)
9521
msgid "Network problems"
9522
msgstr ""
9523
9524
#: C/net-proxy.page:14(info/desc)
9525
msgid ""
9526
"A proxy filters websites that you look at, usually for control or security "
9527
"purposes."
9528
msgstr ""
9529
9530
#: C/net-proxy.page:18(page/title)
9531
msgid "What is a proxy?"
9532
msgstr ""
9533
9534
#: C/net-proxy.page:20(page/p)
9535
msgid ""
9536
"A <em>web proxy</em> filters websites that you look at. They are commonly "
9537
"used in businesses and at public wireless hotspots to control what websites "
9538
"you can look at, prevent you from accessing the internet without logging-in, "
9539
"or to do security checks on websites."
9540
msgstr ""
9541
9542
#: C/net-proxy.page:22(page/p)
9543
msgid ""
9544
"When you go to a website, the text and images on that website pass through "
9545
"the proxy first before reaching your computer. For example, the proxy may "
9546
"scan the contents of the website and decide whether to display it or whether "
9547
"to show you a different page."
9548
msgstr ""
9549
9550
#: C/net-proxy.page:24(page/p)
9551
msgid ""
9552
"An example of where proxies are commonly used is in universities. When a "
9553
"student connects to the university's wireless network and tries to visit a "
9554
"website, the proxy will instead redirect them to a log-in page. They will "
9555
"then log in to the network and can go to the page they were trying to look "
9556
"at. Someone who is not a student will get the same log-in page but will not "
9557
"know the password and be unable to browse the web. This stops unauthorized "
9558
"people from using the connection."
9559
msgstr ""
9560
9561
#: C/net-security.page:10(info/desc)
9562
msgid ""
9563
"<link xref=\"net-antivirus\">Antivirus software</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
9564
"firewall-on-off\">basic firewalls</link>..."
9565
msgstr ""
9566
9567
#: C/net-security.page:21(page/title)
9568
msgid "Keeping safe on the internet"
9569
msgstr ""
9570
9571
#: C/net-security-tips.page:10(info/desc)
9572
msgid "General tips to keep in mind when using the internet"
9573
msgstr ""
9574
9575
#: C/net-security-tips.page:21(page/title)
9576
msgid "Staying safe on the internet"
9577
msgstr ""
9578
9579
#: C/net-security-tips.page:23(page/p)
9580
msgid ""
9581
"A reason why you may be using Linux is for the robust security that it is "
9582
"known for. One reason Linux is relatively safe from malware and viruses is "
9583
"due to the number of people that use it. Viruses are targeted at popular "
9584
"operating systems like Windows that have an extremely massive user base. "
9585
"Linux is also very secure due to its open source nature which allows experts "
9586
"to modify and enhance the security features included with each distribution."
9587
msgstr ""
9588
9589
#: C/net-security-tips.page:29(page/p)
9590
msgid ""
9591
"Despite the measures taken to ensure your installation of Linux is secure, "
9592
"there are always vulnerabilities. As an average user on the internet you are "
9593
"still susceptible to:"
9594
msgstr ""
9595
9596
#: C/net-security-tips.page:33(item/p)
9597
msgid ""
9598
"Phishing Scams (Sites that try to obtain sensitive information through "
9599
"deception)"
9600
msgstr ""
9601
9602
#: C/net-security-tips.page:34(item/p)
9603
msgid "<link xref=\"net-email-virus\">Forwarding malicious emails</link>"
9604
msgstr ""
9605
9606
#: C/net-security-tips.page:35(item/p)
9607
msgid ""
9608
"<link xref=\"net-antivirus\">Applications with malicious intents "
9609
"(Viruses)</link>"
9610
msgstr ""
9611
9612
#: C/net-security-tips.page:36(item/p)
9613
msgid ""
9614
"<link xref=\"net-wireless-wepwpa\">Unwarranted remote/local network "
9615
"access</link>"
9616
msgstr ""
9617
9618
#: C/net-security-tips.page:39(page/p)
9619
msgid ""
9620
"To stay safe from malicious exploits, keep in mind the following tips:"
9621
msgstr ""
9622
9623
#: C/net-security-tips.page:42(item/p)
9624
msgid ""
9625
"Do not open emails, attachments, or links that were sent from people you do "
9626
"not know."
9627
msgstr ""
9628
9629
#: C/net-security-tips.page:43(item/p)
9630
msgid ""
9631
"If a website's offer is too good to be true or asks for sensitive "
9632
"information that seems unnecessary, then think twice about what you are "
9633
"submitting and the potential consequences if that information is compromised "
9634
"by identity thieves or other criminals."
9635
msgstr ""
9636
9637
#: C/net-security-tips.page:46(item/p)
9638
msgid ""
9639
"Be careful in providing any application root level permissions, especially "
9640
"ones that you have not used before or apps that are not well-known. "
9641
"Providing anyone/anything with root level permissions puts your computer at "
9642
"high risk to exploitation."
9643
msgstr ""
9644
9645
#: C/net-security-tips.page:49(item/p)
9646
msgid ""
9647
"Make sure you are only running necessary remote-access services. Having "
9648
"<app>SSH</app> or <app>VNC</app> running can be useful but also leaves your "
9649
"computer open to intrusion if not secured properly. Consider using a <link "
9650
"xref=\"net-firewall-on-off\">firewall</link> to help protect your computer "
9651
"from intrusion."
9652
msgstr ""
9653
9654
#: C/net-slow.page:13(info/desc)
9655
msgid ""
9656
"Other things might be downloading, you could have a poor connection, or it "
9657
"could be the time of day."
9658
msgstr ""
9659
9660
#: C/net-slow.page:17(page/title)
9661
msgid "The internet seems slow"
9662
msgstr ""
9663
9664
#: C/net-slow.page:19(page/p)
9665
msgid ""
9666
"If you are using the internet and it seems slow, there are a number of "
9667
"things that could be causing the slow down."
9668
msgstr ""
9669
9670
#: C/net-slow.page:21(page/p)
9671
msgid ""
9672
"Try closing your web browser and then re-opening it, and disconnecting from "
9673
"the internet and then reconnecting again. (Doing this resets a lot of things "
9674
"that might be causing the internet to run slowly.)"
9675
msgstr ""
9676
9677
#: C/net-slow.page:25(item/p)
9678
msgid "Busy time of day"
9679
msgstr ""
9680
9681
#: C/net-slow.page:26(item/p)
9682
msgid ""
9683
"Internet service providers commonly set-up internet connections so that they "
9684
"are shared between several households. Even though you connect separately, "
9685
"through your own phone line or cable connection, the connection to the rest "
9686
"of the internet at the telephone exchange might actually be shared. If this "
9687
"is the case and lots of your neighbors are using the internet at the same "
9688
"time as you, you might notice a slow-down. You're most likely to experience "
9689
"this at times when your neighbors are probably on the internet (in the "
9690
"evenings, for example)."
9691
msgstr ""
9692
9693
#: C/net-slow.page:30(item/p)
9694
msgid "Downloading lots of things at once"
9695
msgstr ""
9696
9697
#: C/net-slow.page:31(item/p)
9698
msgid ""
9699
"If you or someone else using your internet connection are downloading "
9700
"several files at once, or watching videos, the internet connection might not "
9701
"be fast enough to keep up with the demand. In this case, it will feel slower."
9702
msgstr ""
9703
9704
#: C/net-slow.page:35(item/p)
9705
msgid "Unreliable connection"
9706
msgstr ""
9707
9708
#: C/net-slow.page:36(item/p)
9709
msgid ""
9710
"Some internet connections are just unreliable, especially temporary ones or "
9711
"those in high demand areas. If you are in a busy coffee shop or a conference "
9712
"center, the internet connection might be too busy or simply unreliable."
9713
msgstr ""
9714
9715
#: C/net-slow.page:40(item/p)
9716
msgid "Low wireless connection signal"
9717
msgstr ""
9718
9719
#: C/net-slow.page:41(item/p)
9720
msgid ""
9721
"If you're connected to the internet by wireless (wifi), check the network "
9722
"menu on the top panel to see if you have good wireless signal. If not, the "
9723
"internet may be slow because you don't have a very strong signal."
9724
msgstr ""
9725
9726
#: C/net-slow.page:45(item/p)
9727
msgid "Using a slower mobile internet connection"
9728
msgstr ""
9729
9730
#: C/net-slow.page:46(item/p)
9731
msgid ""
9732
"If you have a mobile internet connection and notice that it is slow, you may "
9733
"have moved into an area where signal reception is poor. When this happens, "
9734
"the internet connection will automatically switch from a fast \"mobile "
9735
"broadband\" connection like 3G to a more reliable, but slower, connection "
9736
"like GPRS."
9737
msgstr ""
9738
9739
#: C/net-slow.page:50(item/p)
9740
msgid "Web browser has a problem"
9741
msgstr ""
9742
9743
#: C/net-slow.page:51(item/p)
9744
msgid ""
9745
"Sometimes web browsers encounter a problem which makes them run slow. This "
9746
"could be for any number of reasons - you could have visited a website which "
9747
"the browser struggled to load, or you might have had the browser open for a "
9748
"long time, for example. Try closing all of the browser's windows and then "
9749
"opening the browser again to see if this makes a difference."
9750
msgstr ""
9751
9752
#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:14(info/desc)
9753
msgid "Connect to a private local network over the internet."
9754
msgstr ""
9755
9756
#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:18(page/title)
9757
msgid "Virtual Private Networks (VPNs)"
9758
msgstr ""
9759
9760
#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:20(page/p)
9761
msgid ""
9762
"A VPN (or <em>Virtual Private Network</em>) is a way of connecting to a "
9763
"local network over the internet. For example, say you want to connect to the "
9764
"local network at your workplace while you're on a business trip. You would "
9765
"find an internet connection somewhere (like at a hotel) and then connect to "
9766
"your workplace's VPN. It would be as if you were directly connected to the "
9767
"network at work, but the actual network connection would be through the "
9768
"hotel's internet connection. VPN connections are usually <em>encrypted</em> "
9769
"to prevent people from accessing the local network you're connecting to "
9770
"without logging in."
9771
msgstr ""
9772
9773
#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:22(page/p)
9774
msgid ""
9775
"There are a number of different types of VPN. You may have to install some "
9776
"extra software depending on what type of VPN you're connecting to. Find out "
9777
"the connection details from whoever is in charge of the VPN and see which "
9778
"<em>VPN client</em> you need to use. Then, open <app>Ubuntu Software "
9779
"Center</app> and search for the <app>network-manager</app> package which "
9780
"works with your VPN (if there is one) and install it. You will need to click "
9781
"the <gui>Show technical items</gui> link at the bottom of <app>Ubuntu "
9782
"Software Center</app>."
9783
msgstr ""
9784
9785
#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:25(note/p)
9786
msgid ""
9787
"If there isn't a NetworkManager package for your type of VPN, you will "
9788
"probably have to download and install some client software from the company "
9789
"that provides the VPN software. You'll probably have to follow some "
9790
"different instructions to get that working."
9791
msgstr ""
9792
9793
#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:28(page/p)
9794
msgid "Once that's done, you can set up the VPN connection:"
9795
msgstr ""
9796
9797
#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:32(item/p)
9798
msgid ""
9799
"Click the <gui>network menu</gui> on the top panel and, under <gui>VPN "
9800
"Connections</gui>, select <gui>Configure VPN</gui>."
9801
msgstr ""
9802
9803
#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:36(item/p)
9804
msgid ""
9805
"Click <gui>Add</gui> and choose which kind of VPN connection you have."
9806
msgstr ""
9807
9808
#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:40(item/p)
9809
msgid ""
9810
"Click <gui>Create</gui> and follow the instructions on the screen, entering "
9811
"details like your username and password as you go."
9812
msgstr ""
9813
9814
#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:44(item/p)
9815
msgid ""
9816
"When you've finished setting-up the VPN, click the <gui>network menu</gui> "
9817
"on the top panel, go to <gui>VPN Connections</gui> and click on the "
9818
"connection you just created. It will try to establish a VPN connection - the "
9819
"network icon will change as it tries to connect."
9820
msgstr ""
9821
9822
#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:48(item/p)
9823
msgid ""
9824
"Hopefully, you will successfully connect to the VPN. If not, you may need to "
9825
"double-check the VPN settings you entered. You can do this by clicking the "
9826
"network menu, selecting <gui>Edit Connections</gui> and going to the "
9827
"<gui>VPN</gui> tab."
9828
msgstr ""
9829
9830
#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:52(item/p)
9831
msgid ""
9832
"To disconnect from the VPN, click the network menu and select "
9833
"<gui>Disconnect</gui> under the name of your VPN connection."
9834
msgstr ""
9835
9836
#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:13(info/desc)
9837
msgid "An IP Address is like a phone number for your computer."
9838
msgstr ""
9839
9840
#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:17(page/title)
9841
msgid "What is an IP address?"
9842
msgstr ""
9843
9844
#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:19(page/p)
9845
msgid ""
9846
"IP address stands for <em>Internet Protocol address</em>, and each device "
9847
"that is connected to a network (such as the Internet) has one."
9848
msgstr ""
9849
9850
#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:21(page/p)
9851
msgid ""
9852
"An IP address is similar to your phone number. Your phone number is a unique "
9853
"set of numbers that identifies your phone so that other people can call you. "
9854
"Similarly, an IP address is a unique set of numbers that identifies your "
9855
"computer so that it can send and receive data with other computers."
9856
msgstr ""
9857
9858
#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:23(page/p)
9859
msgid ""
9860
"Currently, most IP addresses consist of four sets of numbers, each separated "
9861
"by a period. <code>192.168.1.42</code> is an example of an IP address."
9862
msgstr ""
9863
9864
#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:25(note/p)
9865
msgid ""
9866
"An IP address can either be <em>dynamic</em> or <em>static</em>. Dynamic IP "
9867
"addresses are temporarily assigned each time your computer accesses the "
9868
"network. Static IP addresses are fixed, and do not change. Dynamic IP "
9869
"addresses are more common that static addresses--static IP addresses are "
9870
"typically only used when there is a special need for them, such as "
9871
"administering a server."
9872
msgstr ""
9873
9874
#: C/net-wired.page:10(info/desc)
9875
msgid ""
9876
"<link xref=\"net-wired-connect\">Wired internet connections</link>, <link "
9877
"xref=\"net-fixed-ip-address\">fixed IP addresses</link>..."
9878
msgstr ""
9879
9880
#: C/net-wired.page:21(page/title)
9881
msgid "Wired Networking"
9882
msgstr ""
9883
9884
#: C/net-wired-connect.page:14(info/desc)
9885
msgid ""
9886
"To set up most wired network connections, all you need to do is plug in a "
9887
"network cable."
9888
msgstr ""
9889
9890
#: C/net-wired-connect.page:18(page/title)
9891
msgid "Connect to a wired (Ethernet) network"
9892
msgstr ""
9893
9894
#: C/net-wired-connect.page:20(page/p)
9895
msgid ""
9896
"To set up most wired network connections, all you need to do is plug in a "
9897
"network cable. The network icon on the top panel should rotate for a few "
9898
"seconds and then will change to a \"socket\" icon when you are connected."
9899
msgstr ""
9900
9901
#: C/net-wired-connect.page:22(page/p)
9902
msgid ""
9903
"If this does not happen, you should first of all make sure that your network "
9904
"cable is plugged in. One end of the cable should be plugged into the "
9905
"rectangular Ethernet (network) port on your computer, the other end should "
9906
"be plugged into a switch, router, wall socket or similar (depending on the "
9907
"network setup you have)."
9908
msgstr ""
9909
9910
#: C/net-wired-connect.page:25(note/p)
9911
msgid ""
9912
"You can't plug one computer directly into another one with a network cable "
9913
"(at least, not without some extra setting-up). To connect two computers, you "
9914
"should plug them both into a network hub, router or switch."
9915
msgstr ""
9916
9917
#: C/net-wired-connect.page:28(page/p)
9918
msgid ""
9919
"If you are still not connected, your network may not support automatic set-"
9920
"up (DHCP). In this case you'll have to <link xref=\"net-manual\">configure "
9921
"it manually</link>."
9922
msgstr ""
9923
9924
#: C/net-wireless.page:12(info/desc)
9925
msgid ""
9926
"<link xref=\"net-wireless-connect\">Connect to wifi</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
9927
"wireless-hidden\">Hidden networks</link>, <link xref=\"net-editcon\">Edit "
9928
"connection settings</link>, <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
9929
"disconnecting\">Disconnecting</link>..."
9930
msgstr ""
9931
9932
#: C/net-wireless.page:25(page/title)
9933
msgid "Wireless Networking"
9934
msgstr ""
9935
9936
#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:19(info/desc)
9937
msgid "Click the network menu on the top panel and uncheck Enable Wireless."
9938
msgstr ""
9939
9940
#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:23(page/title)
9941
msgid "Turn off wireless (airplane mode)"
9942
msgstr ""
9943
9944
#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:25(page/p)
9945
msgid ""
9946
"If you have your computer on an airplane (or some other area where wireless "
9947
"connections are not allowed), you should switch off your wireless. You may "
9948
"also want to switch off your wireless to save power."
9949
msgstr ""
9950
9951
#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:27(page/p)
9952
msgid ""
9953
"To do this, click the <gui>network menu</gui> on the top panel and uncheck "
9954
"<gui>Enable Wireless</gui>. This will turn off your wireless connection "
9955
"until you switch it back on again."
9956
msgstr ""
9957
9958
#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:29(page/p)
9959
msgid ""
9960
"To turn wireless back on, click the <gui>network menu</gui> on the top panel "
9961
"and select <gui>Enable Wireless</gui> so that it has a checkmark in front of "
9962
"it."
9963
msgstr ""
9964
9965
#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:31(note/p)
9966
msgid ""
9967
"Your laptop may still be broadcasting if you have not turned off <link "
9968
"xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-off\">Bluetooth</link>."
9969
msgstr ""
9970
9971
#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:20(info/desc)
9972
msgid "Get on the internet - wirelessly."
9973
msgstr ""
9974
9975
#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:24(page/title)
9976
msgid "Connect to a wireless network"
9977
msgstr ""
9978
9979
#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:26(page/p)
9980
msgid ""
9981
"If you have a wireless-enabled computer, you can connect to a wireless "
9982
"network that is within range to get access to the internet, view shared "
9983
"files on the network, and so on."
9984
msgstr ""
9985
9986
#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:29(item/p)
9987
msgid ""
9988
"If you have a wireless hardware switch on your computer, make sure that it "
9989
"is turned on."
9990
msgstr ""
9991
9992
#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:30(item/p)
9993
msgid ""
9994
"Click the <gui>network menu</gui> in the <gui>top panel</gui>, and look for "
9995
"your desired network."
9996
msgstr ""
9997
9998
#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:32(item/p)
9999
msgid "Select the name of your wireless network."
10000
msgstr ""
10001
10002
#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:33(item/p)
10003
msgid ""
10004
"If the name of your wireless network isn't in the list, click <gui>More "
10005
"Networks</gui> to see if the network is further down the list. If you still "
10006
"don't see the network, you may be out of range or the network <link "
10007
"xref=\"net-wireless-hidden\">might be hidden</link>."
10008
msgstr ""
10009
10010
#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:36(item/p)
10011
msgid ""
10012
"If the network is protected by a password (<link xref=\"net-wireless-"
10013
"wepwpa\">encryption key</link>), enter the password when prompted and click "
10014
"<gui>Connect</gui>."
10015
msgstr ""
10016
10017
#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:37(item/p)
10018
msgid ""
10019
"If you do not know the key, it may be written on the underside of the "
10020
"wireless router or base station, in its instruction manual, or you may have "
10021
"to ask the person who administers the wireless network."
10022
msgstr ""
10023
10024
#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:38(item/p)
10025
msgid ""
10026
"The network icon will change appearance as the computer attempts to connect "
10027
"to the network."
10028
msgstr ""
10029
10030
#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:40(item/p)
10031
msgid ""
10032
"If the connection is successful, the icon will change to a dot with several "
10033
"bars above it. More bars indicate a stronger connection to the network. If "
10034
"there aren't many bars, the connection is weak and might not be very "
10035
"reliable."
10036
msgstr ""
10037
10038
#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:44(page/p)
10039
msgid ""
10040
"If the connection is not successful, you <link xref=\"net-passwordok-"
10041
"noconnect\">may be asked for your password again</link> or it might just "
10042
"tell you that the connection has been disconnected. There are a number of "
10043
"things that could have caused this to happen - you could have entered the "
10044
"wrong password, the wireless signal could be too weak, or your computer's "
10045
"wireless card might have a problem, for example. See <link xref=\"net-"
10046
"wireless-troubleshooting\"/> for more help."
10047
msgstr ""
10048
10049
#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:46(page/p)
10050
msgid ""
10051
"A stronger connection to a wireless network does not necessarily mean that "
10052
"you have a faster internet connection, or that you will have faster download "
10053
"speeds. The wireless connection connects your computer to the <em>device "
10054
"which provides the internet connection</em> (like a router or modem), but "
10055
"the two connections are actually different, and so will run at different "
10056
"speeds."
10057
msgstr ""
10058
10059
#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:48(note/p)
10060
msgid ""
10061
"Connecting to a wireless network is easy in most cases, but there can "
10062
"sometimes be problems."
10063
msgstr ""
10064
10065
#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:49(note/p)
10066
msgid ""
10067
"If you experience any trouble with accessing your network, visit some of the "
10068
"other networking-related help topics by clicking on one of the \"See Also\" "
10069
"links at the bottom of this page."
10070
msgstr ""
10071
10072
#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:18(info/desc)
10073
msgid ""
10074
"You might have low signal, or the network might not be letting you connect "
10075
"properly."
10076
msgstr ""
10077
10078
#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:22(page/title)
10079
msgid "Why does my wireless network keep disconnecting?"
10080
msgstr ""
10081
10082
#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:24(page/p)
10083
msgid ""
10084
"You may find that you have been disconnected from a wireless network even "
10085
"though you wanted to stay connected. Your computer will normally try to "
10086
"reconnect to the network as soon as this happens (the network icon on the "
10087
"top bar will rotate if it is trying to reconnect), but it can be annoying, "
10088
"especially if you were using the internet at the time."
10089
msgstr ""
10090
10091
#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:27(section/title)
10092
msgid "Weak wireless signal"
10093
msgstr ""
10094
10095
#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:29(section/p)
10096
msgid ""
10097
"A common reason for being disconnected from a wireless network is that you "
10098
"have low signal. Wireless networks have a limited range, so if you are too "
10099
"far away from the wireless base station you may not be able to get a strong "
10100
"enough signal to maintain a connection. Walls and other objects between you "
10101
"and the base station can also weaken the signal."
10102
msgstr ""
10103
10104
#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:31(section/p)
10105
msgid ""
10106
"The network icon on the top bar displays how strong your wireless signal is. "
10107
"If the signal looks low, try moving closer to the wireless base station."
10108
msgstr ""
10109
10110
#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:36(section/title)
10111
msgid "Network connection not being established properly"
10112
msgstr ""
10113
10114
#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:38(section/p)
10115
msgid ""
10116
"Sometimes, when you connect to a wireless network, it may appear that you "
10117
"have successfully connected at first, but then you will be disconnected. "
10118
"This normally happens because your computer was only partially successful in "
10119
"connecting to the network—it managed to establish a connection, but was "
10120
"unable to finalize the connection for some reason and so was disconnected."
10121
msgstr ""
10122
10123
#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:40(section/p)
10124
msgid ""
10125
"A possible reason for this is that you entered the wrong wireless "
10126
"passphrase, or that your computer was not allowed on the network (because "
10127
"the network requires a username to log in, for example)."
10128
msgstr ""
10129
10130
#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:45(section/title)
10131
msgid "Unreliable wireless hardware/drivers"
10132
msgstr ""
10133
10134
#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:47(section/p)
10135
msgid ""
10136
"Some wireless network hardware can be a little unreliable. Wireless networks "
10137
"are complicated, so wireless cards and base stations occasionally run into "
10138
"minor problems and may drop connections. This is annoying, but it happens "
10139
"quite regularly with many devices. If you are disconnected from wireless "
10140
"connections from time to time, this may be the only reason. If it happens "
10141
"very regularly, you may want to consider using different hardware."
10142
msgstr ""
10143
10144
#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:52(section/title)
10145
msgid "Busy wireless networks"
10146
msgstr ""
10147
10148
#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:54(section/p)
10149
msgid ""
10150
"Wireless networks in busy places (in universities and coffee shops, for "
10151
"example) often have many computers trying to connect to them at once. "
10152
"Sometimes these networks get too busy and may not be able to handle all of "
10153
"the computers that are trying to connect, so some of them get disconnected."
10154
msgstr ""
10155
10156
#: C/net-wireless-find.page:15(info/desc)
10157
msgid ""
10158
"The wireless could be turned off or broken, there might be too many wireless "
10159
"networks nearby, or you might be out of range."
10160
msgstr ""
10161
10162
#: C/net-wireless-find.page:19(page/title)
10163
msgid "I can't see my wireless network in the list"
10164
msgstr ""
10165
10166
#: C/net-wireless-find.page:21(page/p)
10167
msgid ""
10168
"There are a number of reasons why you might not be able to see your wireless "
10169
"network on the list of networks which appears when you click the network "
10170
"icon on the top bar."
10171
msgstr ""
10172
10173
#: C/net-wireless-find.page:25(item/p)
10174
msgid ""
10175
"If no networks are shown in the list, your wireless hardware could be turned "
10176
"off, or it <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\">may not be working "
10177
"properly</link>. Make sure it is turned on."
10178
msgstr ""
10179
10180
#: C/net-wireless-find.page:29(item/p)
10181
msgid ""
10182
"If there are lots of wireless networks nearby, the network you are looking "
10183
"for might not be on the first page of the list. If this is the case, look at "
10184
"the bottom of the list for an arrow pointing towards the right and hover "
10185
"your mouse over it to display the rest of the wireless networks."
10186
msgstr ""
10187
10188
#: C/net-wireless-find.page:33(item/p)
10189
msgid ""
10190
"You could be out of range of the network. Try moving closer to the wireless "
10191
"base station/router and see if the network appears in the list after a while."
10192
msgstr ""
10193
10194
#: C/net-wireless-find.page:37(item/p)
10195
msgid ""
10196
"The list of wireless networks takes time to update. If you have just turned "
10197
"on your computer or moved to a different location, wait for a minute or so "
10198
"and then check if the network has appeared in the list."
10199
msgstr ""
10200
10201
#: C/net-wireless-find.page:41(item/p)
10202
msgid ""
10203
"The network could be hidden. You need to <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
10204
"hidden\">connect in a different way</link> if it is a hidden network."
10205
msgstr ""
10206
10207
#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:19(info/desc)
10208
msgid ""
10209
"Click the <gui>network menu</gui> on the top panel and select <gui>Connect "
10210
"to Hidden Wireless Network</gui>."
10211
msgstr ""
10212
10213
#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:23(page/title)
10214
msgid "Connect to a hidden wireless network"
10215
msgstr ""
10216
10217
#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:25(page/p)
10218
msgid ""
10219
"It is possible to set up a wireless network so that it is \"hidden.\" Hidden "
10220
"networks won't show up in the list of networks that are displayed when you "
10221
"click the network menu in the top panel (nor will they appear in the list of "
10222
"wireless networks on any other computer)."
10223
msgstr ""
10224
10225
#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:27(page/p)
10226
msgid ""
10227
"To connect to a hidden wireless network, click the <gui>network menu</gui> "
10228
"on the top panel and select <gui>Connect to Hidden Wireless Network</gui>. "
10229
"In the window that appears, type the network name, choose the type of "
10230
"wireless security and click <gui>Connect</gui>."
10231
msgstr ""
10232
10233
#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:29(page/p)
10234
msgid ""
10235
"You may have to check the settings of the wireless base station/router to "
10236
"see what the network name is. It is sometimes called the <em>BSSID</em> "
10237
"(Basic Service Set Identifier), and looks something like this: "
10238
"<gui>02:00:01:02:03:04</gui>."
10239
msgstr ""
10240
10241
#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:31(page/p)
10242
msgid ""
10243
"You should also check the wireless base station's security settings; look "
10244
"for terms like WEP and WPA."
10245
msgstr ""
10246
10247
#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:34(note/p)
10248
msgid ""
10249
"You may think that hiding your wireless network will improve security by "
10250
"preventing people who don't know about it from connecting. In practice, this "
10251
"is not the case; the network is slightly harder to find but it is still "
10252
"detectable."
10253
msgstr ""
10254
10255
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:13(credit/name)
10256
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:6(credit/name)
10257
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:11(credit/name)
10258
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:11(credit/name)
10259
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:12(credit/name)
10260
msgid "Contributors to the Ubuntu documentation wiki"
10261
msgstr ""
10262
10263
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:21(info/desc)
10264
msgid "Identify and fix problems with wireless connections"
10265
msgstr ""
10266
10267
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:25(page/title)
10268
msgid "Wireless network troubleshooter"
10269
msgstr ""
10270
10271
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:27(page/p)
10272
msgid ""
10273
"This guide is designed to help you troubleshoot and resolve problems with "
10274
"accessing a wireless network."
10275
msgstr ""
10276
10277
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:29(note/p)
10278
msgid ""
10279
"Due to the technical nature of troubleshooting network problems, this guide "
10280
"contains some commands that will need to be entered into a "
10281
"<app>terminal</app> window. While this may seem intimidating at first, do "
10282
"not be afraid! The guide will direct you at each step."
10283
msgstr ""
10284
10285
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:31(page/p)
10286
msgid ""
10287
"We will proceed through the following tasks to connect your computer to the "
10288
"internet:"
10289
msgstr ""
10290
10291
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:34(item/p)
10292
msgid ""
10293
"<link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check\">Perform an initial "
10294
"check</link>"
10295
msgstr ""
10296
10297
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:37(item/p)
10298
msgid ""
10299
"<link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info\">Gather information "
10300
"about your hardware</link>"
10301
msgstr ""
10302
10303
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40(item/p)
10304
msgid ""
10305
"<link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check\">Check your "
10306
"hardware</link>"
10307
msgstr ""
10308
10309
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:43(item/p)
10310
msgid ""
10311
"<link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers\">Check your device "
10312
"drivers</link>"
10313
msgstr ""
10314
10315
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:52(page/p)
10316
msgid ""
10317
"To get started, click on the <em>Next</em> link in the upper-right portion "
10318
"of the page. This link, and others like it on following pages, will take you "
10319
"through each step in the guide."
10320
msgstr ""
10321
10322
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:12(info/desc)
10323
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:19(info/desc)
10324
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:19(info/desc)
10325
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:20(info/desc)
10326
msgid "Troubleshoot your connection to a wireless network."
10327
msgstr ""
10328
10329
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:16(page/title)
10330
msgid "Check your device drivers"
10331
msgstr ""
10332
10333
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:19(section/title)
10334
msgid "Check for automatically loaded drivers"
10335
msgstr ""
10336
10337
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:21(section/p)
10338
msgid ""
10339
"Your device may already be supported with a preinstalled driver. To check if "
10340
"a driver was automatically loaded, run <cmd>sudo lshw -C network</cmd>. Look "
10341
"in the line that begins with <gui>configuration:</gui> for the word "
10342
"<em>driver</em>. If this exists, a driver has already been installed and "
10343
"loaded."
10344
msgstr ""
10345
10346
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:27(section/p)
10347
msgid ""
10348
"If you are not running the most recent kernel, update your system first. "
10349
"Drivers, especially wireless, are constantly being added and modified. You "
10350
"can do this by clicking on the <link xref=\"unity-appmenu-intro\">session "
10351
"menu</link> and selecting <gui>System Settings</gui>. In the System section, "
10352
"click <gui>Update Manager</gui>."
10353
msgstr ""
10354
10355
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:36(section/title)
10356
msgid "Find additional Linux drivers"
10357
msgstr ""
10358
10359
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:37(section/p)
10360
msgid ""
10361
"You can check for additional Linux drivers in the following locations:"
10362
msgstr ""
10363
10364
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:40(item/p)
10365
msgid ""
10366
"Check for a driver by clicking the <link xref=\"unity-appmenu-"
10367
"intro\">session menu</link> and selecting <gui>System Settings</gui>. In the "
10368
"Hardware section, click <gui>Additional Drivers</gui>. Wait a moment for "
10369
"Ubuntu to update its database."
10370
msgstr ""
10371
10372
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:45(item/p)
10373
msgid ""
10374
"Many of the drivers found in <app>Additional Drivers</app> are proprietary "
10375
"and the source code isn't freely available. Therefore, Linux community "
10376
"developers are unable to fix any security or functionality problems in the "
10377
"driver. These drivers also cannot be installed automatically as part of "
10378
"Ubuntu. If you are willing to accept this limitation, activate the driver."
10379
msgstr ""
10380
10381
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:54(item/p)
10382
msgid "Search your card manufacturer's website for a Linux driver."
10383
msgstr ""
10384
10385
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:60(section/title)
10386
msgid "Use Ndiswrapper for cards without a Linux driver"
10387
msgstr ""
10388
10389
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:61(section/p)
10390
msgid ""
10391
"If you find your card does not have a Linux driver you could try "
10392
"<app>ndiswrapper</app>."
10393
msgstr ""
10394
10395
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:66(item/p)
10396
msgid ""
10397
"Check the <link "
10398
"href=\"http://sourceforge.net/apps/mediawiki/ndiswrapper/\">device "
10399
"database</link> to see if your card is supported by ndiswrapper."
10400
msgstr ""
10401
10402
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:72(item/p)
10403
msgid ""
10404
"Full information on ndiswrapper kept on <link "
10405
"href=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/WifiDocs/Driver/Ndiswrapper\">this "
10406
"page</link> including troubleshooting help specific to ndiswrapper."
10407
msgstr ""
10408
10409
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:82(section/title)
10410
msgid "Check Driver"
10411
msgstr ""
10412
10413
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:83(section/p)
10414
msgid ""
10415
"If you ran <cmd>lshw -C network</cmd> and saw a driver bound to the device "
10416
"then let's test to make sure it's communicating with the kernel. You can "
10417
"also go back to the <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-"
10418
"check\">Initial Check page</link> to check for any signs of connectivity."
10419
msgstr ""
10420
10421
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:90(item/p)
10422
msgid ""
10423
"Run <cmd>sudo lsmod</cmd> to see if the driver is loaded. Look for the "
10424
"driver name that was listed in the \"configuration\" line output of lshw."
10425
msgstr ""
10426
10427
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:96(item/p)
10428
msgid ""
10429
"If you did not see the driver module in the list then use <cmd>sudo "
10430
"modprobe</cmd> to load it."
10431
msgstr ""
10432
10433
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:103(item/p)
10434
msgid ""
10435
"Run <cmd>sudo iwconfig</cmd>. If you see output like in the example in the "
10436
"command section then the driver is at least identifying the device as a "
10437
"wireless device to the kernel."
10438
msgstr ""
10439
10440
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:108(item/p)
10441
msgid ""
10442
"Run the command <cmd>sudo iwlist scan</cmd> to scan for a wireless access "
10443
"point. If an access point is identified, the card is probably working "
10444
"properly as it can complete a wireless interface task."
10445
msgstr ""
10446
10447
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:117(note/p)
10448
msgid ""
10449
"To find more information about all the commands used in this guide, click "
10450
"<link "
10451
"href=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/WifiDocs/WirelessTroubleShootingGuid"
10452
"e/Commands\">here</link>."
10453
msgstr ""
10454
10455
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:23(page/title)
10456
msgid "Check your hardware"
10457
msgstr ""
10458
10459
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:25(page/p)
10460
msgid "Let's see if your computer recognizes your wireless adapter."
10461
msgstr ""
10462
10463
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:27(item/p)
10464
msgid ""
10465
"Open a <app>terminal</app> window, and enter <cmd>sudo lshw -C network</cmd>."
10466
msgstr ""
10467
10468
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:28(item/p)
10469
msgid ""
10470
"If you get no response, you may need to install the <app>lshw</app> program "
10471
"on your computer; you can install it by typing <code>sudo apt-get install "
10472
"lshw</code> in a terminal."
10473
msgstr ""
10474
10475
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:29(item/p)
10476
msgid ""
10477
"Read the output from the command, and check for the <em>Wireless "
10478
"interface</em> section. If your wireless adapter is detected, the output "
10479
"should look similar to this:"
10480
msgstr ""
10481
10482
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:31(example/code)
10483
#, no-wrap
10484
msgid ""
10485
"*-network\n"
10486
" description: Wireless interface\n"
10487
" product: PRO/Wireless 3945ABG [Golan] Network Connection\n"
10488
" vendor: Intel Corporation\n"
10489
" physical id: 0\n"
10490
" bus info: pci@0000:03:00.0\n"
10491
" logical name: wlan0\n"
10492
" version: 02\n"
10493
" serial: 00:1b:77:11:5a:a7\n"
10494
" width: 32 bits\n"
10495
" clock: 33MHz\n"
10496
" capabilities: pm msi pciexpress bus_master cap_list ethernet physical "
10497
"wireless\n"
10498
" configuration: broadcast=yes driver=iwl3945 driverversion=2.6.38.2-"
10499
"9.fc15.i686\n"
10500
" firmware=15.32.2.9 ip=192.168.1.42 latency=0 link=yes multicast=yes\n"
10501
" wireless=IEEE 802.11abg\n"
10502
" resources: irq:46 memory:edf00000-edf00fff"
10503
msgstr ""
10504
10505
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:50(page/p)
10506
msgid ""
10507
"If a wireless device is listed, then continue to the <link xref=\"net-"
10508
"wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers\">Device Drivers page</link>."
10509
msgstr ""
10510
10511
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:51(page/p)
10512
msgid ""
10513
"If a wireless device is not listed, the next steps will help you to locate "
10514
"the hardware information."
10515
msgstr ""
10516
10517
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:54(section/title)
10518
msgid "Further wireless hardware checks"
10519
msgstr ""
10520
10521
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:55(section/p)
10522
msgid ""
10523
"Because your wireless adapter was not found with the previous command, you "
10524
"need to take further steps to make sure your computer recognizes your "
10525
"adapter."
10526
msgstr ""
10527
10528
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:56(section/p)
10529
msgid ""
10530
"The steps you take will depend on the type of device that you use. Refer to "
10531
"the section that is relevant to the type of wireless adapter that you use "
10532
"with your computer: PCI (internal), USB, or PCMCIA."
10533
msgstr ""
10534
10535
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:57(note/p)
10536
msgid ""
10537
"Internal PCI adapters are most common, and are found on laptops made within "
10538
"the past few years. PCMCIA adapters are external, card-style adapters, and "
10539
"are more common on older laptops."
10540
msgstr ""
10541
10542
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:59(section/title)
10543
msgid "Checking for a PCI (internal) device"
10544
msgstr ""
10545
10546
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:60(section/p)
10547
msgid ""
10548
"To check if your computer can recognize your PCI wireless adapter, enter "
10549
"<cmd>sudo lspci</cmd> into a terminal window. The terminal will display a "
10550
"list of PCI devices that it has found on your computer."
10551
msgstr ""
10552
10553
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:61(section/p)
10554
msgid ""
10555
"Although this may be a bit difficult to read-through, look for the name and "
10556
"model number of your wireless adapter. Here is an example of what a PCI "
10557
"device listing may look like:"
10558
msgstr ""
10559
10560
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:63(example/p)
10561
msgid ""
10562
"<code>Network controller: Intel Corporation PRO/Wireless 3945ABG [Golan] "
10563
"Network Connection</code>"
10564
msgstr ""
10565
10566
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:65(section/p)
10567
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:74(section/p)
10568
msgid ""
10569
"If your device is recognized by the previous command, great! Proceed to the "
10570
"<link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers\">Device "
10571
"Drivers</link> page. If the above command does not show any output related "
10572
"to your wireless adapter, see the instructions at the bottom of this page."
10573
msgstr ""
10574
10575
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:68(section/title)
10576
msgid "Checking for a USB device"
10577
msgstr ""
10578
10579
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:69(section/p)
10580
msgid ""
10581
"To check if your computer recognizes your USB wireless adapter, enter "
10582
"<cmd>sudo lsusb</cmd> into a terminal window. The terminal will display a "
10583
"list of USB devices that it has found on your computer."
10584
msgstr ""
10585
10586
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:70(section/p)
10587
msgid ""
10588
"Although it may be difficult to read-through, look for the name and model "
10589
"number of your USB wireless adapter. Here is some sample output from the "
10590
"<cmd>lsusb</cmd> command:"
10591
msgstr ""
10592
10593
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:72(example/p)
10594
msgid ""
10595
"<code>Bus 005 Device 009: ID 12d1:140b Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. EC1260 "
10596
"Wireless Data Modem HSD USB Card</code>"
10597
msgstr ""
10598
10599
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:77(section/title)
10600
msgid "Checking for a PCMCIA device"
10601
msgstr ""
10602
10603
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:78(section/p)
10604
msgid ""
10605
"To check if your computer recognizes your PCMCIA adapter, complete the "
10606
"following steps:"
10607
msgstr ""
10608
10609
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:80(item/p)
10610
msgid "Start your computer <em>without</em> the wireless adapter plugged in."
10611
msgstr ""
10612
10613
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:81(item/p)
10614
msgid "Log in when/if prompted."
10615
msgstr ""
10616
10617
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:82(item/p)
10618
msgid ""
10619
"When the desktop loads, open a terminal window and type the following "
10620
"command:"
10621
msgstr ""
10622
10623
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:83(item/p)
10624
msgid "<cmd>sudo tail -f /var/log/messages</cmd>"
10625
msgstr ""
10626
10627
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:84(item/p)
10628
msgid "Insert your wireless adapter into an available slot."
10629
msgstr ""
10630
10631
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:85(item/p)
10632
msgid "Repeat the command above, and note the difference between the two."
10633
msgstr ""
10634
10635
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:88(section/p)
10636
msgid ""
10637
"If your device is recognized by the previous command, great! Proceed to the "
10638
"<link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers\">Device "
10639
"Drivers</link> page."
10640
msgstr ""
10641
10642
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:90(note/p)
10643
msgid ""
10644
"If your device is not recognized by any of the above commands, it may mean "
10645
"that your device is not working, or that your device is not supported by "
10646
"your operating system."
10647
msgstr ""
10648
10649
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:91(note/p)
10650
msgid ""
10651
"To get additional help, post a message to a user forum appropriate to your "
10652
"operating system (e.g., Fedora, OpenSUSE, or Ubuntu forums, etc.), or post a "
10653
"message to an appropriate mailing list."
10654
msgstr ""
10655
10656
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:23(page/title)
10657
msgid "Gather information about your hardware"
10658
msgstr ""
10659
10660
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:25(page/p)
10661
msgid ""
10662
"To best troubleshoot your wireless connection you will need some items and "
10663
"some information. Although you might not have all of these items, collect "
10664
"what you can:"
10665
msgstr ""
10666
10667
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:27(item/p)
10668
msgid "Your laptop and wireless router (of course!)"
10669
msgstr ""
10670
10671
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:28(item/p)
10672
msgid ""
10673
"The packaging and contents for your device (particularly the user guide for "
10674
"your router)"
10675
msgstr ""
10676
10677
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:29(item/p)
10678
msgid "A driver disc - even if it only contains Windows drivers"
10679
msgstr ""
10680
10681
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:30(item/p)
10682
msgid ""
10683
"If possible, have access to an alternate working internet connection for "
10684
"downloading software and drivers"
10685
msgstr ""
10686
10687
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:33(page/p)
10688
msgid ""
10689
"It is also helpful to have the following information available. Again, just "
10690
"collect what you can:"
10691
msgstr ""
10692
10693
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:35(item/p)
10694
msgid ""
10695
"The name of the manufacturer for your computer, wireless adapter and router"
10696
msgstr ""
10697
10698
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:36(item/p)
10699
msgid "The complete model number of your computer and router"
10700
msgstr ""
10701
10702
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:37(item/p)
10703
msgid ""
10704
"Any version numbers that may be printed on your devices or their packaging. "
10705
"These can be especially helpful, so look carefully."
10706
msgstr ""
10707
10708
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:38(item/p)
10709
msgid ""
10710
"Anything on the driver disc that identifies either the device itself or the "
10711
"components it uses. Wireless implementation chips are often operated by "
10712
"firmware, a type of software written specifically for that chip."
10713
msgstr ""
10714
10715
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:40(page/p)
10716
msgid ""
10717
"Once you have these items and this information, click <gui>Next</gui> in the "
10718
"upper-right portion of this page to continue."
10719
msgstr ""
10720
10721
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:24(page/title)
10722
msgid "Perform an initial check"
10723
msgstr ""
10724
10725
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:26(page/p)
10726
msgid ""
10727
"Our first step will be to verify some basic network connectivity information."
10728
msgstr ""
10729
10730
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:28(item/p)
10731
msgid ""
10732
"Make sure that your laptop is not connected to a <em>wired</em> internet "
10733
"connection."
10734
msgstr ""
10735
10736
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:29(item/p)
10737
msgid ""
10738
"If you have an external wireless adapter (such as a wireless-USB adapter, or "
10739
"a PCMCIA card), make sure that it is inserted into the proper slot on your "
10740
"computer."
10741
msgstr ""
10742
10743
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:30(item/p)
10744
msgid ""
10745
"If your wireless card is <em>inside</em> your computer, make sure that your "
10746
"wireless adapter switch is turned on."
10747
msgstr ""
10748
10749
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:31(item/p)
10750
msgid ""
10751
"Click the <gui>network menu</gui> on the top panel and make sure that the "
10752
"<gui>Enable Wireless</gui> setting is checked."
10753
msgstr ""
10754
10755
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:32(item/p)
10756
msgid ""
10757
"Open a <app>terminal</app> window (such as <app>gnome-terminal</app>), and "
10758
"enter the following command:"
10759
msgstr ""
10760
10761
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:33(item/p)
10762
msgid "<cmd>nm-tool</cmd>"
10763
msgstr ""
10764
10765
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:36(page/p)
10766
msgid ""
10767
"The <app>nm-tool</app> program will display information about your network "
10768
"hardware and connection status. If output from the wireless connection "
10769
"section contains the text, <code>State: Connected</code>, it means that your "
10770
"wireless adapter is working and it is connected to your wireless router."
10771
msgstr ""
10772
10773
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:38(page/p)
10774
msgid ""
10775
"If you are connected to your wireless router, but you still cannot access "
10776
"the internet, your router may not be set up correctly, or your Internet "
10777
"Service Provider (ISP) may be experiencing some technical problems. Review "
10778
"your router and ISP setup guides, or contact your ISP for support."
10779
msgstr ""
10780
10781
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:39(page/p)
10782
msgid ""
10783
"If the output from the <cmd>nm-tool</cmd> command did not indicate that you "
10784
"were connected to the network, proceed to the <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
10785
"troubleshooting-hardware-info\">next portion</link> of the troubleshooting "
10786
"guide."
10787
msgstr ""
10788
10789
#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:14(info/desc)
10790
msgid "WEP and WPA are ways of encrypting data on wireless networks."
10791
msgstr ""
10792
10793
#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:18(page/title)
10794
msgid "What do WEP and WPA mean?"
10795
msgstr ""
10796
10797
#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:20(page/p)
10798
msgid ""
10799
"WEP and WPA (along with WPA2) are names for different encryption tools used "
10800
"to secure your wireless connection. Encryption scrambles the network "
10801
"connection so that no one can \"listen in\" to it and look at which web "
10802
"pages you are viewing, for example. WEP stands for <em>Wired Equivalent "
10803
"Privacy</em>, and WPA stands for <em>Wireless Protected Access</em>. WPA2 is "
10804
"the second version of the WPA standard."
10805
msgstr ""
10806
10807
#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:22(page/p)
10808
msgid ""
10809
"Using <em>some</em> encryption is always better than using none, but WEP is "
10810
"the least secure of these standards, and you should not use it if you can "
10811
"avoid it. WPA2 is the most secure of the three. If your wireless card and "
10812
"router support WPA2, that is what you should use when setting up your "
10813
"wireless network."
10814
msgstr ""
10815
10816
#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:19(info/desc)
10817
msgid ""
10818
"Edit your connection settings, and remove the unwanted connection option."
10819
msgstr ""
10820
10821
#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:23(page/title)
10822
msgid "My computer connects to the wrong network"
10823
msgstr ""
10824
10825
#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:25(page/p)
10826
msgid ""
10827
"When you turn your computer on or move to a different location, your "
10828
"computer will automatically try to connect to wireless networks that you "
10829
"have connected to in the past. If it tries to connect to the wrong network "
10830
"each time (that is, not the one that you want it to connect to), do the "
10831
"following:"
10832
msgstr ""
10833
10834
#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:33(item/p)
10835
msgid ""
10836
"Go to the <gui>Wireless</gui> tab and find the network that you "
10837
"<em>don't</em> want it to keep connecting to."
10838
msgstr ""
10839
10840
#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:37(item/p)
10841
msgid ""
10842
"Click that network once to select it and click <gui>Delete</gui>. Your "
10843
"computer won't try to connect to that network any more."
10844
msgstr ""
10845
10846
#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:42(page/p)
10847
msgid ""
10848
"If you later want to connect to the network you just deleted, simply select "
10849
"it from the list of wireless networks that appears when you click the "
10850
"network menu on the top panel - just as you would connect to any other "
10851
"wireless network."
10852
msgstr ""
10853
10854
#: C/power-batterybroken.page:10(info/desc)
10855
msgid ""
10856
"Your battery is probably not broken; it's more likely that it's just old."
10857
msgstr ""
10858
10859
#: C/power-batterybroken.page:21(page/title)
10860
msgid "An error reports my battery has low capacity"
10861
msgstr ""
10862
10863
#: C/power-batterybroken.page:28(page/p)
10864
msgid "When you first log in, you might see a message that says:"
10865
msgstr ""
10866
10867
#: C/power-batterybroken.page:30(quote/p)
10868
msgid ""
10869
"<em>Battery may be broken. Your battery has a very low capacity which means "
10870
"that it may be old or broken.</em>"
10871
msgstr ""
10872
10873
#: C/power-batterybroken.page:33(page/p)
10874
msgid ""
10875
"This message is displayed when the computer detects that your battery is not "
10876
"capable of storing much charge. The most likely reason for this is that your "
10877
"battery is old; it's probably not broken, so there's no need to worry."
10878
msgstr ""
10879
10880
#: C/power-batterybroken.page:35(page/p)
10881
msgid ""
10882
"Over time, all laptop batteries lose their ability to store charge. After a "
10883
"while (normally a year or more), the battery will only be able to store a "
10884
"fraction of the charge that it could when it was new. The message above is "
10885
"shown when this happens."
10886
msgstr ""
10887
10888
#: C/power-batterybroken.page:37(page/p)
10889
msgid ""
10890
"If your computer or battery is relatively new, it should be capable of "
10891
"holding a high percentage of its design charge. If it can't, then your "
10892
"battery may be broken and you might need to seek a replacement."
10893
msgstr ""
10894
10895
#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:9(info/desc)
10896
msgid "The battery life that is displayed is only an estimate."
10897
msgstr ""
10898
10899
#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:24(page/title)
10900
msgid "It says X minutes of battery remaining, but that's not true"
10901
msgstr ""
10902
10903
#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:26(page/p)
10904
msgid ""
10905
"When you check the remaining battery life, you may find that the <em>time "
10906
"remaining</em> it reports is different to how long the battery "
10907
"<em>actually</em> lasts. This is because the amount of remaining battery "
10908
"life can only be estimated. The estimates should get better over time, "
10909
"though."
10910
msgstr ""
10911
10912
#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:28(page/p)
10913
msgid ""
10914
"In order to estimate the remaining battery life, a number of factors must be "
10915
"taken into account. One is the amount of power currently being used by the "
10916
"computer: power consumption varies depending on how many programs you have "
10917
"open, which devices are plugged in, and whether you are running any "
10918
"intensive tasks (like watching a DVD or converting music files, for "
10919
"example). This changes from moment to moment, and is difficult to predict."
10920
msgstr ""
10921
10922
#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:30(page/p)
10923
msgid ""
10924
"Another factor is how the battery discharges. Some batteries lose charge "
10925
"faster the emptier they get. Without precise knowledge of how the battery "
10926
"discharges, only a rough estimate of remaining battery life can be made."
10927
msgstr ""
10928
10929
#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:32(page/p)
10930
msgid ""
10931
"As the battery discharges, the Power Manager will figure-out its discharge "
10932
"properties and will learn how to make better estimates of battery life. They "
10933
"will never be completely accurate, though."
10934
msgstr ""
10935
10936
#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:35(note/p)
10937
msgid ""
10938
"If you get a completely ridiculous battery life estimate (say, hundreds of "
10939
"days!), the Power Manager is probably missing some of the data it needs to "
10940
"make a sensible estimate."
10941
msgstr ""
10942
10943
#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:36(note/p)
10944
msgid ""
10945
"If you unplug the power and run the laptop on battery for a while, then plug "
10946
"it in and let it recharge again, the Power Manager should be able to get the "
10947
"data it needs."
10948
msgstr ""
10949
10950
#: C/power-batterylife.page:9(info/desc)
10951
msgid "Tips to reduce your computer's power consumption."
10952
msgstr ""
10953
10954
#: C/power-batterylife.page:24(page/title)
10955
msgid "Use less power and improve battery life"
10956
msgstr ""
10957
10958
#: C/power-batterylife.page:26(page/p)
10959
msgid ""
10960
"Computers can use a lot of power. By using some simple energy-saving "
10961
"strategies, you can reduce your energy bill and help the environment. If you "
10962
"have a laptop, this will also help to increase the amount of time it can run "
10963
"on battery power."
10964
msgstr ""
10965
10966
#: C/power-batterylife.page:30(section/title)
10967
msgid "General tips"
10968
msgstr ""
10969
10970
#: C/power-batterylife.page:33(item/p)
10971
msgid ""
10972
"<link xref=\"shell-exit#shut-down\">Suspend your computer</link> when you "
10973
"are not using it. This significantly reduces the amount of power it uses, "
10974
"and it can be woken up very quickly."
10975
msgstr ""
10976
10977
#: C/power-batterylife.page:36(item/p)
10978
msgid ""
10979
"Turn off the computer when you will not be using it for longer periods. Some "
10980
"people worry that turning off a computer regularly may cause it to wear out "
10981
"faster, but modern computers are quite robust, so this shouldn't be an issue."
10982
msgstr ""
10983
10984
#: C/power-batterylife.page:39(item/p)
10985
msgid ""
10986
"Use the Power Management preferences to change your power settings. There "
10987
"are a number of options that will help to save power: you can <link "
10988
"xref=\"display-dimscreen\">automatically dim</link> the display or send it "
10989
"to sleep after a certain time; <link xref=\"power-brighter\">reduce the "
10990
"display's brightness</link> (for laptops); and have the computer <link "
10991
"xref=\"power-suspendhibernate\">automatically go to sleep</link> if you "
10992
"haven't used it for a certain period of time."
10993
msgstr ""
10994
10995
#: C/power-batterylife.page:42(item/p)
10996
msgid ""
10997
"Turn off any external devices (like printers and scanners) when you're not "
10998
"using them."
10999
msgstr ""
11000
11001
#: C/power-batterylife.page:48(section/title)
11002
msgid "Laptops, netbooks, and other devices with batteries"
11003
msgstr ""
11004
11005
#: C/power-batterylife.page:52(item/p)
11006
msgid ""
11007
"<link xref=\"power-brighter\">Reduce the screen's brightness</link>; "
11008
"powering the screen accounts for a significant fraction of a laptop's power "
11009
"consumption."
11010
msgstr ""
11011
11012
#: C/power-batterylife.page:53(item/p)
11013
msgid ""
11014
"Most laptops have buttons on the keyboard (or a keyboard shortcut) that you "
11015
"can use to reduce the brightness."
11016
msgstr ""
11017
11018
#: C/power-batterylife.page:56(item/p)
11019
msgid ""
11020
"If you don't need an Internet connection for a little while, turn off the "
11021
"wireless/Bluetooth card. These devices work by broadcasting radio waves, "
11022
"which takes quite a bit of power."
11023
msgstr ""
11024
11025
#: C/power-batterylife.page:57(item/p)
11026
msgid ""
11027
"Some computers have a physical switch that can be used to turn it off, "
11028
"whereas others have a keyboard shortcut that you can use instead. You can "
11029
"turn it on again when you need it."
11030
msgstr ""
11031
11032
#: C/power-batterylife.page:63(section/title)
11033
msgid "More advanced tips"
11034
msgstr ""
11035
11036
#: C/power-batterylife.page:67(item/p)
11037
msgid ""
11038
"Reduce the number of tasks that are running in the background. Computers use "
11039
"more power when they have more work to do."
11040
msgstr ""
11041
11042
#: C/power-batterylife.page:68(item/p)
11043
msgid ""
11044
"Most of your running applications do very little when you're not actively "
11045
"using them. However, applications that frequently grab data from the "
11046
"internet, play music or movies, or run distributed calculations can impact "
11047
"your power consumption."
11048
msgstr ""
11049
11050
#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:9(info/desc)
11051
msgid "Tips such as \"Don't let the battery charge get too low\""
11052
msgstr ""
11053
11054
#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:24(page/title)
11055
msgid "Get the most out of your laptop battery"
11056
msgstr ""
11057
11058
#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:26(page/p)
11059
msgid ""
11060
"As laptop batteries age, they get worse at storing charge and their capacity "
11061
"gradually decreases. There are a few techniques that you can use to prolong "
11062
"their useful lifetime, although you shouldn't expect a big difference."
11063
msgstr ""
11064
11065
#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:30(item/p)
11066
msgid ""
11067
"Don't let the battery run all the way down. Always recharge <em>before</em> "
11068
"the battery gets very low; recharging when it is only partially discharged "
11069
"is more efficient."
11070
msgstr ""
11071
11072
#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:33(item/p)
11073
msgid ""
11074
"Heat has a detrimental effect on a battery's charging efficiency. Don't let "
11075
"the battery get any warmer than it has to."
11076
msgstr ""
11077
11078
#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:36(item/p)
11079
msgid ""
11080
"Batteries age even if you leave them in storage. There is little advantage "
11081
"in buying a replacement battery at the same time as you get the original "
11082
"battery - always buy replacements when you need them."
11083
msgstr ""
11084
11085
#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:41(note/p)
11086
msgid ""
11087
"This advice applies specifically to Lithium-Ion (Li-Ion) batteries, which "
11088
"are the most common type. Other types of battery may behave differently."
11089
msgstr ""
11090
11091
#: C/power-batteryslow.page:7(info/desc)
11092
msgid ""
11093
"Some laptops intentionally slow down when they are running on battery."
11094
msgstr ""
11095
11096
#: C/power-batteryslow.page:19(page/title)
11097
msgid "Why is my laptop slow when it's on battery?"
11098
msgstr ""
11099
11100
#: C/power-batteryslow.page:21(page/p)
11101
msgid ""
11102
"Some laptops intentionally slow down when they are running on battery in "
11103
"order to conserve power. The laptop's processor (CPU) switches to a slower "
11104
"speed, and processors use less power when running slower, so the battery "
11105
"should last longer."
11106
msgstr ""
11107
11108
#: C/power-batteryslow.page:23(page/p)
11109
msgid "This feature is called <em>CPU frequency scaling</em>."
11110
msgstr ""
11111
11112
#: C/power-batterywindows.page:7(info/desc)
11113
msgid ""
11114
"Tweaks from the manufacturer and differing battery life estimates may be the "
11115
"cause of this problem."
11116
msgstr ""
11117
11118
#: C/power-batterywindows.page:21(page/title)
11119
msgid "Why do I have less battery life than I did on Windows/Mac OS?"
11120
msgstr ""
11121
11122
#: C/power-batterywindows.page:23(page/p)
11123
msgid ""
11124
"Some computers appear to have a shorter battery life when running on Linux "
11125
"than they do when running Windows or Mac OS. One reason for this is that "
11126
"computer vendors install special software for Windows/Mac OS that optimizes "
11127
"various hardware/software settings for a given model of computer. These "
11128
"tweaks are often highly specific, and may not be documented, so including "
11129
"them in Linux is difficult."
11130
msgstr ""
11131
11132
#: C/power-batterywindows.page:25(page/p)
11133
msgid ""
11134
"Unfortunately, there's not an easy way of applying these tweaks yourself "
11135
"without knowing exactly what they are. You may find that using some <link "
11136
"xref=\"power-batterylife\">simple power-saving methods</link> helps, though. "
11137
"If your computer has a <link xref=\"power-batteryslow\">variable-speed "
11138
"processor</link>, you might find that changing its settings is also useful."
11139
msgstr ""
11140
11141
#: C/power-batterywindows.page:27(page/p)
11142
msgid ""
11143
"Another possible reason for the discrepancy is that the method of estimating "
11144
"battery life is different on Windows/Mac OS than on Linux. The actual "
11145
"battery life could be exactly the same, but the different methods give "
11146
"different estimates. See <link xref=\"power-batteryestimate\"/> for more "
11147
"information."
11148
msgstr ""
11149
11150
#: C/power-brighter.page:11(info/desc)
11151
msgid ""
11152
"Laptops and desktop monitors usually have buttons that you can press to "
11153
"change the brightness."
11154
msgstr ""
11155
11156
#: C/power-brighter.page:21(page/title)
11157
msgid "How can I make the screen brighter?"
11158
msgstr ""
11159
11160
#: C/power-brighter.page:23(page/p)
11161
msgid ""
11162
"If you have a laptop or netbook, there are probably some screen brightness "
11163
"controls on the keyboard. They usually have stylized \"sun\" icons, and are "
11164
"often on or above the function keys (e.g. <key>F4</key>). On some laptops, "
11165
"you must hold-down the Function (<key>Fn</key>) key and then press one of "
11166
"the brightness keys to change the screen brightness. For example, you might "
11167
"press <keyseq><key>Fn</key><key>F4</key></keyseq> to decrease the brightness "
11168
"and <keyseq><key>Fn</key><key>F5</key></keyseq> to increase it."
11169
msgstr ""
11170
11171
#: C/power-brighter.page:25(page/p)
11172
msgid ""
11173
"You can also change the brightness by clicking the icon at the very right of "
11174
"the <gui>top panel</gui>, selecting <gui>System Settings</gui> and then "
11175
"opening the <gui>Screen</gui> preferences."
11176
msgstr ""
11177
11178
#: C/power-brighter.page:27(page/p)
11179
msgid ""
11180
"If you have a desktop computer, you should be able to use controls on the "
11181
"monitor to change the brightness of the screen. How you do this depends very "
11182
"much on what monitor you have - some have specific buttons to change "
11183
"brightness, whereas others have buttons which you use to navigate on-screen "
11184
"menus."
11185
msgstr ""
11186
11187
#: C/power-brighter.page:29(page/p)
11188
msgid ""
11189
"If you have increased the brightness to the maximum but it's still not "
11190
"bright enough, you may need to adjust the <em>contrast</em> or "
11191
"<em>gamma</em> settings of the screen instead. Not all screens allow you to "
11192
"change both of these settings, however."
11193
msgstr ""
11194
11195
#: C/power-closelid.page:9(info/desc)
11196
msgid "Laptops go to sleep when you close the lid, in order to save power."
11197
msgstr ""
11198
11199
#: C/power-closelid.page:19(page/title)
11200
msgid "Why does my computer turn off when I close the lid?"
11201
msgstr ""
11202
11203
#: C/power-closelid.page:21(page/p)
11204
msgid ""
11205
"When you close the lid of your laptop, your computer will <em>suspend</em> "
11206
"in order to save power. This means that the computer is not actually turned "
11207
"off - it has just gone to sleep. You can wake it up by opening the lid. If "
11208
"it doesn't wake up, try clicking the mouse or pressing a key. If that still "
11209
"doesn't work, press the power button."
11210
msgstr ""
11211
11212
#: C/power-closelid.page:23(page/p)
11213
msgid ""
11214
"Some computers are unable to suspend properly, normally because their "
11215
"hardware isn't completely supported by the operating system (e.g. the Linux "
11216
"drivers are incomplete). In this case, you may find that you are unable to "
11217
"wake up your computer after you've closed the lid. You can try to <link "
11218
"xref=\"power-suspendfail\">fix the problem with suspend</link>, or you can "
11219
"prevent the computer from trying to suspend when you close the lid."
11220
msgstr ""
11221
11222
#: C/power-closelid.page:26(section/title)
11223
msgid "Stop the computer from suspending when the lid is closed"
11224
msgstr ""
11225
11226
#: C/power-closelid.page:27(section/p)
11227
msgid ""
11228
"If you don't want the computer to suspend when you close the lid, you can "
11229
"change the settings for that behavior. To set the computer to blank the "
11230
"screen, rather than suspend, when the lid is closed:"
11231
msgstr ""
11232
11233
#: C/power-closelid.page:29(note/p)
11234
msgid ""
11235
"Be very careful if you change this setting. Some laptops can overheat if "
11236
"they are left running with the lid closed, especially if they are in a "
11237
"confined place like a backpack."
11238
msgstr ""
11239
11240
#: C/power-closelid.page:35(item/p)
11241
msgid "Open the <app>Terminal</app> application from the <gui>Dash</gui>."
11242
msgstr ""
11243
11244
#: C/power-closelid.page:38(item/p)
11245
msgid ""
11246
"To change the setting used when running on battery power, type this command "
11247
"and press <key>Enter</key>:"
11248
msgstr ""
11249
11250
#: C/power-closelid.page:39(item/screen)
11251
#, no-wrap
11252
msgid ""
11253
"gsettings set org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugin.power lid-close-battery-"
11254
"action blank"
11255
msgstr ""
11256
11257
#: C/power-closelid.page:42(item/p)
11258
msgid ""
11259
"To change the setting used when running on AC power, type this command and "
11260
"press <key>Enter</key>:"
11261
msgstr ""
11262
11263
#: C/power-closelid.page:43(item/screen)
11264
#, no-wrap
11265
msgid ""
11266
"gsettings set org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugin.power lid-close-ac-action "
11267
"blank"
11268
msgstr ""
11269
11270
#: C/power-closelid.page:46(section/p)
11271
msgid ""
11272
"There are other settings available besides \"blank,\" such as \"nothing,\" "
11273
"which causes the computer to do nothing."
11274
msgstr ""
11275
11276
#: C/power-constantfan.page:8(info/desc)
11277
msgid ""
11278
"Some fan-control software could be missing, or your laptop may be running "
11279
"hot."
11280
msgstr ""
11281
11282
#: C/power-constantfan.page:19(page/title)
11283
msgid "The laptop fan is always running"
11284
msgstr ""
11285
11286
#: C/power-constantfan.page:21(page/p)
11287
msgid ""
11288
"If your laptop's cooling fan is always running, it could be that the "
11289
"hardware that controls the laptop's cooling system isn't very well supported "
11290
"in Linux. Some laptops need extra software to control their cooling fans "
11291
"efficiently, but this software may not be installed (or available for Linux "
11292
"at all) and so the fans just run at full speed all of the time."
11293
msgstr ""
11294
11295
#: C/power-constantfan.page:23(page/p)
11296
msgid ""
11297
"If this is the case, you may be able to change some settings or install "
11298
"extra software that allows full control of the fan. For example, <link "
11299
"href=\"http://vaio-utils.org/fan/\">vaiofand</link> can be installed to "
11300
"control the fans of some Sony VAIO laptops. Installing this software is "
11301
"quite a technical process which is highly dependent on the make and model of "
11302
"your laptop, so you may wish to seek specific advice on how to do it for "
11303
"your computer."
11304
msgstr ""
11305
11306
#: C/power-constantfan.page:25(page/p)
11307
msgid ""
11308
"It is also possible that your laptop just produces a lot of heat. This does "
11309
"not necessarily mean that it is overheating; it might just need the fan to "
11310
"run at full speed all of the time to allow it to stay cool enough. If this "
11311
"is the case, you have little option but to let the fan run at full speed all "
11312
"of the time. You can sometimes buy additional cooling accessories for your "
11313
"laptop which may help."
11314
msgstr ""
11315
11316
#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:8(info/desc)
11317
msgid ""
11318
"Computers usually get warm, but if they get too hot they can overheat, which "
11319
"can be damaging."
11320
msgstr ""
11321
11322
#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:18(page/title)
11323
msgid "My computer gets really hot"
11324
msgstr ""
11325
11326
#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:20(page/p)
11327
msgid ""
11328
"Most computers get warm after a while, and some can get quite hot. This is "
11329
"normal: it's simply part of the way that the computer cools itself. However, "
11330
"if your computer gets very warm it could be a sign that it is overheating, "
11331
"which can potentially cause damage."
11332
msgstr ""
11333
11334
#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:22(page/p)
11335
msgid ""
11336
"Most laptops get reasonably warm once you have been using them for a while. "
11337
"It's generally nothing to worry about - computers produce a lot of heat and "
11338
"laptops are very compact, so they need to remove their heat rapidly and "
11339
"their outer casing warms up as a result. Some laptops do get too hot, "
11340
"however, and may be uncomfortable to use. This is normally the result of a "
11341
"poorly-designed cooling system. You can sometimes get additional cooling "
11342
"accessories which fit to the bottom of the laptop and provide more efficient "
11343
"cooling."
11344
msgstr ""
11345
11346
#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:24(page/p)
11347
msgid ""
11348
"If you have a desktop computer which feels hot to the touch, it may have "
11349
"insufficient cooling. If this concerns you, you can buy extra cooling fans "
11350
"or check that the cooling fans and vents are free from dust and other "
11351
"blockages. You might want to consider putting the computer in a better-"
11352
"ventilated area too - if kept in confined spaces (e.g. in a cupboard), the "
11353
"computer's cooling system may not be able to remove heat and circulate cool "
11354
"air fast enough."
11355
msgstr ""
11356
11357
#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:26(page/p)
11358
msgid ""
11359
"Some people are concerned about the health risks of using hot laptops. There "
11360
"are suggestions that prolonged use of a hot laptop on your lap might "
11361
"possibly reduce (male) fertility, and there are reports of minor burns being "
11362
"suffered too (in extreme cases). If you are concerned about these potential "
11363
"problems, you may wish to consult a medical practitioner for advice. Of "
11364
"course, you can simply choose not to rest the laptop on your lap."
11365
msgstr ""
11366
11367
#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:28(page/p)
11368
msgid ""
11369
"Most modern computers will shut themselves down if they get too hot, in "
11370
"order to prevent damage from occurring. If your computer keeps shutting "
11371
"down, this might be the reason. If your computer is overheating, you will "
11372
"probably need to get it repaired."
11373
msgstr ""
11374
11375
#: C/power-lowpower.page:7(info/desc)
11376
msgid "Allowing the battery to completely discharge is bad for it."
11377
msgstr ""
11378
11379
#: C/power-lowpower.page:17(page/title)
11380
msgid "Why did my computer turn off/hibernate when the battery got to 10%?"
11381
msgstr ""
11382
11383
#: C/power-lowpower.page:19(page/p)
11384
msgid ""
11385
"When the charge level of the battery gets too low, your computer will "
11386
"automatically hibernate (that is, it will save all of your open documents "
11387
"and applications, and then turn off). It does this to make sure that the "
11388
"battery doesn't completely discharge, since this is bad for the battery. If "
11389
"the battery just ran out, the computer wouldn't have time to shut down "
11390
"properly either."
11391
msgstr ""
11392
11393
#: C/power-lowpower.page:21(page/p)
11394
msgid ""
11395
"You can change what happens when the battery level gets too low by clicking "
11396
"the <gui>battery menu</gui> in the <gui>menu bar</gui> and selecting "
11397
"<gui>Power Settings</gui>. Look at the <gui>When power is critically "
11398
"low</gui> setting. You can choose for the computer to hibernate or shut "
11399
"down; if you choose shut down, your applications and documents <em>will "
11400
"not</em> be saved before the computer turns off."
11401
msgstr ""
11402
11403
#: C/power-lowpower.page:23(page/p)
11404
msgid ""
11405
"Some computers have problems hibernating, and may not be able to recover the "
11406
"applications and documents you had open when you turn on the computer again. "
11407
"In this case, it is possible that you could lose some of your work if you "
11408
"didn't save it before the computer hibernated. You may be able to <link "
11409
"xref=\"power-suspendfail\">fix problems with hibernation</link> though."
11410
msgstr ""
11411
11412
#: C/power-nowireless.page:11(info/desc)
11413
msgid ""
11414
"Some wireless devices have problems handling when your computer is sent to "
11415
"sleep and don't wake up again properly."
11416
msgstr ""
11417
11418
#: C/power-nowireless.page:21(page/title)
11419
msgid "I have no wireless network when I wake up my computer"
11420
msgstr ""
11421
11422
#: C/power-nowireless.page:23(page/p)
11423
msgid ""
11424
"If you have sent your computer to sleep (suspended it) or hibernated it, you "
11425
"may find that your wireless internet connection doesn't work when you wake "
11426
"it up again. This happens when the wireless device's <link xref=\"hardware-"
11427
"driver\">drivers</link> don't fully support certain power saving features. "
11428
"Typically, the wireless connection fails to turn on properly when the "
11429
"computer wakes up."
11430
msgstr ""
11431
11432
#: C/power-nowireless.page:25(page/p)
11433
msgid ""
11434
"If this happens, try turning your wireless connection off and then on again. "
11435
"If you have a power switch for the wireless card, turn it off and then on "
11436
"again and see if it works. Some laptops have a keyboard shortcut that can be "
11437
"used to turn the wireless on and off; its icon often looks like a \"radio "
11438
"beacon\". You can also try clicking the network icon on the top bar and "
11439
"unchecking <gui>Enable wireless</gui>, waiting for a few seconds, and the re-"
11440
"checking it."
11441
msgstr ""
11442
11443
#: C/power-nowireless.page:27(page/p)
11444
msgid ""
11445
"If this doesn't work, restarting your computer should get the wireless "
11446
"working again."
11447
msgstr ""
11448
11449
#: C/power-othercountry.page:7(info/desc)
11450
msgid ""
11451
"Your computer will work, but you might need a different power cable or a "
11452
"travel adapter."
11453
msgstr ""
11454
11455
#: C/power-othercountry.page:22(page/title)
11456
msgid "Will my computer work with a different country's power supply?"
11457
msgstr ""
11458
11459
#: C/power-othercountry.page:24(page/p)
11460
msgid ""
11461
"Different countries use power supplies at different voltages (usually 110V "
11462
"or 220-240V) and AC frequencies (usually 50 Hz or 60 Hz). Your computer "
11463
"should work with a different country's power supply as long as you have an "
11464
"appropriate power adapter. You may also need to flip a switch."
11465
msgstr ""
11466
11467
#: C/power-othercountry.page:26(page/p)
11468
msgid ""
11469
"If you have a laptop, all you should need to do is get the right plug for "
11470
"your power adapter. Some laptops come packaged with more than one plug for "
11471
"their adapter, so you may already have the right one. If not, plugging your "
11472
"existing one into a standard travel adapter will suffice."
11473
msgstr ""
11474
11475
#: C/power-othercountry.page:28(page/p)
11476
msgid ""
11477
"If you have a desktop computer, you can also get a cable with a different "
11478
"plug, or use a travel adapter. In this case, however, you may need to change "
11479
"the voltage switch on the computer's power supply, if there is one. Many "
11480
"computers don't have a switch like this, and will happily work with either "
11481
"voltage. Look at the back of the computer and find the socket that the power "
11482
"cable plugs into. Somewhere nearby, there may be a small switch marked "
11483
"\"110V\" or \"230V\" (for example). Switch it if you need to."
11484
msgstr ""
11485
11486
#: C/power-othercountry.page:31(note/p)
11487
msgid ""
11488
"Be careful when changing power cables or using travel adapters. Switch "
11489
"everything off first if you can."
11490
msgstr ""
11491
11492
#: C/power.page:11(credit/name)
11493
msgid "Natalia Ruz"
11494
msgstr ""
11495
11496
#: C/power.page:16(info/desc)
11497
msgid ""
11498
"<link xref=\"power-suspendhibernate\">Suspend</link>, <link xref=\"power-"
11499
"batterylife\">energy savings</link>, <link xref=\"power-whydim\">screen "
11500
"dimming</link>..."
11501
msgstr ""
11502
11503
#: C/power.page:24(page/title)
11504
msgid "Power & battery"
11505
msgstr ""
11506
11507
#: C/power.page:27(section/title)
11508
msgid "Battery settings"
11509
msgstr ""
11510
11511
#: C/power.page:32(info/title)
11512
msgctxt "link"
11513
msgid "Power problems"
11514
msgstr ""
11515
11516
#: C/power.page:33(info/desc)
11517
msgid "Troubleshoot problems with power and batteries."
11518
msgstr ""
11519
11520
#: C/power-suspendfail.page:9(info/desc)
11521
msgid "Some computer hardware causes problems with suspend/hibernate."
11522
msgstr ""
11523
11524
#: C/power-suspendfail.page:20(page/title)
11525
msgid "Why won't my computer turn back on after I sent it to sleep?"
11526
msgstr ""
11527
11528
#: C/power-suspendfail.page:27(page/p)
11529
msgid ""
11530
"If you send your computer to sleep (suspend it) or hibernate it, then try to "
11531
"wake it up or turn it back on, you may find that it doesn't work as you "
11532
"expected. This could be because suspend/hibernate aren't supported properly "
11533
"by your hardware."
11534
msgstr ""
11535
11536
#: C/power-suspendfail.page:30(section/title)
11537
msgid "My computer is asleep and won't wake up"
11538
msgstr ""
11539
11540
#: C/power-suspendfail.page:31(section/p)
11541
msgid ""
11542
"If you sent your computer to sleep (suspended it) and then press a key or "
11543
"click the mouse, it should wake up and display a screen asking for your "
11544
"password. If this does not happen, try pressing the power button (don't hold "
11545
"it in; just press it once)."
11546
msgstr ""
11547
11548
#: C/power-suspendfail.page:32(section/p)
11549
msgid ""
11550
"If this still doesn't help, make sure that your computer's monitor is "
11551
"switched on and try pressing a key on the keyboard again."
11552
msgstr ""
11553
11554
#: C/power-suspendfail.page:33(section/p)
11555
msgid ""
11556
"As a last resort, turn off the computer by holding-in the power button for 5-"
11557
"10 seconds. You will lose any unsaved work by doing this. You should then be "
11558
"able to turn on the computer again, though."
11559
msgstr ""
11560
11561
#: C/power-suspendfail.page:34(section/p)
11562
msgid ""
11563
"If this happens every time you send your computer to sleep, the suspend "
11564
"feature may not work with your hardware."
11565
msgstr ""
11566
11567
#: C/power-suspendfail.page:38(section/title)
11568
msgid ""
11569
"None of my applications/documents are open when I turn on the computer again"
11570
msgstr ""
11571
11572
#: C/power-suspendfail.page:39(section/p)
11573
msgid ""
11574
"If you hibernated your computer and switched it on again, but none of your "
11575
"documents or applications are open, it probably failed to hibernate "
11576
"properly. Sometimes this happens because of a minor problem, and the "
11577
"computer will be able to hibernate properly the next time you do it. It "
11578
"might also happen because you had installed a software update which required "
11579
"the computer to be restarted; in this case, the computer may have shut down "
11580
"instead of hibernating."
11581
msgstr ""
11582
11583
#: C/power-suspendfail.page:41(section/p)
11584
msgid ""
11585
"It is also possible that the computer is not capable of hibernating because "
11586
"the hardware doesn't support it properly. This might be because of a problem "
11587
"with Linux drivers for your hardware, for example. You can test this by "
11588
"hibernating again and seeing if it works the second time. If it doesn't, "
11589
"it's probably a problem with your computer's drivers."
11590
msgstr ""
11591
11592
#: C/power-suspendfail.page:45(section/title)
11593
msgid ""
11594
"My wireless connection (or other hardware) doesn't work when I wake up my "
11595
"computer"
11596
msgstr ""
11597
11598
#: C/power-suspendfail.page:46(section/p)
11599
msgid ""
11600
"If you send your computer to sleep or hibernate it and then wake it up "
11601
"again, you may find that your internet connection, mouse, or some other "
11602
"device doesn't work properly. This could be because the device's driver "
11603
"doesn't properly support suspend/hibernate. This is a <link xref=\"hardware-"
11604
"driver\">problem with the driver</link> and not the device itself."
11605
msgstr ""
11606
11607
#: C/power-suspendfail.page:47(section/p)
11608
msgid ""
11609
"If the device has a power switch, try turning it off and then on again. In "
11610
"most cases, the device will start working again. If it connects via a USB "
11611
"cable or similar, unplug the device and then plug it in again and see if it "
11612
"works."
11613
msgstr ""
11614
11615
#: C/power-suspendfail.page:48(section/p)
11616
msgid ""
11617
"If you cannot turn off/unplug the device, or if this doesn't work, you may "
11618
"need to restart your computer for the device to start working again."
11619
msgstr ""
11620
11621
#: C/power-suspendhibernate.page:8(info/desc)
11622
msgid ""
11623
"Suspend sends it to sleep; hibernate saves your files but completely "
11624
"switches off the power."
11625
msgstr ""
11626
11627
#: C/power-suspendhibernate.page:19(page/title)
11628
msgid "What happens when I suspend or hibernate the computer?"
11629
msgstr ""
11630
11631
#: C/power-suspendhibernate.page:30(page/p)
11632
msgid ""
11633
"When you <em>suspend</em> the computer, you send it to sleep. All of your "
11634
"applications and documents remain open, but the screen and other parts of "
11635
"the computer switch off to save power. The computer is still switched on "
11636
"though, and it will still be using a small amount of power. You can wake it "
11637
"up by pressing a key or clicking the mouse. If that doesn't work, try "
11638
"pressing the power button."
11639
msgstr ""
11640
11641
#: C/power-suspendhibernate.page:32(page/p)
11642
msgid ""
11643
"When you <em>hibernate</em> the computer, all of your applications and "
11644
"documents remain open (actually, they are saved to disk) and the computer "
11645
"completely switches off, so it doesn't use any power. It is like shutting "
11646
"down, but your applications and documents will still be open when you switch "
11647
"on the computer again."
11648
msgstr ""
11649
11650
#: C/power-suspendhibernate.page:34(page/p)
11651
msgid ""
11652
"Some computers have problems with hardware support which mean that they "
11653
"<link xref=\"power-suspendfail\">may not be able to suspend or hibernate "
11654
"properly</link>. It is a good idea to test suspend/hibernate on your "
11655
"computer to see if it does work."
11656
msgstr ""
11657
11658
#: C/power-suspendhibernate.page:37(note/title)
11659
msgid "Always save your work before suspending/hibernating"
11660
msgstr ""
11661
11662
#: C/power-suspendhibernate.page:38(note/p)
11663
msgid ""
11664
"You should save all of your work before suspending or hibernating the "
11665
"computer, just in case something goes wrong and your open applications and "
11666
"documents can't be recovered when you switch on the computer again."
11667
msgstr ""
11668
11669
#: C/power-turnoffbutton.page:7(info/desc)
11670
msgid ""
11671
"Look in <guiseq><gui>System Settings</gui><gui>Power</gui></guiseq> for the "
11672
"option to change this."
11673
msgstr ""
11674
11675
#: C/power-turnoffbutton.page:17(page/title)
11676
msgid "I want the computer to turn off when I press the power button"
11677
msgstr ""
11678
11679
#: C/power-turnoffbutton.page:19(page/p)
11680
msgid ""
11681
"When you press the power button on your computer, a window will pop up "
11682
"asking what you want to do - whether you want to turn off the computer, send "
11683
"it to sleep and so on. You can make it so that one of these options happens "
11684
"automatically when you press the power button, rather than showing this "
11685
"window."
11686
msgstr ""
11687
11688
#: C/power-turnoffbutton.page:22(item/p)
11689
msgid ""
11690
"Click the <gui>battery menu</gui> in the <gui>menu bar</gui> and select "
11691
"<gui>Power Settings</gui>."
11692
msgstr ""
11693
11694
#: C/power-turnoffbutton.page:24(item/p)
11695
msgid ""
11696
"Change the option labeled <gui>When the power button is pressed</gui>. For "
11697
"example, if you choose <gui>Suspend</gui>, the computer will go to sleep "
11698
"when you press the power button. The default option is <gui>Ask me</gui>."
11699
msgstr ""
11700
11701
#: C/power-whydim.page:9(info/desc)
11702
msgid ""
11703
"When your laptop is running on battery, the screen will dim when the "
11704
"computer is idle in order to save power."
11705
msgstr ""
11706
11707
#: C/power-whydim.page:19(page/title)
11708
msgid "Why does my screen go dim after a while?"
11709
msgstr ""
11710
11711
#: C/power-whydim.page:25(page/p)
11712
msgid ""
11713
"When your laptop computer is running on battery, the screen will dim when "
11714
"the computer is idle in order to save power. When you start using the "
11715
"computer again, the screen will brighten."
11716
msgstr ""
11717
11718
#: C/power-whydim.page:27(page/p)
11719
msgid "You can stop the screen from dimming itself:"
11720
msgstr ""
11721
11722
#: C/power-whydim.page:34(item/p)
11723
msgid ""
11724
"Open <gui>Screen</gui> and uncheck <gui>Dim screen to save power</gui>."
11725
msgstr ""
11726
11727
#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:9(info/desc)
11728
msgid "Loose cables and hardware problems are possible reasons."
11729
msgstr ""
11730
11731
#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:19(page/title)
11732
msgid "My computer will not turn on"
11733
msgstr ""
11734
11735
#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:21(page/p)
11736
msgid ""
11737
"There are a number of reasons why your computer will not turn on. This topic "
11738
"gives a brief overview of some of the possible reasons."
11739
msgstr ""
11740
11741
#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:31(section/title)
11742
msgid "Computer not plugged in, empty battery, or loose cable"
11743
msgstr ""
11744
11745
#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:32(section/p)
11746
msgid ""
11747
"Make sure that the power cables of the computer are firmly plugged in and "
11748
"the power outlets are switched on. Make sure that the monitor is plugged in "
11749
"and switched on too. If you have a laptop, connect the charging cable (in "
11750
"case it has run out of battery). You may also want to check that the battery "
11751
"is correctly fitted in place (check the underside of the laptop)."
11752
msgstr ""
11753
11754
#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:36(section/title)
11755
msgid "Problem with the computer hardware"
11756
msgstr ""
11757
11758
#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:37(section/p)
11759
msgid ""
11760
"A component of your computer may be broken or malfunctioning. If this is the "
11761
"case, you will need to get your computer repaired. Common faults include a "
11762
"broken power supply unit, incorrectly-fitted components (such as the "
11763
"memory/RAM) and a faulty motherboard."
11764
msgstr ""
11765
11766
#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:41(section/title)
11767
msgid "The computer beeps and then switches off"
11768
msgstr ""
11769
11770
#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:42(section/p)
11771
msgid ""
11772
"If the computer beeps several times when you turn it on and then turns off "
11773
"(or fails to start), it may be indicating that it has detected a problem. "
11774
"These beeps are sometimes referred to as <em>beep codes</em>, and the "
11775
"pattern of beeps is intended to tell you what the problem with the computer "
11776
"is. Different manufacturers use different beep codes, so you will have to "
11777
"consult the manual for your computer's motherboard, or take your computer in "
11778
"for repairs."
11779
msgstr ""
11780
11781
#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:46(section/title)
11782
msgid "The computer fans are spinning but nothing is on the screen"
11783
msgstr ""
11784
11785
#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:47(section/p)
11786
msgid ""
11787
"The first thing to check is that your monitor is plugged in and turned on."
11788
msgstr ""
11789
11790
#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:48(section/p)
11791
msgid ""
11792
"This problem could also be due to a hardware fault. The fans might turn on "
11793
"when you press the power button, but other essential parts of the computer "
11794
"might fail to turn on. In this case, take your computer in for repairs."
11795
msgstr ""
11796
11797
#: C/prefs.page:8(info/title)
11798
msgctxt "link:trail"
11799
msgid "Settings"
11800
msgstr ""
11801
11802
#: C/prefs.page:15(info/desc)
11803
msgid ""
11804
"<link xref=\"keyboard\">Keyboard</link>, <link xref=\"mouse\">mouse</link>, "
11805
"<link xref=\"prefs-display\">display</link>, <link xref=\"prefs-"
11806
"language\">languages</link>, <link xref=\"user-accounts\">user "
11807
"accounts</link>..."
11808
msgstr ""
11809
11810
#: C/prefs.page:25(page/title)
11811
msgid "User & system settings"
11812
msgstr ""
11813
11814
#: C/prefs-language.page:14(info/desc)
11815
msgid ""
11816
"<link xref=\"session-language\">Change language</link>, <link "
11817
"xref=\"keyboard-layouts\">keyboard layouts</link>..."
11818
msgstr ""
11819
11820
#: C/prefs-language.page:22(page/title)
11821
msgid "Language & region"
11822
msgstr ""
11823
11824
#: C/prefs-display.page:14(info/desc)
11825
msgid ""
11826
"<link xref=\"look-background\">Background</link>, <link xref=\"look-"
11827
"resolution\">size and rotation</link>, <link xref=\"display-"
11828
"dimscreen\">brightness</link>..."
11829
msgstr ""
11830
11831
#: C/prefs-display.page:23(page/title)
11832
msgid "Display & screen"
11833
msgstr ""
11834
11835
#: C/printing.page:14(info/desc)
11836
msgid ""
11837
"<link xref=\"printing-setup\">Local setup</link>, <link xref=\"printing-"
11838
"order\">order and collate</link>, <link xref=\"printing-2sided\">two-sided "
11839
"and multi-page</link>..."
11840
msgstr ""
11841
11842
#: C/printing.page:35(info/title)
11843
msgctxt "link:trail"
11844
msgid "Setup"
11845
msgstr ""
11846
11847
#: C/printing.page:37(section/title)
11848
msgid "Set up a printer"
11849
msgstr ""
11850
11851
#: C/printing.page:42(info/title)
11852
msgctxt "link:trail"
11853
msgid "Sizes and layouts"
11854
msgstr ""
11855
11856
#: C/printing.page:44(section/title)
11857
msgid "Different paper sizes and layouts"
11858
msgstr ""
11859
11860
#: C/printing.page:50(info/desc)
11861
msgid "Undetected printers, paper jams, print-outs that look wrong..."
11862
msgstr ""
11863
11864
#: C/printing.page:52(section/title)
11865
msgid "Printer problems"
11866
msgstr ""
11867
11868
#: C/printing-2sided.page:8(info/desc)
11869
msgid "Print on both sides of the paper, or multiple pages per sheet."
11870
msgstr ""
11871
11872
#: C/printing-2sided.page:22(page/title)
11873
msgid "Print two-sided and multi-page layouts"
11874
msgstr ""
11875
11876
#: C/printing-2sided.page:24(page/p)
11877
msgid "You can print on both sides of each sheet of paper:"
11878
msgstr ""
11879
11880
#: C/printing-2sided.page:30(item/p)
11881
#: C/printing-order.page:35(item/p)
11882
#: C/printing-order.page:52(item/p)
11883
msgid "Click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Print</gui></guiseq>."
11884
msgstr ""
11885
11886
#: C/printing-2sided.page:35(item/p)
11887
msgid ""
11888
"Go to the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab of the Print window and choose an option "
11889
"from the <gui>Two-sided</gui> drop-down list. If the option is disabled, two-"
11890
"sided printing is not available for your printer."
11891
msgstr ""
11892
11893
#: C/printing-2sided.page:38(item/p)
11894
msgid ""
11895
"Printers handle two-sided printing in different ways. It's a good idea to "
11896
"experiment with your printer to see how it works."
11897
msgstr ""
11898
11899
#: C/printing-2sided.page:43(item/p)
11900
msgid ""
11901
"You can print more than one page of the document per <em>side</em> of paper "
11902
"too. Use the <gui>Pages per side</gui> option to do this."
11903
msgstr ""
11904
11905
#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:8(info/desc)
11906
msgid "Cancel a pending print job and remove it from the queue."
11907
msgstr ""
11908
11909
#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:22(page/title)
11910
msgid "Cancel a print job"
11911
msgstr ""
11912
11913
#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:24(page/p)
11914
msgid ""
11915
"If you accidentally started printing a document, you can quickly cancel the "
11916
"print so you don't need to waste any ink or paper. Click the printer icon in "
11917
"the <gui>menu bar</gui>. In the <gui>Print Status</gui> window, select the "
11918
"print job you want to cancel and click the red <gui>Cancel</gui> button."
11919
msgstr ""
11920
11921
#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:27(page/p)
11922
msgid ""
11923
"If this doesn't cancel the print job like you expected, try holding down the "
11924
"<gui>Cancel</gui> button on your printer."
11925
msgstr ""
11926
11927
#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:29(page/p)
11928
msgid ""
11929
"As a last resort, especially if you have a big print job with a lot of pages "
11930
"that won't cancel, remove the paper from the printer's paper input tray. The "
11931
"printer should realize that there is no paper and will stop printing. You "
11932
"can then try canceling the print job again, or try turning the printer off "
11933
"and then on again."
11934
msgstr ""
11935
11936
#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:31(note/p)
11937
msgid ""
11938
"Be careful that you don't damage the printer when removing the paper, though "
11939
"- if you would have to pull hard on the paper to remove it, you should "
11940
"probably just leave it where it is."
11941
msgstr ""
11942
11943
#: C/printing-differentsize.page:7(info/desc)
11944
msgid "Print a document on a different paper size or orientation."
11945
msgstr ""
11946
11947
#: C/printing-differentsize.page:24(page/title)
11948
msgid "Change the paper size when printing"
11949
msgstr ""
11950
11951
#: C/printing-differentsize.page:26(page/p)
11952
msgid ""
11953
"If you want to change the paper size of your document (for example, print a "
11954
"US Letter-sized PDF on A4 paper), you can change the printing format for the "
11955
"document."
11956
msgstr ""
11957
11958
#: C/printing-differentsize.page:30(item/p)
11959
#: C/printing-select.page:23(item/p)
11960
msgid "Click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Print</gui></guiseq>"
11961
msgstr ""
11962
11963
#: C/printing-differentsize.page:31(item/p)
11964
msgid "Select the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab."
11965
msgstr ""
11966
11967
#: C/printing-differentsize.page:32(item/p)
11968
msgid ""
11969
"Under the <em>Paper</em> column, choose your <em>Paper size</em> from the "
11970
"drop-down list."
11971
msgstr ""
11972
11973
#: C/printing-differentsize.page:33(item/p)
11974
msgid "Click <gui>Print</gui> and your document should print."
11975
msgstr ""
11976
11977
#: C/printing-differentsize.page:36(page/p)
11978
msgid ""
11979
"You can also use the <gui>Orientation</gui> menu to choose a different "
11980
"orientation:"
11981
msgstr ""
11982
11983
#: C/printing-differentsize.page:41(p/gui)
11984
msgid "Portrait"
11985
msgstr ""
11986
11987
#: C/printing-differentsize.page:42(p/gui)
11988
msgid "Landscape"
11989
msgstr ""
11990
11991
#: C/printing-differentsize.page:43(p/gui)
11992
msgid "Reverse portrait"
11993
msgstr ""
11994
11995
#: C/printing-differentsize.page:44(p/gui)
11996
msgid "Reverse landscape"
11997
msgstr ""
11998
11999
#: C/printing-envelopes.page:8(info/desc)
12000
msgid ""
12001
"Make sure that you have the envelope/label the right way up, and have chosen "
12002
"the correct paper size."
12003
msgstr ""
12004
12005
#: C/printing-envelopes.page:22(page/title)
12006
msgid "Print envelopes and labels"
12007
msgstr ""
12008
12009
#: C/printing-envelopes.page:24(page/p)
12010
msgid ""
12011
"Most printers will allow you to print directly onto an envelope or sheet of "
12012
"labels. This is especially useful if you have a lot of letters to send, for "
12013
"example."
12014
msgstr ""
12015
12016
#: C/printing-envelopes.page:29(section/title)
12017
msgid "Printing onto envelopes"
12018
msgstr ""
12019
12020
#: C/printing-envelopes.page:31(section/p)
12021
msgid ""
12022
"There are two things you need to check when trying to print onto an "
12023
"envelope. The first is that your printer knows what size the envelope is. "
12024
"After you click <gui>Print</gui> and the Print window appears, go to the "
12025
"<gui>Page Setup</gui> tab and choose the <gui>paper type</gui> as "
12026
"\"envelope\" if you can. If you can't do this, see if you can change the "
12027
"<gui>paper size</gui> to an envelope size (e.g. \"C5\"). The pack of "
12028
"envelopes will say what size they are; most envelopes come in standard sizes."
12029
msgstr ""
12030
12031
#: C/printing-envelopes.page:39(section/p)
12032
msgid ""
12033
"Secondly, you need to make sure that the envelopes are loaded with the right "
12034
"side up in the printer's in-tray. Check the printer's manual for this, or "
12035
"try to print a single envelope and check which side is printed on to see "
12036
"which way is the right way up."
12037
msgstr ""
12038
12039
#: C/printing-envelopes.page:45(note/p)
12040
msgid ""
12041
"Some printers are not designed to be able to print envelopes, especially "
12042
"some laser printers. Check your printer's manual to see if it accepts "
12043
"envelopes; otherwise, you could damage the printer by feeding an envelop in."
12044
msgstr ""
12045
12046
#: C/printing-inklevel.page:8(info/desc)
12047
msgid "Check the amount of ink or toner left in printer cartridges."
12048
msgstr ""
12049
12050
#: C/printing-inklevel.page:18(page/title)
12051
msgid "How can I check my printer's ink/toner levels?"
12052
msgstr ""
12053
12054
#: C/printing-inklevel.page:20(page/p)
12055
msgid ""
12056
"How you check how much ink or toner is left in your printer depends on the "
12057
"model and manufacturer of your printer, and the drivers and applications "
12058
"installed on your computer."
12059
msgstr ""
12060
12061
#: C/printing-inklevel.page:24(page/p)
12062
msgid ""
12063
"Some printers have a built-in screen to display ink levels and other "
12064
"information."
12065
msgstr ""
12066
12067
#: C/printing-inklevel.page:27(page/p)
12068
msgid ""
12069
"The drivers and status tools for most HP printers are provided by the HP "
12070
"Linux Imaging and Printing (HPLIP) project. Other manufacturers might supply "
12071
"proprietary drivers with similar features."
12072
msgstr ""
12073
12074
#: C/printing-inklevel.page:31(page/p)
12075
msgid ""
12076
"Alternatively, you can install an application to check or monitor ink "
12077
"levels. <app>Inkblot</app> shows ink status for many HP, Epson and Canon "
12078
"printers. See if your printer is on the <link "
12079
"href=\"http://libinklevel.sourceforge.net./#supported\">list of supported "
12080
"models</link>. Another ink levels application for Epson and some other "
12081
"printers is <app>mktink</app>."
12082
msgstr ""
12083
12084
#: C/printing-inklevel.page:38(page/p)
12085
msgid ""
12086
"Some printers are not yet well supported on Linux, and others are not "
12087
"designed to report their ink levels."
12088
msgstr ""
12089
12090
#: C/printing-order.page:8(info/desc)
12091
msgid "Collate and reverse the print order."
12092
msgstr ""
12093
12094
#: C/printing-order.page:22(page/title)
12095
msgid "Make pages print in a different order"
12096
msgstr ""
12097
12098
#: C/printing-order.page:25(section/title)
12099
msgid "Reverse"
12100
msgstr ""
12101
12102
#: C/printing-order.page:28(section/p)
12103
msgid ""
12104
"Printers usually print the first page first, and the last page last, so the "
12105
"pages end up in reverse order when you pick them up. If needed, you can "
12106
"reverse this printing order."
12107
msgstr ""
12108
12109
#: C/printing-order.page:31(section/p)
12110
msgid "To reverse the order:"
12111
msgstr ""
12112
12113
#: C/printing-order.page:36(item/p)
12114
msgid ""
12115
"In the <gui>General</gui> tab of the Print window under <em>Copies</em>, "
12116
"check <gui>Reverse</gui>. The last page will be printed first, and so on."
12117
msgstr ""
12118
12119
#: C/printing-order.page:41(section/title)
12120
msgid "Collate"
12121
msgstr ""
12122
12123
#: C/printing-order.page:44(section/p)
12124
msgid ""
12125
"If you are printing more than one copy of the document, the print-outs will "
12126
"be grouped by page number by default (i.e. all of the copies of page one "
12127
"come out, then the copies of page two, and so on). <em>Collating</em> will "
12128
"make each copy come out with its pages grouped together in the right order "
12129
"instead."
12130
msgstr ""
12131
12132
#: C/printing-order.page:48(section/p)
12133
msgid "To Collate:"
12134
msgstr ""
12135
12136
#: C/printing-order.page:53(item/p)
12137
msgid ""
12138
"In the <gui>General</gui> tab of the Print window under <em>Copies</em> "
12139
"check <gui>Collate</gui>."
12140
msgstr ""
12141
12142
#: C/printing-paperjam.page:8(info/desc)
12143
msgid ""
12144
"How you clear a paper jam will depend on the make and model of printer that "
12145
"you have."
12146
msgstr ""
12147
12148
#: C/printing-paperjam.page:18(page/title)
12149
msgid "Clearing a paper jam"
12150
msgstr ""
12151
12152
#: C/printing-paperjam.page:20(page/p)
12153
msgid "Sometimes printers incorrectly feed sheets of paper and get jammed."
12154
msgstr ""
12155
12156
#: C/printing-paperjam.page:22(page/p)
12157
msgid ""
12158
"The manual for your printer will usually provide detailed instructions on "
12159
"how to clear paper jams. Usually, you will need to open one of the printer's "
12160
"panels to find the jam inside and then firmly (but carefully!) pull the "
12161
"jammed paper out of the printer's feeding mechanism."
12162
msgstr ""
12163
12164
#: C/printing-paperjam.page:24(page/p)
12165
msgid ""
12166
"Once the jam has been cleared you may need to press the printer's "
12167
"<gui>Resume</gui> button to start printing again. With some printers, you "
12168
"may even need to turn the printer off and then on again, and then start the "
12169
"print job again."
12170
msgstr ""
12171
12172
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
12173
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
12174
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
12175
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
12176
#: C/printing-select.page:32(media)
12177
msgctxt "_"
12178
msgid ""
12179
"external ref='figures/printing-select.png' "
12180
"md5='e38a5749ed445a812346602ad58b88b4'"
12181
msgstr ""
12182
12183
#: C/printing-select.page:7(info/desc)
12184
msgid "Print only specific pages, or only a range of pages."
12185
msgstr ""
12186
12187
#: C/printing-select.page:17(page/title)
12188
msgid "Print only certain pages"
12189
msgstr ""
12190
12191
#: C/printing-select.page:19(page/p)
12192
msgid "To only print certain pages from the document:"
12193
msgstr ""
12194
12195
#: C/printing-select.page:24(item/p)
12196
msgid ""
12197
"In the <gui>General</gui> tab in the <gui>Print</gui> window choose "
12198
"<gui>Pages</gui> from the <gui>Range</gui> section."
12199
msgstr ""
12200
12201
#: C/printing-select.page:25(item/p)
12202
msgid ""
12203
"Type the numbers of the pages you want to print in the text box, separated "
12204
"by commas. Use a dash to denote a range of pages."
12205
msgstr ""
12206
12207
#: C/printing-select.page:29(note/p)
12208
msgid ""
12209
"For example, if you enter \"1,3,5-7,9\" in the <gui>Pages</gui> text box, "
12210
"pages 1,3,5,6,7 and 9 will be printed."
12211
msgstr ""
12212
12213
#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:8(info/desc)
12214
msgid "Pick the printer that you use most often."
12215
msgstr ""
12216
12217
#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:26(page/title)
12218
msgid "Set the default printer"
12219
msgstr ""
12220
12221
#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:27(page/p)
12222
msgid ""
12223
"If you have more than one printer available, you can select which will be "
12224
"your default printer. You may want to pick the printer you use most often."
12225
msgstr ""
12226
12227
#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:31(item/p)
12228
msgid ""
12229
"Click the <link xref=\"unity-appmenu-intro\">system menu</link> at the far "
12230
"right of the top panel and select <gui>Printers</gui>."
12231
msgstr ""
12232
12233
#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:35(item/p)
12234
msgid ""
12235
"Right click your desired default printer from the list of available "
12236
"printers, and click <gui>Set as Default</gui>."
12237
msgstr ""
12238
12239
#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:39(page/p)
12240
msgid ""
12241
"When you print in an application, the default printer is automatically used, "
12242
"unless you choose a different printer for that specific print job."
12243
msgstr ""
12244
12245
#: C/printing-setup.page:8(info/desc)
12246
msgid "Set up a printer that is connected to your computer."
12247
msgstr ""
12248
12249
#: C/printing-setup.page:34(page/title)
12250
msgid "Set up a local printer"
12251
msgstr ""
12252
12253
#: C/printing-setup.page:35(page/p)
12254
msgid ""
12255
"Your system can recognize many types of printers automatically once they're "
12256
"connected. Most printers are connected with a USB cable that attaches to "
12257
"your computer."
12258
msgstr ""
12259
12260
#: C/printing-setup.page:44(item/p)
12261
msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on."
12262
msgstr ""
12263
12264
#: C/printing-setup.page:47(item/p)
12265
msgid ""
12266
"Connect the printer to your system via the appropriate cable. You may see "
12267
"activity on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be "
12268
"asked to authenticate to install them."
12269
msgstr ""
12270
12271
#: C/printing-setup.page:50(item/p)
12272
msgid ""
12273
"A message will appear when the system is finished installing the printer. "
12274
"Select <gui>Print Test Page</gui> to print a test page, or Configure to make "
12275
"additional changes in the printer setup."
12276
msgstr ""
12277
12278
#: C/printing-setup.page:54(page/p)
12279
msgid ""
12280
"If your printer was not set up automatically, you can add it in the printer "
12281
"settings."
12282
msgstr ""
12283
12284
#: C/printing-setup.page:58(item/p)
12285
msgid ""
12286
"Click the <link xref=\"unity-appmenu-intro\">system menu</link> at the far "
12287
"right of the top panel and and select <gui>Printers</gui>."
12288
msgstr ""
12289
12290
#: C/printing-setup.page:61(item/p)
12291
msgid "Click <gui>Add</gui> and select the printer from the Devices window."
12292
msgstr ""
12293
12294
#: C/printing-setup.page:62(item/p)
12295
msgid "Click <gui>Forward</gui> and wait while it searches for drivers."
12296
msgstr ""
12297
12298
#: C/printing-setup.page:63(item/p)
12299
msgid ""
12300
"You can customize the printer's name, description, and location if you like. "
12301
"When finished, click <gui>Apply</gui>."
12302
msgstr ""
12303
12304
#: C/printing-setup.page:65(item/p)
12305
msgid ""
12306
"You can now print a test page or click <gui>Cancel</gui> to skip that step."
12307
msgstr ""
12308
12309
#: C/printing-setup.page:69(note/p)
12310
msgid ""
12311
"If there are multiple drivers available for your computer, you may be asked "
12312
"to select a driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the "
12313
"make and model screens."
12314
msgstr ""
12315
12316
#: C/printing-setup.page:74(page/p)
12317
msgid ""
12318
"After you install the printer, you may wish to <link xref=\"printing-setup-"
12319
"default-printer\"> change your default printer</link>."
12320
msgstr ""
12321
12322
#: C/printing-streaks.page:8(info/desc)
12323
msgid ""
12324
"If print-outs are streaky, fading, or missing colors, check your ink levels "
12325
"or clean the print head."
12326
msgstr ""
12327
12328
#: C/printing-streaks.page:19(page/title)
12329
msgid "Why are there streaks, lines or the wrong colors on my print-outs?"
12330
msgstr ""
12331
12332
#: C/printing-streaks.page:27(page/p)
12333
msgid ""
12334
"If your print-outs are streaky, faded, have lines on them that shouldn't be "
12335
"there, or are otherwise poor in quality, this may be due to a problem with "
12336
"the printer or a low ink/toner supply."
12337
msgstr ""
12338
12339
#: C/printing-streaks.page:31(item/p)
12340
msgid "Fading text or images"
12341
msgstr ""
12342
12343
#: C/printing-streaks.page:32(item/p)
12344
msgid ""
12345
"You may be running out of ink or toner. Check your ink/toner supply and buy "
12346
"a new cartridge if necessary."
12347
msgstr ""
12348
12349
#: C/printing-streaks.page:36(item/p)
12350
msgid "Streaks and lines"
12351
msgstr ""
12352
12353
#: C/printing-streaks.page:37(item/p)
12354
msgid ""
12355
"If you have an inkjet printer, the print head may be dirty or partially-"
12356
"blocked. Try cleaning the print head (see the printer's instruction manual)."
12357
msgstr ""
12358
12359
#: C/printing-streaks.page:41(item/p)
12360
msgid "Wrong colors"
12361
msgstr ""
12362
12363
#: C/printing-streaks.page:42(item/p)
12364
msgid ""
12365
"The printer may have run out of one color of ink or toner. Check your "
12366
"ink/toner supply and buy a new cartridge if necessary."
12367
msgstr ""
12368
12369
#: C/printing-streaks.page:46(item/p)
12370
msgid "Jagged lines, or lines aren't straight"
12371
msgstr ""
12372
12373
#: C/printing-streaks.page:47(item/p)
12374
msgid ""
12375
"If lines on your print-out that should be straight turn out jagged, you may "
12376
"need to align the print head. See the printer's instruction manual for "
12377
"details on how to do this."
12378
msgstr ""
12379
12380
#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:7(info/desc)
12381
msgid "How and where to report problems with Ubuntu."
12382
msgstr ""
12383
12384
#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:17(page/title)
12385
msgid "Report a problem in Ubuntu"
12386
msgstr ""
12387
12388
#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:19(page/p)
12389
msgid ""
12390
"If you notice a problem in Ubuntu, you can file a <em>bug report</em>."
12391
msgstr ""
12392
12393
#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:23(item/p)
12394
msgid ""
12395
"For many programs, you can click <gui>Help</gui> and select <gui>Report a "
12396
"Problem</gui>"
12397
msgstr ""
12398
12399
#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:24(item/p)
12400
msgid ""
12401
"For other programs, you can press "
12402
"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq> and type <input>ubuntu-bug "
12403
"nameofprogram</input>"
12404
msgstr ""
12405
12406
#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:26(item/p)
12407
msgid ""
12408
"If you have a hardware issue or don't know the name of the program affected, "
12409
"just type <input>ubuntu-bug</input>"
12410
msgstr ""
12411
12412
#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:30(item/p)
12413
msgid ""
12414
"After running one of the above commands, Ubuntu will gather information "
12415
"about the bug. Click <gui>Content of the report</gui> to review the "
12416
"collected information if you wish. Click <gui>Send Report</gui> to continue."
12417
msgstr ""
12418
12419
#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:35(item/p)
12420
msgid ""
12421
"A new web browser tab will open to continue processing the bug data. Ubuntu "
12422
"uses the website <app>Launchpad</app> to manage its bug reports. If you do "
12423
"not have a Launchpad account, you will need to register for one to file a "
12424
"bug and receive email updates about its status. You can do this by clicking "
12425
"<gui>Create a new account</gui>."
12426
msgstr ""
12427
12428
#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:42(item/p)
12429
msgid ""
12430
"After logging in to Launchpad, enter a description of the problem in the "
12431
"summary field."
12432
msgstr ""
12433
12434
#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:45(item/p)
12435
msgid ""
12436
"After clicking <gui>Next</gui> Launchpad will search for similar bugs in "
12437
"case the bug you are reporting has already been reported. If the bug has "
12438
"already been reported, you can mark that bug as also affecting you. You can "
12439
"also subscribe to the bug report to receive updates about progress with "
12440
"fixing it. If the bug has not already been reported, click <gui>No, I need "
12441
"to report a new bug</gui>."
12442
msgstr ""
12443
12444
#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:51(item/p)
12445
msgid ""
12446
"Fill in the description field with as much information as you can. It's "
12447
"important that you specify three things:"
12448
msgstr ""
12449
12450
#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:54(item/p)
12451
msgid "What you expected to happen"
12452
msgstr ""
12453
12454
#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:55(item/p)
12455
msgid "What actually happened"
12456
msgstr ""
12457
12458
#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:56(item/p)
12459
msgid ""
12460
"If possible, a minimal series of steps necessary to make it happen, where "
12461
"step 1 is \"start the program\""
12462
msgstr ""
12463
12464
#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:59(item/p)
12465
msgid ""
12466
"Your report will be given an ID number, and its status will be updated as it "
12467
"is being dealt with. Thanks for helping make Ubuntu better!"
12468
msgstr ""
12469
12470
#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:63(note/p)
12471
msgid ""
12472
"If you get the \"This is not a genuine Ubuntu package\" error, it means that "
12473
"the software you are trying to report a bug about is not from the official "
12474
"Ubuntu repositories. In this case, you cannot use Ubuntu's built-in bug "
12475
"reporting tool."
12476
msgstr ""
12477
12478
#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:67(page/p)
12479
msgid ""
12480
"For more information about reporting bugs in Ubuntu, please read the "
12481
"extensive <link "
12482
"href=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/ReportingBugs\">online "
12483
"documentation</link>."
12484
msgstr ""
12485
12486
#: C/screen-shot-record.page:9(info/desc)
12487
msgid "Take a picture of what's happening on your screen."
12488
msgstr ""
12489
12490
#: C/screen-shot-record.page:19(page/title)
12491
msgid "Screenshots"
12492
msgstr ""
12493
12494
#: C/screen-shot-record.page:21(page/p)
12495
msgid ""
12496
"You can take a picture of your screen (a <em>screenshot</em>). This is "
12497
"useful if you want to show someone how to do something on the computer, for "
12498
"example; screenshots are just normal picture files, so you can email them "
12499
"and share them on the web."
12500
msgstr ""
12501
12502
#: C/screen-shot-record.page:24(section/title)
12503
msgid "Take a screenshot"
12504
msgstr ""
12505
12506
#: C/screen-shot-record.page:25(section/p)
12507
msgid "To take a picture of what's on your screen:"
12508
msgstr ""
12509
12510
#: C/screen-shot-record.page:28(item/p)
12511
msgid ""
12512
"Go to the <gui>dash</gui> and open the <app>Take Screenshot</app> tool."
12513
msgstr ""
12514
12515
#: C/screen-shot-record.page:32(item/p)
12516
msgid "In the window that appears, choose what to take a picture of."
12517
msgstr ""
12518
12519
#: C/screen-shot-record.page:33(item/p)
12520
msgid ""
12521
"You can take a picture of the whole of the screen (<gui>Grab the whole "
12522
"desktop</gui>), just the window that you're currently using (<gui>Grab the "
12523
"current window</gui>), or you can select an area of the screen by dragging a "
12524
"box around it (<gui>Select the area to grab</gui>)."
12525
msgstr ""
12526
12527
#: C/screen-shot-record.page:36(item/p)
12528
msgid "Click <gui>Take Screenshot</gui>."
12529
msgstr ""
12530
12531
#: C/screen-shot-record.page:39(item/p)
12532
msgid ""
12533
"If you selected <gui>Select area to grab</gui>, the cursor will change into "
12534
"a cross. Click and drag the area you want for the screenshot."
12535
msgstr ""
12536
12537
#: C/screen-shot-record.page:44(item/p)
12538
msgid ""
12539
"The <gui>Save Screenshot</gui> window will now appear. Choose where to save "
12540
"the screenshot and click <gui>Save</gui>."
12541
msgstr ""
12542
12543
#: C/screen-shot-record.page:49(note/p)
12544
msgid ""
12545
"You can also drag and drop the image of the screenshot into another "
12546
"application, to paste it there, or to the <app>files</app> to save it there "
12547
"in a folder."
12548
msgstr ""
12549
12550
#: C/screen-shot-record.page:56(section/title)
12551
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:24(page/title)
12552
msgid "Keyboard shortcuts"
12553
msgstr ""
12554
12555
#: C/screen-shot-record.page:57(section/p)
12556
msgid "You can also use the following keyboard shortcuts:"
12557
msgstr ""
12558
12559
#: C/screen-shot-record.page:60(td/p)
12560
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:162(td/p)
12561
msgid "<key>Print Screen</key>"
12562
msgstr ""
12563
12564
#: C/screen-shot-record.page:61(td/p)
12565
msgid "Takes a screenshot of the entire screen."
12566
msgstr ""
12567
12568
#: C/screen-shot-record.page:64(td/p)
12569
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:166(td/p)
12570
msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Print Screen</key></keyseq>"
12571
msgstr ""
12572
12573
#: C/screen-shot-record.page:65(td/p)
12574
msgid "Takes a screenshot of the active window."
12575
msgstr ""
12576
12577
#: C/session-language.page:8(info/desc)
12578
msgid "Switch to a different language for user interface and help text."
12579
msgstr ""
12580
12581
#: C/session-language.page:22(page/title)
12582
msgid "Change language"
12583
msgstr ""
12584
12585
#: C/session-language.page:30(page/p)
12586
msgid ""
12587
"You can use your desktop and applications in any of dozens of languages, "
12588
"provided you have the proper language packs installed on your computer."
12589
msgstr ""
12590
12591
#: C/session-language.page:35(item/p)
12592
msgid "Click <gui>Language Support</gui>."
12593
msgstr ""
12594
12595
#: C/session-language.page:36(item/p)
12596
msgid ""
12597
"Select your desired language on the <gui>Language</gui> tab. Drag the "
12598
"language to the top of the list."
12599
msgstr ""
12600
12601
#: C/session-language.page:37(item/p)
12602
msgid ""
12603
"You have to log out and back in for language changes to take effect. Click "
12604
"the icon at the very right of the panel and select <gui>Log Out</gui> to log "
12605
"out."
12606
msgstr ""
12607
12608
#: C/session-language.page:43(note/p)
12609
msgid ""
12610
"Some translations may be incomplete, and certain applications may not "
12611
"support your language at all."
12612
msgstr ""
12613
12614
#: C/session-language.page:47(page/p)
12615
msgid ""
12616
"There are some special folders in your home folder where applications can "
12617
"store things like music, pictures, and documents. These folders use standard "
12618
"names according to your language. When you log back in, you will be asked if "
12619
"you want to rename these folders to the standard names for your selected "
12620
"language. If you plan to use the new language all the time, you should "
12621
"update the folder names."
12622
msgstr ""
12623
12624
#: C/session-language.page:54(page/p)
12625
msgid ""
12626
"You find more detailed guidance on languages and regional formats in <link "
12627
"href=\"ghelp:language-selector\">Language Support Help</link>."
12628
msgstr ""
12629
12630
#: C/session-loginsound.page:8(info/desc)
12631
msgid "Disable the sound that plays when you log in."
12632
msgstr ""
12633
12634
#: C/session-loginsound.page:25(page/title)
12635
msgid "Disable the login sound"
12636
msgstr ""
12637
12638
#: C/session-loginsound.page:26(page/p)
12639
msgid ""
12640
"When you log in to your computer, a short login sound is played. The exotic-"
12641
"sounding theme was inspired by the African origins of the word "
12642
"<em>Ubuntu</em>. You can easily disable it for yourself or for all users of "
12643
"your computer."
12644
msgstr ""
12645
12646
#: C/session-loginsound.page:31(steps/title)
12647
msgid "Disable the login sound for yourself"
12648
msgstr ""
12649
12650
#: C/session-loginsound.page:32(item/p)
12651
#: C/session-loginsound.page:39(item/p)
12652
msgid ""
12653
"Click the icon at the far top right of the screen and select <gui>System "
12654
"Settings</gui>."
12655
msgstr ""
12656
12657
#: C/session-loginsound.page:33(item/p)
12658
msgid "In the Personal section, select <gui>Startup Applications</gui>."
12659
msgstr ""
12660
12661
#: C/session-loginsound.page:34(item/p)
12662
msgid "Uncheck the <gui>GNOME Login Sound</gui> option."
12663
msgstr ""
12664
12665
#: C/session-loginsound.page:38(steps/title)
12666
msgid "Disable the login sound for all users"
12667
msgstr ""
12668
12669
#: C/session-loginsound.page:40(item/p)
12670
msgid "In the System section, select <gui>Login Screen</gui>."
12671
msgstr ""
12672
12673
#: C/session-loginsound.page:41(item/p)
12674
msgid ""
12675
"Click <gui>Unlock</gui> and enter your password into the popup "
12676
"authentication window."
12677
msgstr ""
12678
12679
#: C/session-loginsound.page:42(item/p)
12680
msgid "Uncheck the <gui>Play login sound</gui> option."
12681
msgstr ""
12682
12683
#: C/session-screenlocks.page:9(info/desc)
12684
msgid ""
12685
"Change how long to wait before locking the screen in the <gui>Screen</gui> "
12686
"settings."
12687
msgstr ""
12688
12689
#: C/session-screenlocks.page:19(page/title)
12690
msgid "The screen locks itself too quickly"
12691
msgstr ""
12692
12693
#: C/session-screenlocks.page:21(page/p)
12694
msgid ""
12695
"If you leave for computer for a few minutes, the screen will automatically "
12696
"lock itself so you have to enter your password to start using it again. This "
12697
"is done for security reasons (so no-one can mess with your work if you leave "
12698
"the computer unattended), but it can be annoying if the screen locks itself "
12699
"too quickly."
12700
msgstr ""
12701
12702
#: C/session-screenlocks.page:23(page/p)
12703
msgid "To wait for a longer period before automatically locking the screen:"
12704
msgstr ""
12705
12706
#: C/session-screenlocks.page:28(item/p)
12707
msgid "Change the value in the <gui>Lock screen after</gui> drop-down list."
12708
msgstr ""
12709
12710
#: C/session-screenlocks.page:32(note/p)
12711
msgid ""
12712
"If you don't ever want the screen to lock itself automatically, switch "
12713
"<gui>Lock</gui> off."
12714
msgstr ""
12715
12716
#: C/sharing.page:8(info/desc)
12717
msgid "<link xref=\"sharing-desktop\">Desktop sharing</link>"
12718
msgstr ""
12719
12720
#: C/sharing.page:13(credit/name)
12721
#: C/sharing-desktop.page:8(credit/name)
12722
msgid "Ekaterina Gerasimova"
12723
msgstr ""
12724
12725
#: C/sharing.page:20(page/title)
12726
msgid "Sharing"
12727
msgstr ""
12728
12729
#: C/sharing-desktop.page:12(info/desc)
12730
msgid "Let other people view and interact with your desktop using VNC."
12731
msgstr ""
12732
12733
#: C/sharing-desktop.page:16(page/title)
12734
msgid "Share your desktop"
12735
msgstr ""
12736
12737
#: C/sharing-desktop.page:18(page/p)
12738
msgid ""
12739
"You can let other people view and control your desktop from another computer "
12740
"with a desktop viewing application. Configure <app>Desktop Sharing</app> to "
12741
"allow others to access your desktop and set the security preferences."
12742
msgstr ""
12743
12744
#: C/sharing-desktop.page:22(item/p)
12745
msgid "Open the <app>Desktop Sharing</app> preferences dialog."
12746
msgstr ""
12747
12748
#: C/sharing-desktop.page:25(item/p)
12749
msgid ""
12750
"To let others view or interact with your desktop, enable the <gui>Allow "
12751
"other users to view your desktop</gui> option. This means that other people "
12752
"will be able to attempt to connect to your computer."
12753
msgstr ""
12754
12755
#: C/sharing-desktop.page:28(item/p)
12756
msgid ""
12757
"To let others view or interact with your desktop, enable the <gui>Allow "
12758
"other users to control your desktop</gui> option. This may allow the other "
12759
"person to be able to move your mouse, run applications and browse files on "
12760
"your computer, depending on the security settings which you are currently "
12761
"using."
12762
msgstr ""
12763
12764
#: C/sharing-desktop.page:33(section/title)
12765
msgid "Security security"
12766
msgstr ""
12767
12768
#: C/sharing-desktop.page:35(section/p)
12769
msgid ""
12770
"It is important that you consider the full extent of what each security "
12771
"option means before changing it."
12772
msgstr ""
12773
12774
#: C/sharing-desktop.page:38(item/title)
12775
msgid "Confirm access to your machine"
12776
msgstr ""
12777
12778
#: C/sharing-desktop.page:39(item/p)
12779
msgid ""
12780
"If you want to be able to choose whether to allow someone to access your "
12781
"desktop, select <gui>You must confirm each access to this machine</gui>. If "
12782
"you disable this option, you will not be asked whether you want to allow "
12783
"someone to connect to your computer."
12784
msgstr ""
12785
12786
#: C/sharing-desktop.page:41(note/p)
12787
msgid "This option is enabled by default."
12788
msgstr ""
12789
12790
#: C/sharing-desktop.page:45(item/title)
12791
msgid "Enable password"
12792
msgstr ""
12793
12794
#: C/sharing-desktop.page:46(item/p)
12795
msgid ""
12796
"To require other people to use a password when connecting to your desktop, "
12797
"select <gui>Require the user to enter this password:</gui>. If you do not "
12798
"use this option, anyone can attempt to view your desktop."
12799
msgstr ""
12800
12801
#: C/sharing-desktop.page:48(note/p)
12802
msgid ""
12803
"This option is disabled by default, but you should enable it and set a "
12804
"secure password."
12805
msgstr ""
12806
12807
#: C/sharing-desktop.page:52(item/title)
12808
msgid "Allow access to your desktop over the Internet"
12809
msgstr ""
12810
12811
#: C/sharing-desktop.page:53(item/p)
12812
msgid ""
12813
"If your router supports UPnP Internet Gateway Device Protocol and it is "
12814
"enabled, you can allow other people who are not on your local network to "
12815
"view your desktop. To allow this, select <gui>Automatically configure UPnP "
12816
"router to open and forward ports</gui>. Alternatively, you can configure "
12817
"your router manually."
12818
msgstr ""
12819
12820
#: C/sharing-desktop.page:55(note/p)
12821
msgid "This option is disabled by default."
12822
msgstr ""
12823
12824
#: C/sharing-desktop.page:62(section/title)
12825
msgid "Show notification area icon"
12826
msgstr ""
12827
12828
#: C/sharing-desktop.page:63(section/p)
12829
msgid ""
12830
"To be able to disconnect someone who is viewing your desktop, you need to "
12831
"enable this option. If you select <gui>Always</gui>, this icon will be "
12832
"visible regardless of whether someone is viewing your desktop or not."
12833
msgstr ""
12834
12835
#: C/sharing-desktop.page:65(note/p)
12836
msgid ""
12837
"If this option is disabled, it is possible for someone to connect to your "
12838
"desktop without your knowledge, depending on the security settings."
12839
msgstr ""
12840
12841
#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:11(info/desc)
12842
msgid "Add, move, or remove frequently-used program icons on the launcher."
12843
msgstr ""
12844
12845
#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:24(page/title)
12846
msgid "Pin your favorite apps to the launcher"
12847
msgstr ""
12848
12849
#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:26(page/p)
12850
msgid ""
12851
"To add an application to the <link xref=\"shell-"
12852
"terminology\">launcher</link> for easy access:"
12853
msgstr ""
12854
12855
#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:28(item/p)
12856
msgid ""
12857
"Drag the application's icon from the <link xref=\"shell-"
12858
"terminology\">dash</link> onto the launcher."
12859
msgstr ""
12860
12861
#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:30(item/p)
12862
msgid ""
12863
"Alternatively, when an application is running, select the <gui>Keep in "
12864
"launcher</gui> item in the application's <gui>Quick List</gui>."
12865
msgstr ""
12866
12867
#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:34(page/p)
12868
msgid ""
12869
"The launcher icon order can be changed by dragging an icon off of the "
12870
"launcher, and then back onto it in the desired location."
12871
msgstr ""
12872
12873
#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:36(page/p)
12874
msgid ""
12875
"To remove an application icon from the launcher, right click on the "
12876
"application icon and de-select <gui>Keep in Launcher</gui>."
12877
msgstr ""
12878
12879
#: C/shell-exit.page:10(info/desc)
12880
msgid ""
12881
"Learn how to leave your user account, by logging out, switching users, and "
12882
"so on."
12883
msgstr ""
12884
12885
#: C/shell-exit.page:22(page/title)
12886
msgid "Log out, power off, switch users"
12887
msgstr ""
12888
12889
#: C/shell-exit.page:30(page/p)
12890
msgid ""
12891
"When you've finished using your computer, you can turn it off, suspend it "
12892
"(to save power), or leave it powered on and just log out."
12893
msgstr ""
12894
12895
#: C/shell-exit.page:34(section/title)
12896
msgid "Log out or switch users"
12897
msgstr ""
12898
12899
#: C/shell-exit.page:35(section/p)
12900
msgid ""
12901
"To let other users use your computer, you can either log out, or leave "
12902
"yourself logged in and just switch users. If you just switch users, all of "
12903
"your applications will continue running, and everything will be where you "
12904
"left it when you log back in."
12905
msgstr ""
12906
12907
#: C/shell-exit.page:39(section/p)
12908
msgid ""
12909
"To log out or switch users, click the <link xref=\"unity-appmenu-"
12910
"intro\">session menu</link> at the very right of the top panel and select "
12911
"the appropriate option."
12912
msgstr ""
12913
12914
#: C/shell-exit.page:47(section/title)
12915
msgid "Lock the screen"
12916
msgstr ""
12917
12918
#: C/shell-exit.page:48(section/p)
12919
msgid ""
12920
"If you're leaving your computer for a short time, you should lock your "
12921
"screen to prevent other people from accessing your files and running "
12922
"applications. When you return, simply enter your password to log back in. If "
12923
"you don't lock your screen, it will lock automatically after a certain "
12924
"amount of time."
12925
msgstr ""
12926
12927
#: C/shell-exit.page:54(section/p)
12928
msgid ""
12929
"To lock your screen, click the <gui>session menu</gui> in the top panel and "
12930
"select <gui>Lock Screen</gui>."
12931
msgstr ""
12932
12933
#: C/shell-exit.page:57(section/p)
12934
msgid ""
12935
"When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by "
12936
"clicking <gui>Switch User</gui> on the password screen. You can switch back "
12937
"to your desktop when they are finished."
12938
msgstr ""
12939
12940
#: C/shell-exit.page:66(section/title)
12941
msgid "Suspend, shut down, or restart."
12942
msgstr ""
12943
12944
#: C/shell-exit.page:68(section/p)
12945
msgid ""
12946
"To save power, suspend your computer when you aren't using it. This saves "
12947
"your state to your computer's memory and powers off most of your computer's "
12948
"functions. A very small amount of power is still used during suspend."
12949
msgstr ""
12950
12951
#: C/shell-exit.page:72(section/p)
12952
msgid ""
12953
"To suspend your computer, click the <gui>session menu</gui> in the top panel "
12954
"and select <gui>Suspend</gui>. Or, if you have a laptop, simply close the "
12955
"lid. Your computer will automatically suspend when the lid is closed."
12956
msgstr ""
12957
12958
#: C/shell-exit.page:76(section/p)
12959
msgid ""
12960
"If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, click "
12961
"the <gui>session menu</gui> and select <gui>Shut Down</gui>."
12962
msgstr ""
12963
12964
#: C/shell-exit.page:80(note/p)
12965
msgid ""
12966
"If there are other users logged in, you may not be allowed to power off or "
12967
"restart the computer, because this will end their sessions. If you are an "
12968
"administrative user, you may be asked for your password to power off."
12969
msgstr ""
12970
12971
#: C/shell-guest-session.page:9(info/desc)
12972
msgid "Let a friend or colleague borrow your computer in a secure manner."
12973
msgstr ""
12974
12975
#: C/shell-guest-session.page:12(credit/name)
12976
msgid "Gunnar Hjalmarsson"
12977
msgstr ""
12978
12979
#: C/shell-guest-session.page:18(page/title)
12980
msgid "Launch a restricted guest session"
12981
msgstr ""
12982
12983
#: C/shell-guest-session.page:21(section/title)
12984
msgid "Temporary session with restricted privileges"
12985
msgstr ""
12986
12987
#: C/shell-guest-session.page:23(section/p)
12988
msgid ""
12989
"Once in a while a friend, family member, or colleague may want to borrow "
12990
"your computer. The Ubuntu <app>Guest Session</app> feature provides a "
12991
"convenient way, with a high level of security, to lend your computer to "
12992
"someone else. The feature is available to any regular user when logged in."
12993
msgstr ""
12994
12995
#: C/shell-guest-session.page:28(section/p)
12996
msgid ""
12997
"To launch a guest session, click your name in the <gui>menu bar</gui> and "
12998
"select <gui>Guest Session</gui>. This will lock the screen for your own "
12999
"session and start the guest session. A guest cannot view the home folders of "
13000
"other users, and by default any saved data or changed settings will be "
13001
"removed/reset at logout. It means that each session starts with a fresh "
13002
"environment, unaffected by what previous guests did."
13003
msgstr ""
13004
13005
#: C/shell-guest-session.page:37(section/title)
13006
msgid "Customization"
13007
msgstr ""
13008
13009
#: C/shell-guest-session.page:39(section/p)
13010
msgid ""
13011
"The tutorial <link "
13012
"href=\"http://ubuntuforums.org/showthread.php?t=1566078\">Customize Guest "
13013
"Session</link> shows some ways to customize the appearance and behavior."
13014
msgstr ""
13015
13016
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:10(info/desc)
13017
msgid "Getting around the desktop using the keyboard."
13018
msgstr ""
13019
13020
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:27(table/title)
13021
msgid "Using the Dash and the Launcher"
13022
msgstr ""
13023
13024
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:29(td/p)
13025
msgid "Tap <link xref=\"windows-key\"><key>Meta</key></link>"
13026
msgstr ""
13027
13028
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:30(td/p)
13029
msgid "Open the <gui>Dash</gui>. Tap again to close."
13030
msgstr ""
13031
13032
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:34(td/p)
13033
msgid ""
13034
"The Dash opens with focus on the search box to find applications and files. "
13035
"Using the arrow keys will navigate the results; use <key>Enter</key> to "
13036
"launch."
13037
msgstr ""
13038
13039
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:38(td/p)
13040
msgid "Hold <link xref=\"windows-key\"><key>Meta</key></link>"
13041
msgstr ""
13042
13043
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:39(td/p)
13044
msgid "Reveal the <gui>launcher</gui>."
13045
msgstr ""
13046
13047
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:42(td/p)
13048
msgid "<keyseq><key>Meta</key><key>1</key></keyseq>"
13049
msgstr ""
13050
13051
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:43(td/p)
13052
msgid ""
13053
"Start the first launcher item or switches to it if it is already running. If "
13054
"<key>Shift</key> is also pressed, will open a new window."
13055
msgstr ""
13056
13057
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:47(td/p)
13058
msgid "<keyseq><key>Meta</key><key>2</key></keyseq>"
13059
msgstr ""
13060
13061
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:48(td/p)
13062
msgid ""
13063
"Start the second launcher item or switches to it if it is already running. "
13064
"This pattern continues until <keyseq><key>Meta</key><key>0</key></keyseq> "
13065
"which opens the tenth item."
13066
msgstr ""
13067
13068
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:52(td/p)
13069
msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F1</key></keyseq>"
13070
msgstr ""
13071
13072
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:53(td/p)
13073
msgid ""
13074
"Open the launcher. Use arrow keys to navigate and <key>Enter</key> to start "
13075
"or switch to an application."
13076
msgstr ""
13077
13078
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:57(td/p)
13079
msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq>"
13080
msgstr ""
13081
13082
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:58(td/p)
13083
msgid ""
13084
"Open the Dash in a special mode to run commands that you type in. Press "
13085
"<key>Enter</key> to run the current command. You can also use the arrow keys "
13086
"to choose a different command and press <key>Enter</key> to run it."
13087
msgstr ""
13088
13089
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:63(td/p)
13090
msgid "<keyseq><key>Meta</key><key>A</key></keyseq>"
13091
msgstr ""
13092
13093
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:64(td/p)
13094
msgid "Open the <gui>Applications lens</gui>."
13095
msgstr ""
13096
13097
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:67(td/p)
13098
msgid "<keyseq><key>Meta</key><key>F</key></keyseq>"
13099
msgstr ""
13100
13101
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:68(td/p)
13102
msgid "Open the <gui>Files and folders lens</gui>."
13103
msgstr ""
13104
13105
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:71(td/p)
13106
msgid "<keyseq><key>Meta</key><key>T</key></keyseq>"
13107
msgstr ""
13108
13109
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:72(td/p)
13110
msgid "Open the <gui>Trash</gui>."
13111
msgstr ""
13112
13113
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:75(td/p)
13114
msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>T</key></keyseq>"
13115
msgstr ""
13116
13117
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:76(td/p)
13118
msgid "Open the <app>Terminal</app>."
13119
msgstr ""
13120
13121
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:79(td/p)
13122
msgid "<key>Alt</key>"
13123
msgstr ""
13124
13125
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:80(td/p)
13126
msgid ""
13127
"Reveal the <gui>Application Menu</gui>. "
13128
"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F</key></keyseq> opens the <gui>File</gui> menu."
13129
msgstr ""
13130
13131
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:84(td/p)
13132
msgid "<key>F10</key>"
13133
msgstr ""
13134
13135
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:85(td/p)
13136
msgid ""
13137
"Open the menu. Use the arrow keys to navigate. You can also access the <link "
13138
"xref=\"unity-appmenu-intro\">indicator menus</link>."
13139
msgstr ""
13140
13141
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:91(table/title)
13142
msgid "Getting around the desktop"
13143
msgstr ""
13144
13145
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:93(td/p)
13146
msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F4</key></keyseq>"
13147
msgstr ""
13148
13149
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:94(td/p)
13150
msgid "Close the current window."
13151
msgstr ""
13152
13153
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:97(td/p)
13154
msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
13155
msgstr ""
13156
13157
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:98(td/p)
13158
msgid ""
13159
"Maximize the current window. If the window is already maximized, unmaximize "
13160
"it."
13161
msgstr ""
13162
13163
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:101(td/p)
13164
msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
13165
msgstr ""
13166
13167
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:102(td/p)
13168
msgid ""
13169
"<link xref=\"shell-windows-switching\">Quickly switch between "
13170
"windows.</link> Hold down <key>Shift</key> for reverse order."
13171
msgstr ""
13172
13173
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:106(td/p)
13174
msgid "<keyseq><key>Meta</key><key>D</key></keyseq>"
13175
msgstr ""
13176
13177
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:107(td/p)
13178
msgid ""
13179
"Hide all windows and show the desktop. Press the keys again to restore your "
13180
"windows."
13181
msgstr ""
13182
13183
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:110(td/p)
13184
msgid "<keyseq><key>Meta</key><key>S</key></keyseq>"
13185
msgstr ""
13186
13187
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:111(td/p)
13188
msgid ""
13189
"Activate the workspace switcher. Zoom out on all <link xref=\"shell-"
13190
"workspaces\">workspaces</link>."
13191
msgstr ""
13192
13193
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:114(td/p)
13194
msgid "<keyseq><key>Meta</key><key>W</key></keyseq>"
13195
msgstr ""
13196
13197
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:115(td/p)
13198
msgid "Activate \"Expo\" mode. Show all windows from all workspaces."
13199
msgstr ""
13200
13201
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:118(td/p)
13202
msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Alt</key><key>↑</key></keyseq>"
13203
msgstr ""
13204
13205
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:119(td/p)
13206
msgid "Activate \"Expo\" mode. Show all windows from current workspace."
13207
msgstr ""
13208
13209
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:122(td/p)
13210
msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Arrow keys</key></keyseq>"
13211
msgstr ""
13212
13213
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:123(td/p)
13214
msgid ""
13215
"<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-switch\">Switch between workspaces.</link>"
13216
msgstr ""
13217
13218
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:126(td/p)
13219
msgid ""
13220
"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>Arrow "
13221
"keys</key></keyseq>"
13222
msgstr ""
13223
13224
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:127(td/p)
13225
msgid ""
13226
"<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-movewindow\">Move the current window to a "
13227
"different workspace.</link>"
13228
msgstr ""
13229
13230
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:130(td/p)
13231
msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>L</key></keyseq>"
13232
msgstr ""
13233
13234
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:131(td/p)
13235
msgid "<link xref=\"shell-exit#lock-screen\">Lock the screen.</link>"
13236
msgstr ""
13237
13238
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:136(table/title)
13239
msgid "Common editing shortcuts"
13240
msgstr ""
13241
13242
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:138(td/p)
13243
msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>A</key></keyseq>"
13244
msgstr ""
13245
13246
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:139(td/p)
13247
msgid "Select all text or items in a list."
13248
msgstr ""
13249
13250
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:142(td/p)
13251
msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>X</key></keyseq>"
13252
msgstr ""
13253
13254
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:143(td/p)
13255
msgid "Cut (remove) selected text or items and place it on the clipboard."
13256
msgstr ""
13257
13258
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:146(td/p)
13259
msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>C</key></keyseq>"
13260
msgstr ""
13261
13262
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:147(td/p)
13263
msgid "Copy selected text or items to the clipboard."
13264
msgstr ""
13265
13266
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:150(td/p)
13267
msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>"
13268
msgstr ""
13269
13270
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:151(td/p)
13271
msgid "Paste the contents of the clipboard."
13272
msgstr ""
13273
13274
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:154(td/p)
13275
msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Z</key></keyseq>"
13276
msgstr ""
13277
13278
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:155(td/p)
13279
msgid "Undo the last action."
13280
msgstr ""
13281
13282
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:160(table/title)
13283
msgid "Capturing from the screen"
13284
msgstr ""
13285
13286
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:163(td/p)
13287
msgid "Take a screenshot."
13288
msgstr ""
13289
13290
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:167(td/p)
13291
msgid "Take a screenshot of the active window."
13292
msgstr ""
13293
13294
#: C/shell-overview.page:9(info/title)
13295
msgctxt "link:trail"
13296
msgid "Overview"
13297
msgstr ""
13298
13299
#: C/shell-overview.page:11(info/desc)
13300
msgid "An overview of the different parts of the desktop."
13301
msgstr ""
13302
13303
#: C/shell-overview.page:21(page/title)
13304
msgid "Overview of the desktop"
13305
msgstr ""
13306
13307
#: C/shell-overview.page:26(section/title)
13308
msgid "The Desktop"
13309
msgstr ""
13310
13311
#: C/shell-overview.page:30(section/title)
13312
msgid "Applications and windows"
13313
msgstr ""
13314
13315
#: C/shell-overview.page:34(section/title)
13316
msgid "Files and folders"
13317
msgstr ""
13318
13319
#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:9(info/desc)
13320
msgid "Double click on the top title bar."
13321
msgstr ""
13322
13323
#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:21(page/title)
13324
msgid "Maximize and unmaximize (restore) a window"
13325
msgstr ""
13326
13327
#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:24(item/p)
13328
msgid "To maximize a window, double-click on the title bar of the window."
13329
msgstr ""
13330
13331
#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:28(item/p)
13332
msgid ""
13333
"Another way to maximize a window is to click on the <gui>title bar</gui> of "
13334
"an application, and drag it to the top of the screen. When the <gui>mouse "
13335
"pointer</gui> touches the very top of the screen, the entire screen becomes "
13336
"highlighted. Release the mouse button to maximize the screen."
13337
msgstr ""
13338
13339
#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:34(item/p)
13340
msgid ""
13341
"To restore the window to its original size, click on the <gui>title "
13342
"bar</gui> of the application, and drag it down from the <gui>top bar</gui>. "
13343
"After the window separates from the <gui>top bar</gui> it will restore "
13344
"itself to an unmaximized state."
13345
msgstr ""
13346
13347
#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:41(note/p)
13348
msgid ""
13349
"Pressing the <key>Alt</key> while clicking anywhere in a window will allow "
13350
"you to move the window. Some people may find this easier than needing to "
13351
"click in the <gui>title bar</gui> of an application."
13352
msgstr ""
13353
13354
#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:44(note/p)
13355
msgid ""
13356
"You can also use your keyboard to maximize a window. Press "
13357
"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Space</key></keyseq> to bring up the window menu, "
13358
"and then press <key>x</key>."
13359
msgstr ""
13360
13361
#: C/shell-windows.page:10(info/desc)
13362
msgid "Move and organize your windows."
13363
msgstr ""
13364
13365
#: C/shell-windows.page:21(page/title)
13366
msgid "Windows and workspaces"
13367
msgstr ""
13368
13369
#: C/shell-windows.page:23(page/p)
13370
msgid ""
13371
"Like other desktops, Unity uses windows to display your running "
13372
"applications. Using both the <gui>dash</gui> and the <gui>launcher</gui>, "
13373
"you can launch new applications and control which window is active."
13374
msgstr ""
13375
13376
#: C/shell-windows.page:25(page/p)
13377
msgid ""
13378
"In addition to windows, you can also group your applications together within "
13379
"workspaces. Visit the window and workspace help topics below to better learn "
13380
"how to use these features."
13381
msgstr ""
13382
13383
#: C/shell-windows.page:48(section/title)
13384
msgid "Working with windows"
13385
msgstr ""
13386
13387
#: C/shell-windows.page:52(section/title)
13388
msgid "Working with workspaces"
13389
msgstr ""
13390
13391
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:9(info/desc)
13392
msgid "Restore, resize, arrange and hide."
13393
msgstr ""
13394
13395
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:20(page/title)
13396
msgid "Window operations and modes"
13397
msgstr ""
13398
13399
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:27(page/p)
13400
msgid ""
13401
"Windows work in a very similar way to windows on other operating systems."
13402
msgstr ""
13403
13404
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:34(section/title)
13405
msgid "Minimize, restore and close"
13406
msgstr ""
13407
13408
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:39(item/title)
13409
msgid "Minimize"
13410
msgstr ""
13411
13412
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:40(item/p)
13413
msgid "To minimize a window, you can:"
13414
msgstr ""
13415
13416
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:43(item/p)
13417
msgid ""
13418
"Press the button that looks like a \"minus\" sign in the application's "
13419
"<gui>menu bar</gui>. If the application is maximized (taking up your whole "
13420
"screen), the menu bar will appear at the very top of the screen. Otherwise, "
13421
"the minimize button will appear at the top of the application window."
13422
msgstr ""
13423
13424
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:49(note/p)
13425
msgid ""
13426
"When you minizize an application, the application window 'disappears' into "
13427
"the <gui>launcher</gui>. The application can be retrieved by opening the "
13428
"<gui>launcher</gui> and clicking on that application's icon, or by pressing "
13429
"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>tab</key></keyseq> to cycle through your open "
13430
"applications."
13431
msgstr ""
13432
13433
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:60(item/title)
13434
msgid "Close"
13435
msgstr ""
13436
13437
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:61(item/p)
13438
msgid "To close the window:"
13439
msgstr ""
13440
13441
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:64(item/p)
13442
msgid "Click the <gui>x</gui> in the top left hand corner of the window, or"
13443
msgstr ""
13444
13445
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:69(item/p)
13446
msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F4</key></keyseq>, or"
13447
msgstr ""
13448
13449
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:74(item/p)
13450
msgid ""
13451
"Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Space</key></keyseq> to bring up the window "
13452
"menu. Then press <key>c</key>."
13453
msgstr ""
13454
13455
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:84(section/title)
13456
msgid "Resize a window"
13457
msgstr ""
13458
13459
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:87(note/p)
13460
msgid ""
13461
"To resize a window, your window first needs to be <em>unmaximized</em>."
13462
msgstr ""
13463
13464
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:91(section/p)
13465
msgid ""
13466
"The simplest way to resize your window in the horizontal and/or vertical "
13467
"direction is to move the mouse pointer up to the top left corner of the "
13468
"window until it changes into a 'corner-pointer'. When it becomes a 'corner-"
13469
"pointer', click+hold+drag to resize the window in any direction."
13470
msgstr ""
13471
13472
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:95(section/p)
13473
msgid ""
13474
"You can also resize only in the horizontal direction by moving the mouse "
13475
"pointer to the left side of the window until it changes into a 'side-"
13476
"pointer'. When it becomes a 'side-pointer', click+hold+drag to resize the "
13477
"window in the horizontal direction."
13478
msgstr ""
13479
13480
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:99(section/p)
13481
msgid ""
13482
"To resize in the vertical direction, move the mouse pointer to the top or "
13483
"bottom of the window until it changes into a 'top-pointer' or 'bottom-"
13484
"pointer' respectively. When it does, click+hold+drag to resize the window in "
13485
"the vertical direction."
13486
msgstr ""
13487
13488
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:105(section/title)
13489
msgid "Ways to arrange windows in your workspace"
13490
msgstr ""
13491
13492
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:106(section/p)
13493
msgid ""
13494
"You can automatically arrange two windows side by side. <key>Alt</key> + "
13495
"click and drag one window towards the left until the cursor touches the left "
13496
"side of the screen. The left half of the screen becomes highlighted. "
13497
"Unclick, and your window should automatically take up exactly half your "
13498
"screen. Do the same thing for another window, dragging it to the right side."
13499
msgstr ""
13500
13501
#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:10(info/desc)
13502
msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>."
13503
msgstr ""
13504
13505
#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:24(page/title)
13506
msgid "Switch between windows"
13507
msgstr ""
13508
13509
#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:32(section/title)
13510
msgid "From the launcher"
13511
msgstr ""
13512
13513
#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:34(item/p)
13514
msgid ""
13515
"Show the <gui>launcher</gui> by moving your mouse to the top left corner of "
13516
"your screen."
13517
msgstr ""
13518
13519
#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:37(item/p)
13520
msgid ""
13521
"Applications that are running have a small white triangle arrow on the left. "
13522
"Click on a running application icon to switch to it."
13523
msgstr ""
13524
13525
#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:41(item/p)
13526
msgid ""
13527
"If a running application has multiple windows open, there will be multiple "
13528
"white arrows on the left. Click the application icon a second time to show "
13529
"all open windows zoomed out. Click the window you want to switch to."
13530
msgstr ""
13531
13532
#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:50(section/title)
13533
#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:31(section/title)
13534
msgid "From the keyboard"
13535
msgstr ""
13536
13537
#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:54(item/p)
13538
msgid ""
13539
"When you hold down the <key>Alt</key> key and then press <key>Tab</key>, a "
13540
"<em>window switcher</em> appears. This shows a list of the windows you have "
13541
"open, with a preview."
13542
msgstr ""
13543
13544
#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:59(item/p)
13545
msgid ""
13546
"You can continue pressing <key>Tab</key> as many times as you need to reach "
13547
"the window you want."
13548
msgstr ""
13549
13550
#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:62(item/p)
13551
msgid ""
13552
"To switch to the previous window, hold down the <key>Alt</key> key and press "
13553
"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> instead."
13554
msgstr ""
13555
13556
#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:66(item/p)
13557
msgid ""
13558
"It is also possible to switch to any window by moving to it with the mouse "
13559
"and clicking."
13560
msgstr ""
13561
13562
#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:73(item/p)
13563
msgid ""
13564
"Press <keyseq><key>Windows</key><key>W</key></keyseq> to show all open "
13565
"windows zoomed out."
13566
msgstr ""
13567
13568
#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:77(item/p)
13569
msgid "Click the window you want to switch to."
13570
msgstr ""
13571
13572
#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:11(info/desc)
13573
msgid ""
13574
"Open the workspace switcher and drag the window to a different workspace."
13575
msgstr ""
13576
13577
#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:23(page/title)
13578
msgid "Move windows to a different workspace"
13579
msgstr ""
13580
13581
#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:25(page/p)
13582
msgid "You can move a window between workspaces:"
13583
msgstr ""
13584
13585
#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:29(item/p)
13586
msgid ""
13587
"Open the <link xref=\"unity-launcher-intro\">Launcher</link> and click the "
13588
"<gui>workspace switcher</gui> button near the bottom."
13589
msgstr ""
13590
13591
#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:33(item/p)
13592
msgid "Drag the window to the workspace you choose."
13593
msgstr ""
13594
13595
#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:37(page/p)
13596
msgid ""
13597
"A faster way of moving windows between workspaces is by using the keyboard:"
13598
msgstr ""
13599
13600
#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:40(item/p)
13601
msgid ""
13602
"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key> "
13603
"→</key></keyseq> to move the window to the workspace to the right of the "
13604
"current workspace."
13605
msgstr ""
13606
13607
#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:44(item/p)
13608
msgid ""
13609
"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key> "
13610
"←</key></keyseq> to move the window to the workspace to the left of the "
13611
"current workspace."
13612
msgstr ""
13613
13614
#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:48(item/p)
13615
msgid ""
13616
"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key> "
13617
"↓</key></keyseq> to move the window to the workspace below the current "
13618
"workspace."
13619
msgstr ""
13620
13621
#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:52(item/p)
13622
msgid ""
13623
"Press "
13624
"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>↑</key></keyseq> "
13625
"to move the window to the workspace above the current workspace."
13626
msgstr ""
13627
13628
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
13629
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
13630
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
13631
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
13632
#: C/shell-workspaces.page:24(media)
13633
msgctxt "_"
13634
msgid ""
13635
"external ref='figures/unity-workspace-intro.png' "
13636
"md5='80b2149a6fc92b28fd45c902c827aa1f'"
13637
msgstr ""
13638
13639
#: C/shell-workspaces.page:9(info/desc)
13640
msgid "Workspaces are a way of grouping windows on your desktop."
13641
msgstr ""
13642
13643
#: C/shell-workspaces.page:21(page/title)
13644
msgid "What is a workspace, and how will it help me?"
13645
msgstr ""
13646
13647
#: C/shell-workspaces.page:25(media/p)
13648
msgid "Workspace switcher button"
13649
msgstr ""
13650
13651
#: C/shell-workspaces.page:28(page/p)
13652
msgid ""
13653
"Workspaces refer to the grouping of windows on your desktop. These virtual "
13654
"desktops increase the size of your working area. Workspaces are meant to "
13655
"reduce clutter and make the desktop easier to navigate."
13656
msgstr ""
13657
13658
#: C/shell-workspaces.page:30(page/p)
13659
msgid ""
13660
"You could use workspaces to organize your work. For example, you could have "
13661
"all your communication windows, such as email and your chat apps on one "
13662
"workspace and the work you are doing on a different workspace Your music "
13663
"manager could be on a third workspace."
13664
msgstr ""
13665
13666
#: C/shell-workspaces.page:32(page/p)
13667
msgid ""
13668
"Open the <link xref=\"unity-launcher-intro\">Launcher</link> and click the "
13669
"<gui>workspace switcher</gui> icon near the bottom. By default, Ubuntu shows "
13670
"4 workspaces, arranged in 2 rows and 2 columns. You can change the number of "
13671
"workspaces easily:"
13672
msgstr ""
13673
13674
#: C/shell-workspaces.page:35(steps/title)
13675
msgid "Change the number of workspaces"
13676
msgstr ""
13677
13678
#: C/shell-workspaces.page:37(item/p)
13679
msgid ""
13680
"To change the number of rows, type the following command, changing the final "
13681
"number to the number you wish. Press <key>Enter</key>."
13682
msgstr ""
13683
13684
#: C/shell-workspaces.page:38(item/p)
13685
msgid ""
13686
"<code>gconftool-2 --type=int --set /apps/compiz-"
13687
"1/general/screen0/options/vsize 2</code>"
13688
msgstr ""
13689
13690
#: C/shell-workspaces.page:39(item/p)
13691
msgid ""
13692
"To change the number of columns, type the following command, changing the "
13693
"final number to the number you wish. Press <key>Enter</key>."
13694
msgstr ""
13695
13696
#: C/shell-workspaces.page:40(item/p)
13697
msgid ""
13698
"<code>gconftool-2 --type=int --set /apps/compiz-"
13699
"1/general/screen0/options/hsize 2</code>"
13700
msgstr ""
13701
13702
#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:11(info/desc)
13703
msgid "Open the workspace switcher and double-click one of the workspaces."
13704
msgstr ""
13705
13706
#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:23(page/title)
13707
msgid "Switch between workspaces"
13708
msgstr ""
13709
13710
#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:26(section/title)
13711
msgid "From the workspace switcher"
13712
msgstr ""
13713
13714
#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:27(section/p)
13715
msgid ""
13716
"Open the <link xref=\"unity-launcher-intro\">Launcher</link> and click the "
13717
"<gui>workspace switcher</gui> button near the bottom. Double-click on any "
13718
"window or workspace to switch to it, or press the workspace switcher button "
13719
"again to return to your previous workspace."
13720
msgstr ""
13721
13722
#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:34(item/p)
13723
msgid ""
13724
"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>→</key></keyseq> to move to "
13725
"a workspace which is to the right of the current workspace."
13726
msgstr ""
13727
13728
#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:37(item/p)
13729
msgid ""
13730
"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>←</key></keyseq> to move to "
13731
"a workspace which is to the left of the current workspace."
13732
msgstr ""
13733
13734
#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:42(item/p)
13735
msgid ""
13736
"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>↓</key></keyseq> to move to "
13737
"a workspace which is below the current workspace."
13738
msgstr ""
13739
13740
#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:45(item/p)
13741
msgid ""
13742
"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>↑</key></keyseq> to move to "
13743
"a workspace which is above the current workspace."
13744
msgstr ""
13745
13746
#: C/sound-alert.page:13(info/desc)
13747
msgid ""
13748
"Choose the sound to play for messages, set the alert volume, or disable "
13749
"alert sounds."
13750
msgstr ""
13751
13752
#: C/sound-alert.page:18(page/title)
13753
msgid "Choose or disable the alert sound"
13754
msgstr ""
13755
13756
#: C/sound-alert.page:20(page/p)
13757
msgid ""
13758
"Your computer will play a simple alert sound for certain types of messages "
13759
"and events. You can choose different sound clips for alerts, set the alert "
13760
"volume independently of your system volume, or disable alert sounds entirely."
13761
msgstr ""
13762
13763
#: C/sound-alert.page:26(item/p)
13764
#: C/sound-nosound.page:44(item/p)
13765
msgid ""
13766
"Click the <gui>sound menu</gui> in the <gui>top panel</gui> and click "
13767
"<gui>Sound Settings</gui>."
13768
msgstr ""
13769
13770
#: C/sound-alert.page:27(item/p)
13771
msgid ""
13772
"On the <gui>Sound Effects</gui> tab, select an alert sound. Each sound will "
13773
"play when you click on it so you can hear what it sounds like."
13774
msgstr ""
13775
13776
#: C/sound-alert.page:31(page/p)
13777
msgid ""
13778
"Use the volume slider on the <gui>Sound Effects</gui> tab to set the volume "
13779
"of the alert sound. This won't affect the volume of your music, movies, and "
13780
"other audio playback."
13781
msgstr ""
13782
13783
#: C/sound-alert.page:35(page/p)
13784
msgid "To disable alert sounds entirely, just select <gui>Mute</gui>."
13785
msgstr ""
13786
13787
#: C/sound-broken.page:9(info/desc)
13788
msgid ""
13789
"Troubleshoot problems like having no sound or having poor sound quality."
13790
msgstr ""
13791
13792
#: C/sound-broken.page:20(page/title)
13793
msgid "Sound problems"
13794
msgstr ""
13795
13796
#: C/sound-broken.page:22(page/p)
13797
msgid ""
13798
"There are a number of ways for sound playback to break on your computer. "
13799
"Which of the topics below best describes the problem you are experiencing?"
13800
msgstr ""
13801
13802
#: C/sound-crackle.page:8(info/desc)
13803
msgid "Check your audio cables and sound card drivers."
13804
msgstr ""
13805
13806
#: C/sound-crackle.page:19(page/title)
13807
msgid "I hear crackling or buzzing when sounds are playing"
13808
msgstr ""
13809
13810
#: C/sound-crackle.page:21(page/p)
13811
msgid ""
13812
"If you hear crackling or buzzing when sounds are playing on your computer, "
13813
"you may have a problem with the audio cables or connectors, or a problem "
13814
"with the drivers for the sound card."
13815
msgstr ""
13816
13817
#: C/sound-crackle.page:25(item/p)
13818
msgid "Check that the speakers are plugged in correctly."
13819
msgstr ""
13820
13821
#: C/sound-crackle.page:26(item/p)
13822
msgid ""
13823
"If the speakers aren't fully plugged in, or if they are plugged into the "
13824
"wrong socket, you might hear a buzzing sound."
13825
msgstr ""
13826
13827
#: C/sound-crackle.page:30(item/p)
13828
msgid "Make sure the speaker/headphone cable isn't damaged."
13829
msgstr ""
13830
13831
#: C/sound-crackle.page:31(item/p)
13832
msgid ""
13833
"Audio cables and connectors can gradually wear with use. Try plugging the "
13834
"cable or headphones into another audio device (like an MP3 player or a CD "
13835
"player) to check if there is still a crackling sound. If there is, you may "
13836
"need to replace the cable or headphones."
13837
msgstr ""
13838
13839
#: C/sound-crackle.page:35(item/p)
13840
msgid "Check if the sound drivers aren't very good."
13841
msgstr ""
13842
13843
#: C/sound-crackle.page:36(item/p)
13844
msgid ""
13845
"Some sound cards don't work very well on Linux because they don't have very "
13846
"good drivers. This problem is more difficult to identify. Try searching for "
13847
"the make and model of your sound card on the internet, plus the search term "
13848
"\"Ubuntu\", to see if other people are having the same problem."
13849
msgstr ""
13850
13851
#: C/sound-crackle.page:37(item/p)
13852
msgid ""
13853
"You can run <cmd>sudo lspci -v</cmd> in the <app>Terminal</app> to get more "
13854
"information about your sound card."
13855
msgstr ""
13856
13857
#: C/sound-nosound.page:8(info/desc)
13858
msgid ""
13859
"Check that it's not muted, that cables are plugged in properly, and that the "
13860
"sound card is detected."
13861
msgstr ""
13862
13863
#: C/sound-nosound.page:19(page/title)
13864
msgid "I can't hear any sounds on the computer"
13865
msgstr ""
13866
13867
#: C/sound-nosound.page:21(page/p)
13868
msgid ""
13869
"If you can't hear any sounds on your computer, for example when you try to "
13870
"play some music, try these troubleshooting steps to see if you can fix the "
13871
"problem."
13872
msgstr ""
13873
13874
#: C/sound-nosound.page:24(section/title)
13875
msgid "Make sure that the sound is not muted"
13876
msgstr ""
13877
13878
#: C/sound-nosound.page:25(section/p)
13879
msgid ""
13880
"Click the <gui>sound menu</gui> on the top panel (it looks like a speaker) "
13881
"and make sure that the sound is not muted or turned down."
13882
msgstr ""
13883
13884
#: C/sound-nosound.page:26(section/p)
13885
msgid ""
13886
"Some laptops have mute switches or keys on their keyboards—try pressing that "
13887
"key to see if it unmutes the sound."
13888
msgstr ""
13889
13890
#: C/sound-nosound.page:27(section/p)
13891
msgid ""
13892
"You should also check that you haven't muted the application that you're "
13893
"using to play sound (e.g. your music player or movie player). The "
13894
"application may have a mute or volume button in its main window, so check "
13895
"that. Also, click the sound menu on the top panel and choose <gui>Sound "
13896
"Settings</gui>. When the <gui>Sound</gui> window appears, go to the "
13897
"<gui>Applications</gui> tab and check that your application is not muted on "
13898
"there."
13899
msgstr ""
13900
13901
#: C/sound-nosound.page:31(section/title)
13902
msgid "Check that the speakers are turned on and connected properly"
13903
msgstr ""
13904
13905
#: C/sound-nosound.page:32(section/p)
13906
msgid ""
13907
"If your computer has external speakers, make sure that they are turned on "
13908
"and that the volume is turned up. Make sure that the speaker cable is "
13909
"securely plugged into the \"output\" audio socket on the back of the "
13910
"computer. This socket is usually light green in color."
13911
msgstr ""
13912
13913
#: C/sound-nosound.page:34(section/p)
13914
msgid ""
13915
"Some sound cards are able to switch which socket they use for output (to the "
13916
"speakers) and input (from a microphone, for instance). The output socket may "
13917
"be different when running Linux than on Windows or Mac OS. Try connecting "
13918
"the speaker cable to the different audio sockets on the computer in turn to "
13919
"see if that works."
13920
msgstr ""
13921
13922
#: C/sound-nosound.page:36(section/p)
13923
msgid ""
13924
"A final thing to check is that the audio cable is securely plugged into the "
13925
"back of the speakers. Some speakers have more than one input too."
13926
msgstr ""
13927
13928
#: C/sound-nosound.page:40(section/title)
13929
msgid "Check that the right sound device is selected"
13930
msgstr ""
13931
13932
#: C/sound-nosound.page:41(section/p)
13933
msgid ""
13934
"Some computers have multiple \"sound devices\" installed. Some of these are "
13935
"capable of outputting sound and some are not, so you should check that you "
13936
"have the correct one selected. This might involve some trial-and-error to "
13937
"choose the right one."
13938
msgstr ""
13939
13940
#: C/sound-nosound.page:47(item/p)
13941
msgid ""
13942
"In the <gui>Sound</gui> window that appears, go to the <gui>Hardware</gui> "
13943
"tab. Make a note of which device and which profile are selected (so you can "
13944
"return to the default selections if changing them doesn't work)."
13945
msgstr ""
13946
13947
#: C/sound-nosound.page:50(item/p)
13948
msgid ""
13949
"For the selected device, try changing the profile—play a sound after you "
13950
"change the profile to see if it works. You might need to go through the list "
13951
"and try each profile."
13952
msgstr ""
13953
13954
#: C/sound-nosound.page:53(item/p)
13955
msgid ""
13956
"If that doesn't work, you might want to try doing the same for any other "
13957
"devices that are listed."
13958
msgstr ""
13959
13960
#: C/sound-nosound.page:56(item/p)
13961
msgid ""
13962
"Try changing the <gui>Connector</gui> option in the <gui>Output</gui> tab "
13963
"too."
13964
msgstr ""
13965
13966
#: C/sound-nosound.page:62(section/title)
13967
msgid "Check that the sound card was detected properly"
13968
msgstr ""
13969
13970
#: C/sound-nosound.page:63(section/p)
13971
msgid ""
13972
"Your sound card may not have been detected properly. If this has happened, "
13973
"your computer will think that it isn't able to play sound. A possible reason "
13974
"for the card not being detected properly is that the drivers for the card "
13975
"are not installed."
13976
msgstr ""
13977
13978
#: C/sound-nosound.page:66(item/p)
13979
msgid ""
13980
"Go to the <link xref=\"unity-dash-intro\">dash</link> and open the Terminal."
13981
msgstr ""
13982
13983
#: C/sound-nosound.page:69(item/p)
13984
msgid "Type <cmd>aplay -l</cmd> and press <key>Enter</key>."
13985
msgstr ""
13986
13987
#: C/sound-nosound.page:72(item/p)
13988
msgid ""
13989
"A list of devices will be shown. If there are no <gui>playback hardware "
13990
"devices</gui>, your sound card has not been detected."
13991
msgstr ""
13992
13993
#: C/sound-nosound.page:76(section/p)
13994
msgid ""
13995
"If your sound card is not detected, you may need to manually install the "
13996
"drivers for it. How you do this will depend on the card you have."
13997
msgstr ""
13998
13999
#: C/sound-nosound.page:78(section/p)
14000
msgid ""
14001
"You can see what sound card you have by using the <cmd>lspci</cmd> command "
14002
"in the <app>Terminal</app>. You can get more complete results if you run "
14003
"<cmd>lspci</cmd> as <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">superuser</link>; "
14004
"enter <cmd>sudo lspci</cmd> and type your password. See if an <em>audio "
14005
"controller</em> or <em>audio device</em> is listed—it should have the sound "
14006
"card's make and model number. <cmd>sudo lspci -v</cmd> will show a list with "
14007
"more detailed information."
14008
msgstr ""
14009
14010
#: C/sound-nosound.page:80(section/p)
14011
msgid ""
14012
"You may be able to find and install drivers for your card by searching the "
14013
"Internet. Otherwise, you can <link xref=\"ubuntu-report-bug\">file a "
14014
"bug</link>."
14015
msgstr ""
14016
14017
#: C/sound-nosound.page:82(section/p)
14018
msgid ""
14019
"If you can't get drivers for your sound card, you might prefer to buy a new "
14020
"sound card. You can get sound cards that can be installed inside the "
14021
"computer and external USB sound cards."
14022
msgstr ""
14023
14024
#: C/sound-usemic.page:13(info/desc)
14025
msgid "Use an analog or USB microphone and select a default input device."
14026
msgstr ""
14027
14028
#: C/sound-usemic.page:17(page/title)
14029
msgid "Use a different microphone"
14030
msgstr ""
14031
14032
#: C/sound-usemic.page:19(page/p)
14033
msgid ""
14034
"You can use an external microphone for audio conferencing, making voice "
14035
"recordings, or using other multimedia applications. Even if your computer "
14036
"has a built-in microphone or a webcam with a microphone, a separate "
14037
"microphone could provide better audio quality."
14038
msgstr ""
14039
14040
#: C/sound-usemic.page:24(page/p)
14041
msgid ""
14042
"If your microphone has a circular TS (<em>tip, sleeve</em>) plug, plug it "
14043
"into the appropriate socket on your computer. Most computers have two "
14044
"sockets: one for microphones and one for speakers. Look for a picture of a "
14045
"microphone next to the socket. Microphones plugged into a TS socket will "
14046
"usually be used by default. If not, see the instructions below for selecting "
14047
"a default input device."
14048
msgstr ""
14049
14050
#: C/sound-usemic.page:31(page/p)
14051
msgid ""
14052
"If you have a USB microphone, plug it into any USB port on your computer. "
14053
"USB microphones act as separate audio devices, and you may have to specify "
14054
"which microphone to use by default."
14055
msgstr ""
14056
14057
#: C/sound-usemic.page:36(steps/title)
14058
#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:45(steps/title)
14059
msgid "Select a default audio input device"
14060
msgstr ""
14061
14062
#: C/sound-usemic.page:37(item/p)
14063
#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:46(item/p)
14064
msgid ""
14065
"Click the <gui>sound menu</gui> on the <gui>top bar</gui> and select "
14066
"<gui>Sound Settings</gui>."
14067
msgstr ""
14068
14069
#: C/sound-usemic.page:38(item/p)
14070
msgid ""
14071
"On the <gui>Input</gui> tab, select the device in the list of devices. The "
14072
"input level indicator should respond when you speak."
14073
msgstr ""
14074
14075
#: C/sound-usemic.page:42(page/p)
14076
msgid ""
14077
"If you don't see your device on the <gui>Input</gui> tab, check the "
14078
"<gui>Hardware</gui> tab. Make sure the profile for the device includes "
14079
"\"input\"."
14080
msgstr ""
14081
14082
#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:14(info/desc)
14083
msgid ""
14084
"Connect speakers or headphones and select a default audio output device."
14085
msgstr ""
14086
14087
#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:18(page/title)
14088
msgid "Use different speakers or headphones"
14089
msgstr ""
14090
14091
#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:20(page/p)
14092
msgid ""
14093
"You can use external speakers or headphones with your computer. Speakers "
14094
"usually either connect using a circular TRS (<em>tip, ring, sleeve</em>) "
14095
"plug or with USB."
14096
msgstr ""
14097
14098
#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:24(page/p)
14099
msgid ""
14100
"If your speakers or headphones have a TRS plug, plug it into the appropriate "
14101
"socket on your computer. Most computers have two sockets: one for "
14102
"microphones and one for speakers. Look for a picture of headphones next to "
14103
"the socket. Speakers or headphones plugged into a TRS socket will usually be "
14104
"used by default. If not, see the instructions below for selecting the "
14105
"default device."
14106
msgstr ""
14107
14108
#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:30(page/p)
14109
msgid ""
14110
"Some computers support multi-channel output for surround sound. This usually "
14111
"uses multiple TRS jacks, which are often color-coded. If you are unsure "
14112
"which plugs go in which sockets, you can test the sound output in the sound "
14113
"settings. Click the <gui>sound menu</gui> on the <gui>top panel</gui> then "
14114
"click <gui>Sound Settings</gui>. On the <gui>Hardware</gui> tab, select your "
14115
"speakers in the list of devices, then click <gui>Test Speakers</gui>. In the "
14116
"pop-up window, click the button for each speaker. Each button will speak its "
14117
"position only to the channel corresponding to that speaker."
14118
msgstr ""
14119
14120
#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:39(page/p)
14121
msgid ""
14122
"If you have USB speakers or headphones, or analog headphones plugged into a "
14123
"USB sound card, plug them into any USB port. USB speakers act as separate "
14124
"audio devices, and you may have to specify which speakers to use by default."
14125
msgstr ""
14126
14127
#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:47(item/p)
14128
msgid ""
14129
"On the <gui>Output</gui> tab, select the device in the list of devices."
14130
msgstr ""
14131
14132
#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:50(page/p)
14133
msgid ""
14134
"If you don't see your device on the <gui>Output</gui> tab, check the "
14135
"<gui>Hardware</gui> tab. Select your device and try different profiles."
14136
msgstr ""
14137
14138
#: C/sound-volume.page:13(info/desc)
14139
msgid ""
14140
"Set the sound volume for the computer and control the loudness of each "
14141
"application."
14142
msgstr ""
14143
14144
#: C/sound-volume.page:18(page/title)
14145
msgid "Change the sound volume"
14146
msgstr ""
14147
14148
#: C/sound-volume.page:20(page/p)
14149
msgid ""
14150
"To change the sound volume, click the <gui>sound menu</gui> on the <gui>top "
14151
"panel</gui> and move the volume slider left or right. You can completely "
14152
"turn off sound by checking <gui>Mute</gui>."
14153
msgstr ""
14154
14155
#: C/sound-volume.page:22(page/p)
14156
msgid ""
14157
"Some keyboards have keys that let you control the volume. They normally look "
14158
"like stylized speakers with \"waves\" coming out of them, and are often near "
14159
"the \"F\" keys (e.g. <key>F7</key>)."
14160
msgstr ""
14161
14162
#: C/sound-volume.page:24(page/p)
14163
msgid ""
14164
"Of course, if you have external speakers, you can also change the volume "
14165
"using the volume control on the speakers themselves. Some headphones have a "
14166
"volume control too."
14167
msgstr ""
14168
14169
#: C/sound-volume.page:27(section/title)
14170
msgid "Changing the sound volume for individual applications"
14171
msgstr ""
14172
14173
#: C/sound-volume.page:28(section/p)
14174
msgid ""
14175
"You can change the volume for one application, but leave the volume for "
14176
"others unchanged. This is useful if you're listening to music and browsing "
14177
"the web, for example. You might want to turn off the volume in the web "
14178
"browser so sounds from websites don't interrupt the music."
14179
msgstr ""
14180
14181
#: C/sound-volume.page:29(section/p)
14182
msgid ""
14183
"Some applications have volume controls in their main windows. If your "
14184
"application has one of these, use that to change the volume. Otherwise, "
14185
"click the <gui>sound menu</gui> on the <gui>top panel</gui> and click "
14186
"<gui>Sound Settings</gui>. Go to the <gui>Applications</gui> tab and change "
14187
"the volume of the application there."
14188
msgstr ""
14189
14190
#: C/sound-volume.page:30(section/p)
14191
msgid ""
14192
"Only applications that are playing sounds will be listed. If an application "
14193
"is playing sounds but isn't listed, it might not support the feature that "
14194
"lets you control its volume in this way. In that case, you can't change its "
14195
"volume."
14196
msgstr ""
14197
14198
#: C/tips.page:13(info/desc)
14199
msgid ""
14200
"<link xref=\"tips-specialchars\">Special characters</link>, <link "
14201
"xref=\"mouse-middleclick\">middle click shortcuts</link>..."
14202
msgstr ""
14203
14204
#: C/tips.page:17(page/title)
14205
msgid "Tips & tricks"
14206
msgstr ""
14207
14208
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:15(info/desc)
14209
msgid ""
14210
"Type characters not found on your keyboard, including foreign alphabets, "
14211
"mathematical symbols, and dingbats."
14212
msgstr ""
14213
14214
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:20(page/title)
14215
msgid "Enter special characters"
14216
msgstr ""
14217
14218
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:29(page/p)
14219
msgid ""
14220
"You can enter and view thousands of characters from most of the world's "
14221
"writing systems, even those not found on your keyboard. This page lists some "
14222
"different ways you can enter special characters."
14223
msgstr ""
14224
14225
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:34(links/title)
14226
msgid "Methods to enter characters"
14227
msgstr ""
14228
14229
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:38(section/title)
14230
msgid "Character map"
14231
msgstr ""
14232
14233
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:39(section/p)
14234
msgid ""
14235
"GNOME comes with a character map application that allows you to browse all "
14236
"the characters in Unicode. Use the character map to find the character you "
14237
"want, and then copy and paste it to wherever you need it."
14238
msgstr ""
14239
14240
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:42(section/p)
14241
msgid ""
14242
"You can find <app>Character Map</app> in the <gui>dash</gui>. For more "
14243
"information on the character map, see the <link "
14244
"href=\"ghelp:gucharmap\">Character Map Manual</link>."
14245
msgstr ""
14246
14247
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:48(section/title)
14248
msgid "Compose key"
14249
msgstr ""
14250
14251
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:49(section/p)
14252
msgid ""
14253
"A compose key is a special key that allows you to press multiple keys in a "
14254
"row to get a special character. For example, to type the accented letter "
14255
"<em>é</em>, you can press <key>compose</key> then <key>'</key> then "
14256
"<key>e</key>."
14257
msgstr ""
14258
14259
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:53(section/p)
14260
msgid ""
14261
"Keyboards don't have specific compose keys. Instead, you can define one of "
14262
"the existing keys on your keyboard as a compose key."
14263
msgstr ""
14264
14265
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:56(steps/title)
14266
msgid "Define a compose key"
14267
msgstr ""
14268
14269
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:59(item/p)
14270
msgid "Click <gui>Region and Language</gui>."
14271
msgstr ""
14272
14273
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:60(item/p)
14274
msgid "Select the <gui>Layouts</gui> tab and click <gui>Options</gui>."
14275
msgstr ""
14276
14277
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:62(item/p)
14278
msgid ""
14279
"Find the group called <gui>Compose key position</gui>. Select the key or "
14280
"keys you would like to behave as a compose key. You can choose keys like "
14281
"<key>Caps Lock</key>, either of the <key>Alt</key> keys, or the menu key. "
14282
"Any keys you select will then only work as a compose key, and will no longer "
14283
"work for their original purpose."
14284
msgstr ""
14285
14286
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:69(section/p)
14287
msgid ""
14288
"You can type many common characters using the compose key, for example:"
14289
msgstr ""
14290
14291
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:72(item/p)
14292
msgid ""
14293
"Press <key>compose</key> then <key>'</key> then a letter to place an acute "
14294
"accent over that letter, such as <em>é</em>."
14295
msgstr ""
14296
14297
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:74(item/p)
14298
msgid ""
14299
"Press <key>compose</key> then <key>`</key> (back tick) then a letter to "
14300
"place a grave accent over that letter, such as <em>è</em>."
14301
msgstr ""
14302
14303
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:77(item/p)
14304
msgid ""
14305
"Press <key>compose</key> then <key>\"</key> then a letter to place an umlaut "
14306
"over that letter, such as <em>ë</em>."
14307
msgstr ""
14308
14309
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:79(item/p)
14310
msgid ""
14311
"Press <key>compose</key> then <key>-</key> then a letter to place a macron "
14312
"over that letter, such as <em>ē</em>."
14313
msgstr ""
14314
14315
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:82(section/p)
14316
msgid ""
14317
"For more compose key sequences, see <link "
14318
"href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Compose_key#Common_compose_combinations\""
14319
">the compose key page on Wikipedia</link>."
14320
msgstr ""
14321
14322
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:88(section/title)
14323
msgid "Code points"
14324
msgstr ""
14325
14326
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:89(section/p)
14327
msgid ""
14328
"You can enter any Unicode character using only your keyboard with the "
14329
"numeric code point of the character. Every character is identified by a four-"
14330
"character code point. To find the code point for a character, find the "
14331
"character in the character map application and look in the status bar or the "
14332
"<gui>Character Details</gui> tab. The code point is the four characters "
14333
"after <gui>U+</gui>."
14334
msgstr ""
14335
14336
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:95(section/p)
14337
msgid ""
14338
"To enter a character by its code point, hold down <key>Ctrl</key> and "
14339
"<key>Shift</key>, type <key>u</key> followed by the four-character code "
14340
"point, then release <key>Ctrl</key> and <key>Shift</key>. If you often use "
14341
"characters that you can't easily access with other methods, you might find "
14342
"it useful to memorize the code point for those characters so you can enter "
14343
"them quickly."
14344
msgstr ""
14345
14346
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:104(section/title)
14347
msgid "Keyboard layouts"
14348
msgstr ""
14349
14350
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:105(section/p)
14351
msgid ""
14352
"You can make your keyboard behave like the keyboard for another language, "
14353
"regardless of the letters printed on the keys. You can even easily switch "
14354
"between different keyboard layouts using an icon in the top bar. To learn "
14355
"how, see <link xref=\"keyboard-layouts\"/>."
14356
msgstr ""
14357
14358
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
14359
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
14360
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
14361
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
14362
#: C/unity-appmenu-intro.page:26(media)
14363
msgctxt "_"
14364
msgid ""
14365
"external ref='/usr/share/icons/ubuntu-mono-light/status/24/indicator-"
14366
"messages.svg' md5='c7753a983bb72624bf340e2b3336973e'"
14367
msgstr ""
14368
14369
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
14370
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
14371
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
14372
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
14373
#: C/unity-appmenu-intro.page:31(media)
14374
msgctxt "_"
14375
msgid ""
14376
"external ref='/usr/share/icons/ubuntu-mono-light/status/24/battery-100.svg' "
14377
"md5='695cb299a2941423020d12dedfdb2254'"
14378
msgstr ""
14379
14380
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
14381
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
14382
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
14383
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
14384
#: C/unity-appmenu-intro.page:42(media)
14385
msgctxt "_"
14386
msgid ""
14387
"external ref='/usr/share/icons/ubuntu-mono-light/status/24/network-"
14388
"offline.svg' md5='2cdffddec0853f7f7538b9e4a6116039'"
14389
msgstr ""
14390
14391
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
14392
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
14393
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
14394
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
14395
#: C/unity-appmenu-intro.page:47(media)
14396
msgctxt "_"
14397
msgid ""
14398
"external ref='/usr/share/icons/ubuntu-mono-light/status/24/audio-volume-high-"
14399
"panel.svg' md5='571b59734272f80a40e8d2e9a8d4256e'"
14400
msgstr ""
14401
14402
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
14403
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
14404
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
14405
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
14406
#: C/unity-appmenu-intro.page:60(media)
14407
msgctxt "_"
14408
msgid ""
14409
"external ref='/usr/share/icons/ubuntu-mono-light/stock/22/stock_person-"
14410
"panel.svg' md5='73b5dcfbdeb7a0de65083c570afed1f9'"
14411
msgstr ""
14412
14413
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
14414
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
14415
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
14416
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
14417
#: C/unity-appmenu-intro.page:66(media)
14418
msgctxt "_"
14419
msgid ""
14420
"external ref='/usr/share/icons/ubuntu-mono-light/status/22/system-devices-"
14421
"panel.svg' md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'"
14422
msgstr ""
14423
14424
#: C/unity-appmenu-intro.page:13(page/title)
14425
msgid "Manage apps & settings with Indicator Menus"
14426
msgstr ""
14427
14428
#: C/unity-appmenu-intro.page:19(page/p)
14429
msgid ""
14430
"Ubuntu has many different <em>indicator menus</em> on the right side of the "
14431
"panel. The indicator menus are a place where you can check and modify the "
14432
"state of your computer and applications. Some indicator menus you will see "
14433
"are:"
14434
msgstr ""
14435
14436
#: C/unity-appmenu-intro.page:26(item/p)
14437
msgid ""
14438
"<em>Messaging menu</em> <media type=\"image\" mime=\"image/svg\" "
14439
"src=\"/usr/share/icons/ubuntu-mono-light/status/24/indicator-"
14440
"messages.svg\">Message icon</media>"
14441
msgstr ""
14442
14443
#: C/unity-appmenu-intro.page:27(item/p)
14444
msgid ""
14445
"Easily launch and receive incoming notifications from messaging applications "
14446
"including email, social networking, and Internet chat."
14447
msgstr ""
14448
14449
#: C/unity-appmenu-intro.page:31(item/p)
14450
msgid ""
14451
"<em>Battery menu</em> <media type=\"image\" mime=\"image/svg\" "
14452
"src=\"/usr/share/icons/ubuntu-mono-light/status/24/battery-100.svg\">Battery "
14453
"icon</media>"
14454
msgstr ""
14455
14456
#: C/unity-appmenu-intro.page:32(item/p)
14457
msgid ""
14458
"Check your laptop battery's charging status. This menu is hidden is not "
14459
"shown if a battery is not detected."
14460
msgstr ""
14461
14462
#: C/unity-appmenu-intro.page:37(item/p)
14463
msgid ""
14464
"<em>Bluetooth menu</em> <media type=\"image\" mime=\"image/svg\" "
14465
"src=\"/usr/share/icons/ubuntu-mono-light/status/24/bluetooth-"
14466
"active.svg\">Bluetooth icon</media>"
14467
msgstr ""
14468
14469
#: C/unity-appmenu-intro.page:38(item/p)
14470
msgid ""
14471
"Send or receive files by <link xref=\"bluetooth\">Bluetooth</link>. This "
14472
"menu is not shown if a supported Bluetooth device is not detected."
14473
msgstr ""
14474
14475
#: C/unity-appmenu-intro.page:42(item/p)
14476
msgid ""
14477
"<em>Network menu</em> <media type=\"image\" mime=\"image/svg\" "
14478
"src=\"/usr/share/icons/ubuntu-mono-light/status/24/network-"
14479
"offline.svg\">Offline network icon</media>"
14480
msgstr ""
14481
14482
#: C/unity-appmenu-intro.page:43(item/p)
14483
msgid ""
14484
"Connect to <link xref=\"net-wired-connect\">wired</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
14485
"wireless-connect\">wireless</link>, <link xref=\"net-mobile\">mobile</link>, "
14486
"and <link xref=\"net-vpn-connect\">VPN</link> networks."
14487
msgstr ""
14488
14489
#: C/unity-appmenu-intro.page:47(item/p)
14490
msgid ""
14491
"<em>Sound menu</em> <media type=\"image\" mime=\"image/svg\" "
14492
"src=\"/usr/share/icons/ubuntu-mono-light/status/24/audio-volume-high-"
14493
"panel.svg\">Volume icon</media>"
14494
msgstr ""
14495
14496
#: C/unity-appmenu-intro.page:48(item/p)
14497
msgid ""
14498
"Set the <link xref=\"sound-volume\">volume</link>, configure sound <link "
14499
"xref=\"media\">settings</link>, and control media players like "
14500
"<app>Banshee</app>."
14501
msgstr ""
14502
14503
#: C/unity-appmenu-intro.page:52(item/p)
14504
msgid "<em>Clock</em>"
14505
msgstr ""
14506
14507
#: C/unity-appmenu-intro.page:53(item/p)
14508
msgid "Access the current time and date."
14509
msgstr ""
14510
14511
#: C/unity-appmenu-intro.page:60(item/p)
14512
msgid ""
14513
"<em>User menu</em> <media type=\"image\" mime=\"image/svg\" "
14514
"src=\"/usr/share/icons/ubuntu-mono-light/stock/22/stock_person-"
14515
"panel.svg\">User offline icon</media>"
14516
msgstr ""
14517
14518
#: C/unity-appmenu-intro.page:61(item/p)
14519
msgid ""
14520
"Change your password, language settings or login picture. Quickly switch "
14521
"between user accounts without logging out."
14522
msgstr ""
14523
14524
#: C/unity-appmenu-intro.page:66(item/p)
14525
msgid ""
14526
"<em>System menu</em> <media type=\"image\" mime=\"image/svg\" "
14527
"src=\"/usr/share/icons/ubuntu-mono-light/status/22/system-devices-"
14528
"panel.svg\">Power cog icon</media>"
14529
msgstr ""
14530
14531
#: C/unity-appmenu-intro.page:67(item/p)
14532
msgid ""
14533
"Access <link xref=\"prefs\">system settings</link>. Lock screen, log out, "
14534
"suspend, restart or shutdown your computer."
14535
msgstr ""
14536
14537
#: C/unity-appmenu-intro.page:72(note/p)
14538
msgid ""
14539
"Some of the icons used by the indicator menus change according to the status "
14540
"of the application."
14541
msgstr ""
14542
14543
#: C/unity-appmenu-intro.page:73(page/p)
14544
msgid ""
14545
"Other programs such as <app>Tomboy</app> or <app>Transmission</app> can also "
14546
"add indicator menus to the panel."
14547
msgstr ""
14548
14549
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
14550
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
14551
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
14552
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
14553
#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:17(media)
14554
msgctxt "_"
14555
msgid ""
14556
"external ref='figures/unity-dash-sample.png' "
14557
"md5='a3f10896a2361c701619491d9aa35f24'"
14558
msgstr ""
14559
14560
#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:14(page/title)
14561
msgid "Find apps, files, and music with the Dash"
14562
msgstr ""
14563
14564
#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:18(media/p)
14565
msgid "Unity Search"
14566
msgstr ""
14567
14568
#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:21(page/p)
14569
msgid ""
14570
"The <gui>Dash</gui> allows you to search for applications, files, and music, "
14571
"and shows you items that you have used recently. If you have ever worked on "
14572
"a spreadsheet or edited an image and forgot where you saved it, you will "
14573
"surely find this feature of the Dash to be useful."
14574
msgstr ""
14575
14576
#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:28(page/p)
14577
msgid ""
14578
"The <gui>dash</gui> includes a <gui>search bar</gui>, <gui>application and "
14579
"files shortcuts</gui>, and launchers for commonly-used applications (your "
14580
"web browser, email program, etc.)."
14581
msgstr ""
14582
14583
#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:33(page/p)
14584
msgid ""
14585
"To start using the <gui>dash</gui>, click on the Ubuntu logo in the top-left "
14586
"portion of the screen, or press the <key>meta</key> key. To hide the "
14587
"<gui>dash</gui>, press <key>Esc</key>."
14588
msgstr ""
14589
14590
#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:39(section/title)
14591
msgid "Find applications and files using the search bar"
14592
msgstr ""
14593
14594
#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:40(section/p)
14595
msgid ""
14596
"The search bar is a <em>global search bar</em>, meaning you can use it to "
14597
"search for both applications <em>and</em> files. To use the global search "
14598
"bar, open the dash and then just start typing. The names and icons of "
14599
"relevant application and files will appear as soon as you start entering "
14600
"text."
14601
msgstr ""
14602
14603
#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:47(section/p)
14604
msgid ""
14605
"Relevant application results will appear in one row, and relevant file "
14606
"results will appear in a second row. If no applications match your search "
14607
"query, only the <em>file</em> result list will appear. Similarly, if no "
14608
"files match your query, only the <em>application</em> list will appear."
14609
msgstr ""
14610
14611
#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:53(section/p)
14612
msgid ""
14613
"If you see an application that you want to use, or a file that you want to "
14614
"open, click on its icon to start it. Also, pressing the <key>Enter</key> key "
14615
"will start the first item in the list."
14616
msgstr ""
14617
14618
#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:59(note/p)
14619
msgid ""
14620
"By default, the <gui>dash</gui> will display one row of applications or "
14621
"files that match your search criteria. To see more results that match your "
14622
"search, click <gui>See more results</gui>."
14623
msgstr ""
14624
14625
#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:66(note/p)
14626
msgid ""
14627
"To add an application to the <gui>launcher</gui>, click on the application's "
14628
"icon, drag it to the launcher, and then release it. It will automatically be "
14629
"<em>pinned</em> to the launcher as one of your favorites."
14630
msgstr ""
14631
14632
#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:74(section/title)
14633
msgid "Application and file shortcuts"
14634
msgstr ""
14635
14636
#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:75(section/p)
14637
msgid ""
14638
"Click the buttons in the row at the bottom of the dash to switch between "
14639
"<gui>lenses</gui>. Lenses allow you to focus the Dash results and exclude "
14640
"results from other lenses."
14641
msgstr ""
14642
14643
#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:80(section/p)
14644
msgid ""
14645
"Clicking the second icon in the row will display the <gui>Applications</gui> "
14646
"lens. This displays applications you use most frequently, applications you "
14647
"have installed, as well as additional applications you can install from the "
14648
"Ubuntu Software Center."
14649
msgstr ""
14650
14651
#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:86(section/p)
14652
msgid ""
14653
"Clicking the document icon allows you to browse the files you have used most "
14654
"recently, files in your <gui>Downloads</gui> folder, and your <link "
14655
"xref=\"nautilus-bookmarks-edit\">bookmarked folders</link>."
14656
msgstr ""
14657
14658
#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:90(section/p)
14659
msgid "The final lens shows songs and albums you've recently listened to."
14660
msgstr ""
14661
14662
#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:93(section/p)
14663
msgid ""
14664
"To return to the main dash view, just click the first icon in the row, the "
14665
"Home button."
14666
msgstr ""
14667
14668
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
14669
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
14670
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
14671
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
14672
#: C/unity-introduction.page:38(media)
14673
msgctxt "_"
14674
msgid ""
14675
"external ref='figures/unity-overview.png' "
14676
"md5='f1d99c0b3e9d08710bc70404876b9f69'"
14677
msgstr ""
14678
14679
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
14680
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
14681
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
14682
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
14683
#: C/unity-introduction.page:46(media)
14684
msgctxt "_"
14685
msgid ""
14686
"external ref='figures/unity-launcher.png' "
14687
"md5='0a9eb565e2b8a3c7a5b1569fe892294e'"
14688
msgstr ""
14689
14690
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
14691
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
14692
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
14693
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
14694
#: C/unity-introduction.page:67(media)
14695
msgctxt "_"
14696
msgid ""
14697
"external ref='figures/unity-dash.png' md5='2c9d453a31d271b33558d73bca4b2ba6'"
14698
msgstr ""
14699
14700
#: C/unity-introduction.page:9(info/desc)
14701
msgid "A visual introduction to the Unity desktop."
14702
msgstr ""
14703
14704
#: C/unity-introduction.page:25(page/title)
14705
msgid "Welcome to Ubuntu 11.10"
14706
msgstr ""
14707
14708
#: C/unity-introduction.page:27(page/p)
14709
msgid ""
14710
"Ubuntu 11.10 features <em>Unity</em>, a completely reimagined user "
14711
"interface. Unity is designed to minimize distractions, give you more room to "
14712
"work, and help you get things done."
14713
msgstr ""
14714
14715
#: C/unity-introduction.page:31(page/p)
14716
msgid ""
14717
"This guide is designed to answer your questions about using Unity and your "
14718
"Ubuntu desktop. First we will take a moment to look at some Unity's key "
14719
"features, and how you can use them."
14720
msgstr ""
14721
14722
#: C/unity-introduction.page:35(section/title)
14723
msgid "Getting started with Unity"
14724
msgstr ""
14725
14726
#: C/unity-introduction.page:39(media/p)
14727
msgid "The Unity desktop"
14728
msgstr ""
14729
14730
#: C/unity-introduction.page:43(section/title)
14731
msgid "The Launcher and the Home Button"
14732
msgstr ""
14733
14734
#: C/unity-introduction.page:47(media/p)
14735
msgid "The Launcher"
14736
msgstr ""
14737
14738
#: C/unity-introduction.page:50(section/p)
14739
msgid ""
14740
"The <gui>Launcher</gui> appears automatically when you log in to your "
14741
"desktop, and gives you quick access to the applications you use most often. "
14742
"When you launch an application, the launcher hides from your view. This "
14743
"gives you more room to do your work, and keeps distractions to a minimum. If "
14744
"you move your mouse pointer to the left side of the screen, the launcher "
14745
"will appear."
14746
msgstr ""
14747
14748
#: C/unity-introduction.page:59(section/title)
14749
msgid "The Dash"
14750
msgstr ""
14751
14752
#: C/unity-introduction.page:61(section/p)
14753
msgid ""
14754
"The <gui>Ubuntu Button</gui> sits near the top left corner of the screen and "
14755
"is always the top item in the launcher. If you click the <gui>Ubuntu "
14756
"Button</gui>, Unity will present you with an additional feature of the "
14757
"desktop, the <gui>Dash</gui>."
14758
msgstr ""
14759
14760
#: C/unity-introduction.page:68(media/p)
14761
msgid "The Unity Dash"
14762
msgstr ""
14763
14764
#: C/unity-introduction.page:71(section/p)
14765
msgid ""
14766
"The <em>Dash</em> is designed to make it easier to find, open and use "
14767
"applications files, and music. For example, if you type the word, "
14768
"\"document\" in to the <em>Search Bar</em>, the Dash will show you "
14769
"applications that help you write and edit documents. It will also show you "
14770
"relevant folders and documents that you have been working on recently."
14771
msgstr ""
14772
14773
#: C/unity-introduction.page:76(section/p)
14774
msgid ""
14775
"The Dash also gives you shortcuts to often-used Internet, photo, email, and "
14776
"music applications."
14777
msgstr ""
14778
14779
#: C/unity-introduction.page:78(section/p)
14780
msgid ""
14781
"This is just the beginning of what the Dash can do for you. If you want to "
14782
"get the most out of the Dash, check out the Dash tips-and-tricks."
14783
msgstr ""
14784
14785
#: C/unity-introduction.page:82(item/p)
14786
msgid ""
14787
"<link xref=\"unity-launcher-intro\">Learn more about starting "
14788
"applications.</link>"
14789
msgstr ""
14790
14791
#: C/unity-introduction.page:83(item/p)
14792
msgid ""
14793
"<link xref=\"shell-windows\">Learn more about windows and workspaces.</link>"
14794
msgstr ""
14795
14796
#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:14(info/desc)
14797
msgid ""
14798
"Make the icons in the launcher larger or smaller to suit your preferences."
14799
msgstr ""
14800
14801
#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:18(page/title)
14802
msgid "Change the size of icons in the launcher"
14803
msgstr ""
14804
14805
#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:20(page/p)
14806
msgid ""
14807
"The size of the icons in the <gui>launcher</gui> cannot be changed by "
14808
"default, but you can install software that will allow you to change the size "
14809
"of the icons. To install the necessary software and change the size of the "
14810
"icons, complete these steps:"
14811
msgstr ""
14812
14813
#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:25(item/p)
14814
msgid ""
14815
"Install the <link href=\"apt:compizconfig-settings-manager\">CompizConfig "
14816
"Settings Manager (ccsm)</link> application from the <app>Software "
14817
"Center</app>."
14818
msgstr ""
14819
14820
#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:27(item/p)
14821
msgid ""
14822
"If you need assistance with installing the application, consult the <link "
14823
"xref=\"addremove-install\"> software installation help</link>, or review the "
14824
"<link href=\"ghelp:software-center\">Ubuntu Software Center Manual</link>."
14825
msgstr ""
14826
14827
#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:30(item/p)
14828
msgid ""
14829
"After you have installed the program, click the power icon at the very right "
14830
"of the <gui>panel</gui> and select <gui>System Settings</gui>."
14831
msgstr ""
14832
14833
#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:32(item/p)
14834
msgid ""
14835
"In the Personal section, click <gui>CompizConfig Settings Manager</gui>."
14836
msgstr ""
14837
14838
#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:33(item/p)
14839
msgid ""
14840
"In the <gui>Desktop</gui> section of the <app>CompizConfig Settings "
14841
"Manager</app>, click <gui>Ubuntu Unity Plugin</gui>, and select the "
14842
"<gui>Experimental</gui> tab."
14843
msgstr ""
14844
14845
#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:35(item/p)
14846
msgid ""
14847
"Move the <gui>Launcher icon size</gui> slider to increase or decrease the "
14848
"size of the <gui>Launcher</gui> icons."
14849
msgstr ""
14850
14851
#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:37(note/p)
14852
msgid "The default <gui>Launcher</gui> icon size is <em>48</em>."
14853
msgstr ""
14854
14855
#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:40(page/p)
14856
msgid ""
14857
"Your changes to the size of the icons will be applied immediately. Click the "
14858
"<gui>Back</gui> and <gui> Close</gui> buttons to exit the <app>CompizConfig "
14859
"Settings Manager</app>."
14860
msgstr ""
14861
14862
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
14863
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
14864
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
14865
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
14866
#: C/unity-launcher-intro.page:19(media)
14867
msgctxt "_"
14868
msgid ""
14869
"external ref='figures/unity-launcher-apps.png' "
14870
"md5='c87dcbaaaad16b35a5c62b93e40ca2ce'"
14871
msgstr ""
14872
14873
#: C/unity-launcher-intro.page:15(page/title)
14874
msgid "Use the Launcher to start applications"
14875
msgstr ""
14876
14877
#: C/unity-launcher-intro.page:20(media/p)
14878
msgid "Launcher icons"
14879
msgstr ""
14880
14881
#: C/unity-launcher-intro.page:23(page/p)
14882
msgid ""
14883
"The Launcher is one of the key components of the new Unity desktop. When you "
14884
"first log in to your desktop, it will appear along the left-hand side of the "
14885
"screen. The Launcher provides you with quick access to applications, Unity "
14886
"workspaces and lenses, as well as the trash."
14887
msgstr ""
14888
14889
#: C/unity-launcher-intro.page:27(page/p)
14890
msgid ""
14891
"If an application that you want to start using is present in the Launcher, "
14892
"you can click on that application's icon, and it will start up, ready for "
14893
"you to use."
14894
msgstr ""
14895
14896
#: C/unity-launcher-intro.page:31(section/title)
14897
msgid "Opening the Launcher"
14898
msgstr ""
14899
14900
#: C/unity-launcher-intro.page:32(section/p)
14901
msgid ""
14902
"You may notice that the Launcher will hide when it comes into contact with "
14903
"an open application. You can make the launcher reappear in a number of "
14904
"different ways. Experiment and try each of the following ways of opening the "
14905
"Launcher:"
14906
msgstr ""
14907
14908
#: C/unity-launcher-intro.page:37(item/p)
14909
msgid ""
14910
"Move your mouse pointer to the left side of the screen and <em>push</em> the "
14911
"pointer against the edge of the screen. The Launcher will appear after a "
14912
"brief delay."
14913
msgstr ""
14914
14915
#: C/unity-launcher-intro.page:39(item/p)
14916
msgid ""
14917
"Move your mouse pointer to the top-left corner of the screen. The Launcher "
14918
"will appear immediately."
14919
msgstr ""
14920
14921
#: C/unity-launcher-intro.page:41(item/p)
14922
msgid ""
14923
"Tap the <key>meta</key> key twice. The Launcher will appear briefly, but "
14924
"will disappear unless you hover your mouse over the Launcher."
14925
msgstr ""
14926
14927
#: C/unity-launcher-intro.page:43(item/p)
14928
msgid ""
14929
"Press and hold the <key>meta</key> key. The Launcher will appear, and "
14930
"numbers will appear on top of the Launcher icons. This allows you to press "
14931
"any one of the numbers to start that application."
14932
msgstr ""
14933
14934
#: C/unity-launcher-intro.page:48(section/p)
14935
msgid ""
14936
"Which approach do you like the most? What approach do you think will help "
14937
"you work most efficiently?"
14938
msgstr ""
14939
14940
#: C/unity-launcher-intro.page:51(section/p)
14941
msgid ""
14942
"To learn more about the Launcher, explore any of the Launcher help topics "
14943
"below."
14944
msgstr ""
14945
14946
#: C/unity-launcher-intro.page:55(section/title)
14947
msgid "Launcher Basics"
14948
msgstr ""
14949
14950
#: C/unity-launcher-intro.page:66(section/title)
14951
msgid "Customizing the Launcher"
14952
msgstr ""
14953
14954
#: C/user-accounts.page:7(info/title)
14955
msgctxt "link:trail"
14956
msgid "Users"
14957
msgstr ""
14958
14959
#: C/user-accounts.page:8(info/desc)
14960
msgid ""
14961
"<link xref=\"user-add\">Add user</link> or <link xref=\"shell-guest-"
14962
"session\">guest user</link>, <link xref=\"user-changepassword\">change "
14963
"password</link>, <link xref=\"user-admin-change\">administrators</link>..."
14964
msgstr ""
14965
14966
#: C/user-accounts.page:23(page/title)
14967
msgid "User accounts"
14968
msgstr ""
14969
14970
#: C/user-accounts.page:25(page/p)
14971
msgid ""
14972
"Each person that uses the computer should have a different user account. "
14973
"This allows them to keep their files separate from yours and to choose their "
14974
"own settings. It's also more secure. You can only access a different user "
14975
"account if you know the password."
14976
msgstr ""
14977
14978
#: C/user-accounts.page:29(info/title)
14979
msgctxt "link:trail"
14980
msgid "Accounts"
14981
msgstr ""
14982
14983
#: C/user-accounts.page:31(section/title)
14984
msgid "Manage user accounts"
14985
msgstr ""
14986
14987
#: C/user-accounts.page:35(section/title)
14988
msgid "Passwords"
14989
msgstr ""
14990
14991
#: C/user-accounts.page:40(info/title)
14992
msgctxt "link:trail"
14993
msgid "Privileges"
14994
msgstr ""
14995
14996
#: C/user-accounts.page:42(section/title)
14997
msgid "User privileges"
14998
msgstr ""
14999
15000
#: C/user-add.page:8(info/desc)
15001
msgid "Add new users so that other people can log in to the computer."
15002
msgstr ""
15003
15004
#: C/user-add.page:22(page/title)
15005
msgid "Add a new user account"
15006
msgstr ""
15007
15008
#: C/user-add.page:30(page/p)
15009
msgid ""
15010
"You can add multiple user accounts to your computer. Give one account to "
15011
"each person in your household or company. Every user has their own home "
15012
"folder, documents, and settings."
15013
msgstr ""
15014
15015
#: C/user-add.page:35(item/p)
15016
#: C/user-admin-change.page:26(item/p)
15017
#: C/user-changepassword.page:43(item/p)
15018
#: C/user-changepicture.page:29(item/p)
15019
#: C/user-delete.page:31(item/p)
15020
msgid ""
15021
"Click your name in the <gui>menu bar</gui> and select <gui>User "
15022
"Accounts</gui>."
15023
msgstr ""
15024
15025
#: C/user-add.page:37(item/p)
15026
msgid ""
15027
"Click <gui>Unlock</gui> in the top right corner and type your password to "
15028
"make changes. You must be an administrative user to add user accounts."
15029
msgstr ""
15030
15031
#: C/user-add.page:40(item/p)
15032
msgid ""
15033
"In the list of accounts on the left, click the <gui>+</gui> button to add a "
15034
"new user account."
15035
msgstr ""
15036
15037
#: C/user-add.page:42(item/p)
15038
msgid ""
15039
"If you want the new user to have administrative access to the computer, "
15040
"select <gui>Administrator</gui> for the account type. Administrators can do "
15041
"things like add and delete users, install software and drivers, and change "
15042
"the date and time."
15043
msgstr ""
15044
15045
#: C/user-add.page:46(item/p)
15046
msgid ""
15047
"Enter the new user's full name. The username will be filled in automatically "
15048
"based on the full name. The default is probably OK, but you can change it if "
15049
"you like."
15050
msgstr ""
15051
15052
#: C/user-add.page:49(item/p)
15053
msgid "Click <gui>Create</gui> when you're done."
15054
msgstr ""
15055
15056
#: C/user-add.page:50(item/p)
15057
msgid ""
15058
"The account is initially disabled until you choose what to do about the "
15059
"user's password. Under <gui>Login Options</gui> click <gui>Account "
15060
"Disabled</gui>. Use the <gui>Action</gui> drop-down list to set the password "
15061
"now, allow the user to log in without a password, or have the user set their "
15062
"password the first time they log in."
15063
msgstr ""
15064
15065
#: C/user-add.page:54(item/p)
15066
msgid ""
15067
"If you choose <gui>Set a password now</gui>, have the user type their "
15068
"password in the <gui>New password</gui> and <gui>Confirm password</gui> "
15069
"fields. See <link xref=\"user-goodpassword\"/>."
15070
msgstr ""
15071
15072
#: C/user-add.page:57(item/p)
15073
#: C/user-changepassword.page:49(item/p)
15074
msgid ""
15075
"You can also click the button next to the <gui>New password</gui> field to "
15076
"select a randomly generated secure password. These passwords are hard for "
15077
"others to guess, but they can be hard to remember, so be careful."
15078
msgstr ""
15079
15080
#: C/user-add.page:61(item/p)
15081
#: C/user-changepassword.page:53(item/p)
15082
msgid "Click <gui>Change</gui>."
15083
msgstr ""
15084
15085
#: C/user-add.page:64(note/p)
15086
msgid ""
15087
"If you like, you can click the image next to the user's name on the right to "
15088
"set an image for the account. This image will be shown in the login window. "
15089
"GNOME provides some stock photos you can use, or you can select your own or "
15090
"take a picture with your webcam."
15091
msgstr ""
15092
15093
#: C/user-admin-change.page:10(info/desc)
15094
msgid ""
15095
"You can change which users are allowed to make changes to the system by "
15096
"giving them administrative privileges."
15097
msgstr ""
15098
15099
#: C/user-admin-change.page:20(page/title)
15100
msgid "Change who has administrative privileges"
15101
msgstr ""
15102
15103
#: C/user-admin-change.page:22(page/p)
15104
msgid ""
15105
"Administrative privileges are a way of deciding who can make changes to "
15106
"important parts of the system. You can change which users have "
15107
"administrative privileges and which ones don't. They are a good way of "
15108
"keeping your system secure and preventing potentially damaging unauthorized "
15109
"changes."
15110
msgstr ""
15111
15112
#: C/user-admin-change.page:30(item/p)
15113
msgid ""
15114
"Click <gui>Unlock</gui> and enter your password to unlock the account "
15115
"settings. (To give a user admin privileges, you must have admin privileges "
15116
"yourself.)"
15117
msgstr ""
15118
15119
#: C/user-admin-change.page:34(item/p)
15120
msgid ""
15121
"Select the user whose privileges you want to change and then click the "
15122
"option next to <gui>Account type</gui>."
15123
msgstr ""
15124
15125
#: C/user-admin-change.page:41(item/p)
15126
msgid ""
15127
"Choose <gui>Administrator</gui> if you want the user to be able to perform "
15128
"administrative tasks, like installing new applications."
15129
msgstr ""
15130
15131
#: C/user-admin-change.page:44(item/p)
15132
msgid ""
15133
"Choose <gui>Standard</gui> if you don't want the user to be able to perform "
15134
"admin tasks."
15135
msgstr ""
15136
15137
#: C/user-admin-change.page:50(item/p)
15138
msgid ""
15139
"Close the User Accounts window. The user's privileges will be changed when "
15140
"they next log in."
15141
msgstr ""
15142
15143
#: C/user-admin-change.page:55(note/p)
15144
msgid ""
15145
"The first user account on the system has administrative privileges. This is "
15146
"the user account that was created when you first installed the system."
15147
msgstr ""
15148
15149
#: C/user-admin-change.page:56(note/p)
15150
msgid ""
15151
"It is unwise to have too many users with <gui>Administrator</gui> privileges "
15152
"on one system."
15153
msgstr ""
15154
15155
#: C/user-admin-explain.page:8(info/desc)
15156
msgid "You need admin privileges to change important parts of your system."
15157
msgstr ""
15158
15159
#: C/user-admin-explain.page:19(page/title)
15160
msgid "How do administrative privileges work?"
15161
msgstr ""
15162
15163
#: C/user-admin-explain.page:21(page/p)
15164
msgid ""
15165
"As well as the files that <em>you</em> create, your computer also has a "
15166
"number of files which are needed by the system for it to work properly. If "
15167
"these important <em>system files</em> are changed improperly they can cause "
15168
"various things to break, so they are protected from changes by default. "
15169
"Certain applications also modify important parts of the system, and so are "
15170
"also protected."
15171
msgstr ""
15172
15173
#: C/user-admin-explain.page:23(page/p)
15174
msgid ""
15175
"The way that they are protected is by only allowing users with "
15176
"<em>administrative privileges</em> to change the files or use the "
15177
"applications. In day-to-day use, you won't need to change any system files "
15178
"or use these applications, so by default you do not have admin privileges."
15179
msgstr ""
15180
15181
#: C/user-admin-explain.page:25(page/p)
15182
msgid ""
15183
"Sometimes you need to use these applications, so you can temporarily get "
15184
"admin privileges to allow you to make the changes. If an application needs "
15185
"admin privileges, it will ask for your password. For example, if you want to "
15186
"install some new software, the software installer (package manager) will ask "
15187
"for your admin password so it can add the new application to the system. "
15188
"Once it has finished, your admin privileges will be taken away again."
15189
msgstr ""
15190
15191
#: C/user-admin-explain.page:27(page/p)
15192
msgid ""
15193
"Admin privileges are associated with your user account. Some users are "
15194
"allowed to have admin privileges and some are not. Without admin privileges, "
15195
"you will not be able to install software, for example. Some user accounts "
15196
"(for example, the \"root\" account) have permanent admin privileges. You "
15197
"shouldn't use admin privileges all of the time, because you might "
15198
"accidentally change an important file and break something."
15199
msgstr ""
15200
15201
#: C/user-admin-explain.page:29(page/p)
15202
msgid ""
15203
"In summary, admin privileges allow you to change important parts of your "
15204
"system when you need to, but prevent you from doing it accidentally."
15205
msgstr ""
15206
15207
#: C/user-admin-explain.page:32(note/title)
15208
msgid "What does \"super user\" mean?"
15209
msgstr ""
15210
15211
#: C/user-admin-explain.page:33(note/p)
15212
msgid ""
15213
"A user with admin privileges is sometimes called a <em>super user</em>. This "
15214
"is simply because that user has more privileges than normal users. You might "
15215
"see people discussing things like <cmd>su</cmd> and <cmd>sudo</cmd>; these "
15216
"are programs for temporarily giving you \"super user\" (admin) privileges."
15217
msgstr ""
15218
15219
#: C/user-admin-explain.page:37(section/title)
15220
msgid "Why are admin privileges useful?"
15221
msgstr ""
15222
15223
#: C/user-admin-explain.page:38(section/p)
15224
msgid ""
15225
"Requiring users to have admin privileges before important system changes are "
15226
"made is useful because it helps to prevent your system from being broken, "
15227
"intentionally or unintentionally."
15228
msgstr ""
15229
15230
#: C/user-admin-explain.page:39(section/p)
15231
msgid ""
15232
"If you had admin privileges all of the time, you might accidentally change "
15233
"an important file, or run an application which changes something important "
15234
"by mistake. Only getting admin privileges temporarily, when you need them, "
15235
"reduces the risk of these mistakes happening."
15236
msgstr ""
15237
15238
#: C/user-admin-explain.page:40(section/p)
15239
msgid ""
15240
"Only certain, trusted users should be allowed to have admin privileges. This "
15241
"prevents other users from messing with the computer and doing things like "
15242
"uninstalling applications that you need, installing applications that you "
15243
"don't want, or changing important files. This is useful from a security "
15244
"standpoint."
15245
msgstr ""
15246
15247
#: C/user-admin-problems.page:8(info/desc)
15248
msgid ""
15249
"You can only do some things, like installing applications, if you have admin "
15250
"privileges."
15251
msgstr ""
15252
15253
#: C/user-admin-problems.page:19(page/title)
15254
msgid "Problems caused by administrative restrictions"
15255
msgstr ""
15256
15257
#: C/user-admin-problems.page:21(page/p)
15258
msgid ""
15259
"There are a few problems that you might experience because you don't have "
15260
"<link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">administrative privileges</link>. Some "
15261
"things require you to have admin privileges in order to work, such as:"
15262
msgstr ""
15263
15264
#: C/user-admin-problems.page:25(item/p)
15265
msgid "Connecting to some networks/wireless networks"
15266
msgstr ""
15267
15268
#: C/user-admin-problems.page:28(item/p)
15269
msgid ""
15270
"Viewing the contents of a removable disk plugged-in to the computer, or the "
15271
"contents of a different disk partition (e.g. if you have a Windows partition)"
15272
msgstr ""
15273
15274
#: C/user-admin-problems.page:31(item/p)
15275
msgid "Installing new applications"
15276
msgstr ""
15277
15278
#: C/user-admin-problems.page:35(page/p)
15279
msgid ""
15280
"You can <link xref=\"user-admin-change\">change who has admin "
15281
"privileges</link>."
15282
msgstr ""
15283
15284
#: C/user-changepassword.page:9(info/desc)
15285
msgid ""
15286
"Keep your account secure by changing your password often in your account "
15287
"settings."
15288
msgstr ""
15289
15290
#: C/user-changepassword.page:21(page/title)
15291
msgid "Change your password"
15292
msgstr ""
15293
15294
#: C/user-changepassword.page:41(page/p)
15295
msgid ""
15296
"It is a good idea to change your password from time to time, especially if "
15297
"you think someone else knows what your password is."
15298
msgstr ""
15299
15300
#: C/user-changepassword.page:44(item/p)
15301
msgid "Click the label next to <gui>Password</gui>."
15302
msgstr ""
15303
15304
#: C/user-changepassword.page:45(note/p)
15305
msgid ""
15306
"The label should look like a series of dots or boxes if you already have a "
15307
"password set."
15308
msgstr ""
15309
15310
#: C/user-changepassword.page:47(item/p)
15311
msgid ""
15312
"Enter your current password, then a new password. Enter your new password "
15313
"again in the <gui>Confirm password</gui> field."
15314
msgstr ""
15315
15316
#: C/user-changepassword.page:56(page/p)
15317
msgid ""
15318
"Make sure you <link xref=\"user-goodpassword\">choose a good "
15319
"password</link>. This will help to keep your user account safe."
15320
msgstr ""
15321
15322
#: C/user-changepassword.page:59(section/title)
15323
msgid "Change the keyring password"
15324
msgstr ""
15325
15326
#: C/user-changepassword.page:61(section/p)
15327
msgid ""
15328
"If you change your login password, it may become out of sync with the "
15329
"<em>keyring password</em>. The keyring keeps you from having to remember "
15330
"lots of different passwords by just requiring one <em>master</em> password "
15331
"to access them all. If you change your user password (see above), your "
15332
"keyring password will remain the same as your old password and so the "
15333
"keyring won't be <em>unlocked</em> automatically when you log in."
15334
msgstr ""
15335
15336
#: C/user-changepassword.page:65(section/p)
15337
msgid "To change your keyring password (to match your login password):"
15338
msgstr ""
15339
15340
#: C/user-changepassword.page:67(item/p)
15341
msgid ""
15342
"Open the <app>Passwords and Keys</app> application from the <gui>dash</gui>."
15343
msgstr ""
15344
15345
#: C/user-changepassword.page:69(item/p)
15346
msgid ""
15347
"In the <gui>Passwords</gui> tab, right-click on <gui>Passwords: login</gui>. "
15348
"Select <gui>Change Password</gui>."
15349
msgstr ""
15350
15351
#: C/user-changepassword.page:72(item/p)
15352
msgid ""
15353
"Enter your <gui>Old Password</gui>, followed by your new "
15354
"<gui>Password</gui>, and <gui>Confirm</gui> your new password by entering it "
15355
"again."
15356
msgstr ""
15357
15358
#: C/user-changepassword.page:75(item/p)
15359
msgid "Click <gui>OK</gui>."
15360
msgstr ""
15361
15362
#: C/user-changepicture.page:7(info/desc)
15363
msgid "Add a bit of your personality to your login and user screens."
15364
msgstr ""
15365
15366
#: C/user-changepicture.page:21(page/title)
15367
msgid "Change your login screen photo"
15368
msgstr ""
15369
15370
#: C/user-changepicture.page:23(page/p)
15371
msgid ""
15372
"When you log in or switch users, you will see a list of users with their "
15373
"login photos. You can change your photo to a stock image or an image of your "
15374
"own. You can even take a new login photo with your webcam."
15375
msgstr ""
15376
15377
#: C/user-changepicture.page:30(item/p)
15378
msgid ""
15379
"Click the picture next to your name. A drop-down gallery will be shown with "
15380
"some stock login photos. If you like one of them, click it to use it for "
15381
"yourself."
15382
msgstr ""
15383
15384
#: C/user-changepicture.page:33(item/p)
15385
msgid ""
15386
"If you'd rather use a picture you already have on your computer, click "
15387
"<gui>Browse for more pictures</gui>."
15388
msgstr ""
15389
15390
#: C/user-delete.page:7(info/desc)
15391
msgid "Remove users that no longer use your computer."
15392
msgstr ""
15393
15394
#: C/user-delete.page:24(page/title)
15395
msgid "Delete a user account"
15396
msgstr ""
15397
15398
#: C/user-delete.page:26(page/p)
15399
msgid ""
15400
"You can add multiple user accounts to your computer. See <link xref=\"user-"
15401
"add\"/> to learn how. If somebody is no longer using your computer, you can "
15402
"delete that user's account."
15403
msgstr ""
15404
15405
#: C/user-delete.page:32(item/p)
15406
msgid ""
15407
"Click <gui>Unlock</gui> in the top right corner and type your password to "
15408
"make changes. You must be an administrative user to delete user accounts."
15409
msgstr ""
15410
15411
#: C/user-delete.page:35(item/p)
15412
msgid "Select the user you want to delete and click the <gui>-</gui> button."
15413
msgstr ""
15414
15415
#: C/user-delete.page:36(item/p)
15416
msgid ""
15417
"Each user has their own home folder for their files and settings. You can "
15418
"choose to keep or delete the user's home folder. Delete the files if you're "
15419
"sure they won't be used anymore and you need to free up disk space. These "
15420
"files are permanently deleted. They can't be recovered. You may want to back "
15421
"up the files to an external drive or CD before deleting them."
15422
msgstr ""
15423
15424
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:7(info/desc)
15425
msgid "Advanced techniques for resetting your password"
15426
msgstr ""
15427
15428
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:17(page/title)
15429
msgid "I forgot my password!"
15430
msgstr ""
15431
15432
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:29(page/p)
15433
msgid ""
15434
"It is important to choose not only <link xref=\"user-goodpassword\">a good "
15435
"and secure password</link>, but also one that you can remember. If you have "
15436
"forgotten the password to log in to your computer account, you can follow "
15437
"the following steps to reset it."
15438
msgstr ""
15439
15440
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:36(note/p)
15441
msgid ""
15442
"If you have an encrypted home directory, you will not be able to reset a "
15443
"forgotten password."
15444
msgstr ""
15445
15446
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:41(page/p)
15447
msgid ""
15448
"If you simply want to change your password, see <link xref=\"user-"
15449
"changepassword\"/>."
15450
msgstr ""
15451
15452
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:47(section/title)
15453
msgid "Reset password using Grub"
15454
msgstr ""
15455
15456
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:50(item/p)
15457
msgid ""
15458
"Restart your computer, and hold down <key>Shift</key> during bootup to get "
15459
"into the Grub menu."
15460
msgstr ""
15461
15462
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:55(note/p)
15463
msgid ""
15464
"If you have a dual-boot machine and you choose at boot time which operating "
15465
"system to boot into, the Grub menu should appear without the need to hold "
15466
"down <key>Shift</key>."
15467
msgstr ""
15468
15469
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:62(note/p)
15470
msgid ""
15471
"If you are unable to get into the Grub boot menu, and therefore cannot "
15472
"choose to boot into recovery mode, you can <link xref=\"user-"
15473
"forgottenpassword#live-cd\">use a live CD to reset your user password</link>."
15474
msgstr ""
15475
15476
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:67(item/p)
15477
msgid ""
15478
"Press the down arrow on your keyboard to highlight the line that ends with "
15479
"the words 'recovery mode', then press <key>Enter</key>."
15480
msgstr ""
15481
15482
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:73(item/p)
15483
msgid ""
15484
"Your computer will now begin the boot process. After a few moments, a "
15485
"<gui>Recovery Menu</gui> will appear. Use your down arrow key to highlight "
15486
"<gui>root</gui> and press <key>Enter</key>."
15487
msgstr ""
15488
15489
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:79(item/p)
15490
msgid "At the <cmd>#</cmd> symbol, type:"
15491
msgstr ""
15492
15493
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:82(item/p)
15494
msgid ""
15495
"<cmd>passwd <var>username</var></cmd>, where <var>username</var> is the "
15496
"username of the account you're changing the password for."
15497
msgstr ""
15498
15499
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:87(item/p)
15500
msgid ""
15501
"You will be prompted to enter a new UNIX password, and to confirm the new "
15502
"password."
15503
msgstr ""
15504
15505
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:92(item/p)
15506
msgid "Then type:"
15507
msgstr ""
15508
15509
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:95(item/p)
15510
msgid "# <cmd>reboot</cmd>"
15511
msgstr ""
15512
15513
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:100(section/p)
15514
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:203(section/p)
15515
msgid ""
15516
"After you successfully log in, you will not be able to access your keyring "
15517
"(since you don't remember the old password). This means that all your saved "
15518
"passwords for wireless networks, jabber accounts, etc. will no longer be "
15519
"accessible. You will need to <link xref=\"#delete-keyring\">delete the old "
15520
"keyring</link> and start a new one."
15521
msgstr ""
15522
15523
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:108(section/title)
15524
msgid "Reset password using a Live CD or USB"
15525
msgstr ""
15526
15527
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:111(item/p)
15528
msgid "Boot the Live CD or USB."
15529
msgstr ""
15530
15531
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:116(item/p)
15532
msgid "Mount your drive."
15533
msgstr ""
15534
15535
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:121(item/p)
15536
msgid ""
15537
"Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq> to get the <gui>Run "
15538
"Application</gui> window."
15539
msgstr ""
15540
15541
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:127(item/p)
15542
msgid ""
15543
"Type <cmd>gksu nautilus</cmd> to launch the file manager with system-wide "
15544
"privileges."
15545
msgstr ""
15546
15547
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:132(note/p)
15548
msgid ""
15549
"Within the drive you just mounted, you can check that it is the right drive "
15550
"by clicking <gui> home </gui> and then your username."
15551
msgstr ""
15552
15553
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:139(item/p)
15554
msgid ""
15555
"Go to the top-level directory of the mounted drive. Then go into the "
15556
"<gui>etc</gui> directory."
15557
msgstr ""
15558
15559
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:142(item/p)
15560
msgid "Locate the 'shadow' file and make a backup copy:"
15561
msgstr ""
15562
15563
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:147(item/p)
15564
msgid "Right-click on the shadow file and select <gui>copy</gui>."
15565
msgstr ""
15566
15567
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:150(item/p)
15568
msgid "Then right-click in the empty space and select <gui>paste</gui>."
15569
msgstr ""
15570
15571
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:154(item/p)
15572
msgid "<link xref=\"files-rename\">Rename</link> the backup \"shadow.bak\"."
15573
msgstr ""
15574
15575
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:162(item/p)
15576
msgid "Edit the original \"shadow\" file with a text editor."
15577
msgstr ""
15578
15579
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:168(item/p)
15580
msgid ""
15581
"Find your username for which you have forgotten the password. It should look "
15582
"something like this (the characters after the colon will be different):"
15583
msgstr ""
15584
15585
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:172(item/p)
15586
msgid "username:$1$2abCd0E or"
15587
msgstr ""
15588
15589
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:175(item/p)
15590
msgid "username:$1$2abCd0E:13721a:0:99999:7:::"
15591
msgstr ""
15592
15593
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:180(item/p)
15594
msgid ""
15595
"Delete the characters after the first colon and before the second colon. "
15596
"This will remove the password for the account."
15597
msgstr ""
15598
15599
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:184(item/p)
15600
msgid ""
15601
"Save the file, exit out of everything and reboot your computer without the "
15602
"live CD or USB."
15603
msgstr ""
15604
15605
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:190(item/p)
15606
msgid ""
15607
"When you boot back into your installation, click your name in the top bar. "
15608
"Open <gui>My Account</gui> and reset your password."
15609
msgstr ""
15610
15611
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:195(item/p)
15612
msgid ""
15613
"For <gui>Current password</gui> do not enter anything, as your current "
15614
"password is blank. Just click <gui>Authenticate</gui> and enter a new "
15615
"password."
15616
msgstr ""
15617
15618
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:214(section/title)
15619
msgid "Get Rid of the Keyring Manager"
15620
msgstr ""
15621
15622
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:216(note/p)
15623
msgid ""
15624
"This will delete all your saved passwords for wireless networks, instant "
15625
"messaging accounts, etc. Only do this if you can't remember the password you "
15626
"used for your keyring."
15627
msgstr ""
15628
15629
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:221(item/p)
15630
msgid ""
15631
"Go to your Home folder by typing 'home' in the <gui>Activities</gui> "
15632
"overview."
15633
msgstr ""
15634
15635
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:224(item/p)
15636
msgid ""
15637
"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>h</key></keyseq> (or click "
15638
"<guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Show Hidden Files</gui></guiseq>.)"
15639
msgstr ""
15640
15641
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:228(item/p)
15642
msgid "Double click on the folder .gnome2"
15643
msgstr ""
15644
15645
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:231(item/p)
15646
msgid "Double click on the folder called keyrings."
15647
msgstr ""
15648
15649
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:234(item/p)
15650
msgid "Delete any files you find in the keyrings folder."
15651
msgstr ""
15652
15653
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:237(item/p)
15654
msgid "Restart the computer."
15655
msgstr ""
15656
15657
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:241(section/p)
15658
msgid ""
15659
"After you restart and log in you will be asked to enter your wireless "
15660
"networks password."
15661
msgstr ""
15662
15663
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:8(info/desc)
15664
msgid "Use longer, more complicated passwords."
15665
msgstr ""
15666
15667
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:26(page/title)
15668
msgid "Choose a secure password"
15669
msgstr ""
15670
15671
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:29(note/p)
15672
msgid ""
15673
"Make your passwords easy enough for you to remember, but very difficult for "
15674
"others (including computer programs) to guess."
15675
msgstr ""
15676
15677
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:33(page/p)
15678
msgid ""
15679
"Choosing a good password will help to keep your computer safe. If your "
15680
"password is easy to guess, someone may figure it out and gain access to your "
15681
"personal information."
15682
msgstr ""
15683
15684
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:34(page/p)
15685
msgid ""
15686
"People could even use computers to systematically try to guess your "
15687
"password, so even one that would be difficult for a human to guess might be "
15688
"extremely easy for a computer program to crack. Here are some tips for "
15689
"choosing a good password:"
15690
msgstr ""
15691
15692
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:38(item/p)
15693
msgid ""
15694
"Use a mixture of upper-case and lower-case letters, numbers, symbols and "
15695
"spaces in the password. This makes it more difficult to guess; there are "
15696
"more symbols to choose from, so more possible passwords that someone would "
15697
"have to check when trying to guess yours."
15698
msgstr ""
15699
15700
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:40(note/p)
15701
msgid ""
15702
"A good method for choosing a password is to take the first letter of each "
15703
"word in a phrase that you can remember. The phrase could be the name of a "
15704
"movie, a book, a song or an album. For example, \"Flatland: A Romance of "
15705
"Many Dimensions\" would become F:ARoMD or faromd or f: aromd."
15706
msgstr ""
15707
15708
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:46(item/p)
15709
msgid ""
15710
"Make your password as long as possible. The more characters it contains, the "
15711
"longer it should take for a person or computer to guess it."
15712
msgstr ""
15713
15714
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:49(item/p)
15715
msgid ""
15716
"Do not use any words that appear in a standard dictionary in any language. "
15717
"Password crackers will try these first. The most common password is "
15718
"\"password\" - people can guess passwords like this very quickly!"
15719
msgstr ""
15720
15721
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:52(item/p)
15722
msgid ""
15723
"Do not use any personal information such as a date, license plate number, or "
15724
"any family member's name."
15725
msgstr ""
15726
15727
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:55(item/p)
15728
msgid "Do not use any nouns."
15729
msgstr ""
15730
15731
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:58(item/p)
15732
msgid ""
15733
"Choose a password that can be typed quickly, to decrease the chances of "
15734
"someone being able to make out what you have typed if they happen to be "
15735
"watching you."
15736
msgstr ""
15737
15738
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:62(note/p)
15739
msgid "Never write your passwords down anywhere. They can be easily found!"
15740
msgstr ""
15741
15742
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:68(item/p)
15743
msgid "Use different passwords for different things."
15744
msgstr ""
15745
15746
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:72(item/p)
15747
msgid "Use different passwords for different accounts."
15748
msgstr ""
15749
15750
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:73(item/p)
15751
msgid ""
15752
"If you use the same password for all of your accounts, anyone who guesses it "
15753
"will be able to access all of your accounts immediately."
15754
msgstr ""
15755
15756
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:74(item/p)
15757
msgid ""
15758
"It can be difficult to remember lots of passwords, however. Though not as "
15759
"secure as using a different passwords for everything, it may be easier to "
15760
"use the same one for things that don't matter (like websites), and different "
15761
"ones for important things (like your online banking account and your email)."
15762
msgstr ""
15763
15764
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:78(item/p)
15765
msgid "Change your passwords regularly."
15766
msgstr ""
15767
15768
#: C/video-dvd.page:8(info/desc)
15769
msgid ""
15770
"You might not have the right codecs installed, or the DVD might be the wrong "
15771
"region."
15772
msgstr ""
15773
15774
#: C/video-dvd.page:19(page/title)
15775
msgid "Why won't DVDs play?"
15776
msgstr ""
15777
15778
#: C/video-dvd.page:21(page/p)
15779
msgid ""
15780
"If you insert a DVD into your computer and it won't play, you may not have "
15781
"the right DVD \"codecs\" installed, or the DVD might be from a different "
15782
"\"region\"."
15783
msgstr ""
15784
15785
#: C/video-dvd.page:24(section/title)
15786
msgid "Installing the right codecs for DVD playback"
15787
msgstr ""
15788
15789
#: C/video-dvd.page:25(section/p)
15790
msgid ""
15791
"In order to play DVDs, you need to have the right <em>codecs</em> installed. "
15792
"A codec is some software that allows applications to read a video or audio "
15793
"format. If you try to play a DVD and don't have the right codecs installed, "
15794
"the Movie Player should tell you about this and offer to install it for you."
15795
msgstr ""
15796
15797
#: C/video-dvd.page:26(section/p)
15798
msgid ""
15799
"DVDs are also \"copy-protected\" using a system called CSS. This prevents "
15800
"you from copying DVDs, but it also prevents you from playing them unless you "
15801
"have some <link xref=\"video-dvd-restricted\">extra software</link> to "
15802
"handle the copy protection."
15803
msgstr ""
15804
15805
#: C/video-dvd.page:30(section/title)
15806
msgid "Checking the DVD region"
15807
msgstr ""
15808
15809
#: C/video-dvd.page:31(section/p)
15810
msgid ""
15811
"DVDs have a \"region code\", which tells you in which region of the world "
15812
"you are allowed to play the DVD. DVD players can only play DVDs from the "
15813
"same region as them. For example, if you have a region 1 DVD player, you "
15814
"will only be allowed to play DVDs from North America."
15815
msgstr ""
15816
15817
#: C/video-dvd.page:32(section/p)
15818
msgid ""
15819
"If the region of your computer's DVD player and the DVD you are trying to "
15820
"play do not match, you won't be able to play the DVD. It is often possible "
15821
"to change the region used by your DVD player, but you can only do this a few "
15822
"times before it locks into one region permanently."
15823
msgstr ""
15824
15825
#: C/video-dvd.page:33(section/p)
15826
msgid ""
15827
"To change the DVD region of your computer's DVD player, use <link "
15828
"href=\"apt:regionset\">regionset</link>."
15829
msgstr ""
15830
15831
#: C/video-dvd-restricted.page:9(info/desc)
15832
msgid ""
15833
"Most commercial DVDs are encrypted and will not play without decryption "
15834
"software."
15835
msgstr ""
15836
15837
#: C/video-dvd-restricted.page:20(page/title)
15838
msgid "How do I enable restricted codecs to play DVDs?"
15839
msgstr ""
15840
15841
#: C/video-dvd-restricted.page:22(page/p)
15842
msgid ""
15843
"DVD support cannot be provided by default in Ubuntu due to legal and "
15844
"technical restrictions. Most commercial DVDs are encrypted and so require "
15845
"the use of decryption software in order to play them."
15846
msgstr ""
15847
15848
#: C/video-dvd-restricted.page:25(section/title)
15849
msgid "Use Fluendo to legally play DVDs"
15850
msgstr ""
15851
15852
#: C/video-dvd-restricted.page:26(section/p)
15853
msgid ""
15854
"You can buy a commercial DVD decoder that can handle copy protection from "
15855
"<link href=\"apt:fluendo-dvd\">Fluendo</link>. It works with Linux and "
15856
"should be legal to use in all countries."
15857
msgstr ""
15858
15859
#: C/video-dvd-restricted.page:30(section/title)
15860
msgid "Use alternative decryption software"
15861
msgstr ""
15862
15863
#: C/video-dvd-restricted.page:32(note/p)
15864
msgid ""
15865
"In some countries, the use of the below unlicensed decryption software is "
15866
"not permitted by law. Verify that you are within your rights to use it."
15867
msgstr ""
15868
15869
#: C/video-dvd-restricted.page:35(item/p)
15870
msgid ""
15871
"Install <link href=\"apt:libdvdnav4\">libdvdnav4</link>, <link "
15872
"href=\"apt:libdvdread4\">libdvdread4</link>, <link href=\"apt:gstreamer0.10-"
15873
"plugins-bad\">gstreamer0.10-plugins-bad</link>, and <link "
15874
"href=\"apt:gstreamer0.10-plugins-ugly\">gstreamer0.10-plugins-ugly</link>."
15875
msgstr ""
15876
15877
#: C/video-dvd-restricted.page:38(item/p)
15878
msgid ""
15879
"If you would like to play encrypted DVDs (see the legal note above), open "
15880
"the Dash and launch a <app>Terminal</app>."
15881
msgstr ""
15882
15883
#: C/video-dvd-restricted.page:40(item/p)
15884
msgid ""
15885
"Type the following into the screen which appears, then press "
15886
"<key>Enter</key>:"
15887
msgstr ""
15888
15889
#: C/video-dvd-restricted.page:41(item/p)
15890
msgid "<code>sudo /usr/share/doc/libdvdread4/install-css.sh</code>"
15891
msgstr ""
15892
15893
#: C/video-dvd-restricted.page:42(item/p)
15894
msgid "Enter your password to complete the installation."
15895
msgstr ""
15896
15897
#: C/video-sending.page:8(info/desc)
15898
msgid "Check that they have the right video codecs installed."
15899
msgstr ""
15900
15901
#: C/video-sending.page:19(page/title)
15902
msgid "Other people can't play the videos I made"
15903
msgstr ""
15904
15905
#: C/video-sending.page:21(page/p)
15906
msgid ""
15907
"If you made a video on your Linux computer and sent it to someone using "
15908
"Windows or Mac OS, you may find that they have problems playing the video."
15909
msgstr ""
15910
15911
#: C/video-sending.page:23(page/p)
15912
msgid ""
15913
"To be able to play your video, the person you sent it to must have the right "
15914
"<em>codecs</em> installed. A codec is a little piece of software that knows "
15915
"how to take the video and display it on the screen. There are lots of "
15916
"different video formats and each requires a different codec to play it back."
15917
msgstr ""
15918
15919
#: C/video-sending.page:25(page/p)
15920
msgid ""
15921
"You can check which format your video is in by finding it in the <link "
15922
"xref=\"files-browse\">file manager</link>, right-clicking it and selecting "
15923
"<gui>Properties</gui>. Go to the <gui>Audio/Video</gui> tab and look at "
15924
"which <gui>codec</gui> is listed under <gui>Video</gui>."
15925
msgstr ""
15926
15927
#: C/video-sending.page:27(page/p)
15928
msgid ""
15929
"Ask the person having problems with playback if they have the right codec "
15930
"installed. They may find it helpful to search the web for the name of the "
15931
"codec plus the name of their video playback application. For example, if "
15932
"your video uses the <em>Theora</em> format and you have a friend using "
15933
"Windows Media Player to try and watch it, search for \"theora windows media "
15934
"player\". You will often be able to download the right codec for free if "
15935
"it's not installed."
15936
msgstr ""
15937
15938
#: C/video-sending.page:29(page/p)
15939
msgid ""
15940
"If you can't find the right codec, try the <link "
15941
"href=\"http://www.videolan.org/vlc/\">VLC media player</link>. It works on "
15942
"Windows and Mac OS as well as Linux, and supports a variety of video "
15943
"formats. Otherwise, try converting your video into a different format. Most "
15944
"video editors are able to do this, and specific video converter applications "
15945
"are available. Check the <app>Ubuntu Software Center</app> to see what's "
15946
"available."
15947
msgstr ""
15948
15949
#: C/video-sending.page:32(note/p)
15950
msgid ""
15951
"There are a few other problems which might prevent someone from playing your "
15952
"video. The video could have been damaged when you sent it to them (sometimes "
15953
"big files aren't copied across perfectly), they could have problems with "
15954
"their video playback application, or the video may not have been created "
15955
"properly (there could have been some errors when you saved the video)."
15956
msgstr ""
15957
15958
#: C/windows-key.page:6(info/desc)
15959
msgid ""
15960
"The meta key provides access to the Dash and the Launcher. You can usually "
15961
"find it next to the <key>Alt</key> key on your keyboard."
15962
msgstr ""
15963
15964
#: C/windows-key.page:16(page/title)
15965
msgid "What is the \"meta\" key?"
15966
msgstr ""
15967
15968
#: C/windows-key.page:18(page/p)
15969
msgid ""
15970
"The meta key is the key between the <key>Ctrl</key> and <key>Alt</key> keys "
15971
"on your keyboard. It may sometimes be called the <em>Windows</em> key, "
15972
"<em>logo</em> key, <em>system</em> key, or even the <em>Ubuntu</em> key. If "
15973
"you have an Apple keyboard, there will not be a meta key on your keyboard. "
15974
"The <key>Command (Cmd)</key> key can be used instead."
15975
msgstr ""
15976
15977
#: C/windows-key.page:20(page/p)
15978
msgid ""
15979
"The meta key serves a special function in <em>Unity</em>. If you press the "
15980
"<em>meta</em> key, the Dash is displayed. If you press <em>and hold</em> the "
15981
"meta key, the Launcher will be displayed."
15982
msgstr ""
15983
15984
#: C/windows-key.page:22(page/p)
15985
msgid ""
15986
"The meta key can help you do even more than that, though. To learn about "
15987
"more uses for the <em>meta</em> key, see the <link xref=\"shell-keyboard-"
15988
"shortcuts\">keyboard shortcuts</link> page."
15989
msgstr ""
Loggerhead is a web-based interface for Breezy
Version: 2.0.1